Tata Communications Annual Report 2014

A New World of
Communications
Annual Report 2013-2014
www.tatacommunications.com |
@tata_comm
http://tatacommunications-newworld.com | www.youtube.com/tatacomms
Being part of Tata Communications

is being part of...
A global workforce
7,700
30%
40
36
Employees
Outside India
Nationalities
Average age
A global vision
Emerging
markets
INDIA, CHINA,
AFRICA,
MIDDLE EAST
A NEW WORLD OF
COMMUNICATIONS
Converged
IP solutions
Tata Communications
creates A New World of
Communications to drive
our customers leadership,
leveraging IP technology
in future markets
Managed
Services
A global position
#1 Enterprise data in India
#1 International wholesale voice
#1 Wholesale connectivity globally
@tata_comm
2014 Tata Communications. All rights reserved. TATA COMMUNICATIONS and TATA are trademarks of Tata Sons Limited in certain countries.
Tata Communications Limited
TWENTY EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 2013-14

CONTENTS
Corporate Details ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Notice .........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Directors Report .....................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Report on Corporate Governance ....................................................................................................................................................
32
Secretary Responsibility Statement .................................................................................................................................................
44
Declaration by CEO regarding Companys Code of Conduct and CEO/CFO Certificate ...............................................
45
Auditors Certificate ...............................................................................................................................................................................
46
Business Responsibility Statement ..................................................................................................................................................
47
Sustained profitable growth over the years .................................................................................................................................
55
Corporate Structure as at 31 March 2014 ......................................................................................................................................
56
Auditors Report ......................................................................................................................................................................................
58
Balance Sheet ..........................................................................................................................................................................................
62
Profit & Loss Account ............................................................................................................................................................................
63
Cash Flow Statement ............................................................................................................................................................................
64
Notes to the Financial Statements ...................................................................................................................................................
65
Consolidated Accounts
Auditors Report on Consolidated Financial Statements .........................................................................................................
111
Consolidated Balance Sheet ...............................................................................................................................................................
112
Consolidated Profit & Loss Account .................................................................................................................................................
113
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement .................................................................................................................................................
114
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .......................................................................................................................
115
Section 212 of the Companies Act, 1956, related to Subsidiary Companies ....................................................................
158
Board of Directors ..................................................................................................................................................................................
159
COMMUNICATIONS
Twenty Eighth Annual Report 2013-2014
CORPORATE DETAILS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Mr. Subodh Bhargava (Chairman) (Independent)
Mr. Vinod Kumar (Managing Director and Group CEO)
Mr. N. Srinath
Mr. Kishor A. Chaukar
Mr. Amal Ganguli (Independent)
Mr. S. Ramadorai
Dr. Ashok Jhunjhunwala
Dr. Uday B. Desai (Independent)
Mr. Ajay Kumar Mittal
Mr. Saurabh Kumar Tiwari
Mr. Bharat Vasani
Mr. Satish Ranade
Mr. Sanjay Baweja
Company Secretary & Legal Advisor

Chief Financial Officer
REGISTERED OFFICE
VSB, Mahatma Gandhi Road, Fort,Mumbai 400 001,

Tel : +91 22 6657 8765, Fax : +9122 6639 5162,
Email : [email protected],
Website : www.tatacommunications.com.
CORPORATE OFFICE
Plot No. C21& C36, G Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Mumbai 400 098.
BANKERS
ANZ Bank
Axis Bank
Bank of America
Bank of Baroda
Bank of India
Citibank Inc.
Deustche Bank
Development Bank of Singapore (DBS)
Federal Bank
HDFC Bank Ltd.
Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC)

ICICI Bank Ltd.
Indian Overseas Bank
Indusind Bank Ltd.
ING Vysya Bank
Kotak Mahindra Bank Ltd.
Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS)
Standard Chartered Bank
State Bank of India
Syndicate Bank
Yes Bank Ltd
LEGAL ADVISORS
ANS Law Associates, Mumbai

Khaitan & Co., Mumbai
Mulla & Mulla and Craigie Blunt & Caroe, Mumbai
STATUTORY AUDITORS
S.B. Billimoria & Co., Chartered Accountants
REGISTRARS &
TRANSFER AGENTS
Sharepro Services (India) Pvt. Ltd.

13 AB, Samhita Warehousing Complex, 2nd Floor,
Near Sakinaka Telephone Exchange, Andheri Kurla Road
Andheri (East), Mumbai - 400 072.
Tel : (022) 67720300/400.
Fax : (022) 26591586, 28508927.
E-mail : [email protected]
NOTICE
NOTICE is hereby given that the Twenty Eighth Annual General Meeting of Tata Communications Limited will be held at 1100
hours on Monday, 4 August 2014, at NSE Auditorium, Ground Floor, The National Stock Exchange of India Ltd., Exchange
Plaza, Plot no. C/1, G Block, Bandra-Kurla Complex, Bandra (E), Mumbai - 400 051 to transact the following business:
Ordinary Business
1.
To receive, consider and adopt the Balance Sheet of the Company as on 31 March 2014, the audited Profit and Loss
Account for the year ended on that date, the Auditors Report thereon and the Report of the Board of Directors.
2.
To declare dividend for the financial year 2013-2014.
3.
To appoint a Director in place of Mr. Saurabh Tiwari who retires by rotation at this Annual General Meeting and being
eligible offers himself for re-appointment.
4.
To appoint a Director in place of Mr. S. Ramadorai who retires by rotation at this Annual General Meeting and being
eligible offers himself for re-appointment.
5.
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass with or without modification the following Resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:
RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of Sections 139,142 and other applicable provisions, if any, of the Companies
Act, 2013 and the Rules framed thereunder, as amended from time to time, M/s. S.B. Billimoria & Co., Chartered
Accountants be and are hereby appointed Statutory Auditors of the Company to hold office from the conclusion of
this Annual General Meeting (AGM) till the conclusion of the thirty-first AGM of the Company to be held in the year
2017 (subject to ratification of their appointment at every AGM), on such remuneration as may be mutually agreed
upon between the Board of Directors and the Auditors, plus reimbursement of service tax, travelling and out of pocket
expenses.
6.
To appoint a Director liable to retire by rotation in place of Mr. Bharat Vasani (DIN 00040243) who holds office only up to
date of the forthcoming Annual General Meeting and in respect of whom a notice under the provisions of Section 160
of the Companies Act, 2013 has been received by the Company from a member signifying the candidature of Mr. Bharat
Vasani for the office of a director.
7.
To appoint Mr. Subodh Bhargava as an Independent Director and in this regard to consider and if thought fit, to pass,
with or without modification(s), the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:
RESOLVED that pursuant to the provisions of sections 149, 152 and other applicable provisions, if any, of the Companies
Act, 2013 (Act) and the Rules framed thereunder, read with Schedule IV to the Act, as amended from time to time,
Mr. Subodh Bhargava (DIN 00035672), a non-executive Director of the Company, who has submitted a declaration that
he meets the criteria for independence as provided in section 149(6) of the Act and who is eligible for appointment, be
and is hereby appointed as an Independent Director of the Company with effect from 4 August, 2014 up to 29 March
2017.
8.
To appoint Dr. Uday B Desai as an Independent Director and in this regard to consider and if thought fit, to pass, with or
without modification(s), the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:
RESOLVED that pursuant to the provisions of sections 149, 152 and other applicable provisions, if any, of the Companies
Act, 2013 (Act) and the Rules framed thereunder, read with Schedule IV to the Act, as amended from time to time,
Dr. Uday B Desai (DIN 01735464), a non-executive Director of the Company, who has submitted a declaration that he
meets the criteria for independence as provided in section 149(6) of the Act and who is eligible for appointment, be and
is hereby appointed as an Independent Director of the Company with effect from 4 August, 2014 up to 3 August 2019.
9.
To approve the remuneration of the Cost Auditors for the financial year ending March 31, 2015 and in this regard to
consider and if thought fit, to pass, with or without modification(s), the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:
RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of Section 148 and all other applicable provisions of the Companies Act,
2013 and the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 (including any statutory modification(s) or re-enactment
COMMUNICATIONS
thereof, for the time being in force), the Cost Auditors appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company Mr. Jugal
Kishor Puri, Cost Accountants, to conduct the audit of the cost records of the Company for the financial year ending
March 31, 2015, be paid the remuneration as set out in the Statement annexed to the Notice convening this Meeting.
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board of Directors of the Company be and is hereby authorised to do all acts and take all
such steps as may be necessary, proper or expedient to give effect to this resolution.
By Order of the Board of Directors

Satish Ranade
Company Secretary
Mumbai, 4 July 2014
CIN: #L64200MH1986PLC039266
Registered Office :
VSB, Fort,
M.G. Road, Mumbai - 400 001.
NOTES :
1.
The Explanatory Statement pursuant to section 102 of the Companies Act, 2013 (Act) in respect of the business
under Item Nos. 5 to 9 of the Notice, is annexed hereto. The relevant details as required under clause 49 of the Listing
Agreements entered into with the Stock Exchanges, of persons seeking appointment/re-appointment as Directors
under Item Nos. 6 to 8 of the Notice, are also annexed.
2.
A MEMBER ENTITLED TO ATTEND AND VOTE AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (THE MEETING) IS ENTITLED TO
APPOINT A PROXY TO ATTEND AND VOTE ON A POLL INSTEAD OF HIMSELF AND THE PROXY NEED NOT BE A MEMBER
OF THE COMPANY. THE INSTRUMENT APPOINTING THE PROXY SHOULD, HOWEVER, BE DEPOSITED AT THE REGISTERED
OFFICE OF THE COMPANY NOT LESS THAN FORTY-EIGHT HOURS BEFORE THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE MEETING.
A PERSON CAN ACT AS A PROXY ON BEHALF OF MEMBERS NOT EXCEEDING FIFTY AND HOLDING IN THE AGGREGATE
NOT MORE THAN TEN PERCENT OF THE TOTAL SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY CARRYING VOTING RIGHTS. A MEMBER
HOLDING MORE THAN TEN PERCENT OF THE TOTAL SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY CARRYING VOTING RIGHTS MAY
APPOINT A SINGLE PERSON AS PROXY AND SUCH PERSON SHALL NOT ACT AS A PROXY FOR ANY OTHER PERSON OR
SHAREHOLDER.
3.
Registers of members and transfer books of the Company shall remain closed from 1 August 2014 till 4 August 2014
(both days inclusive) for the purpose of ascertaining eligibility to dividend.
4.
The dividend as recommended by the Board of Directors, if declared at this Annual General Meeting, shall be paid on or
after Saturday the 9 August 2014:
5.
(i)
to those shareholders whose names appear on the Companys Register of Members after giving effect to all valid
share transfers in physical form lodged with the Registrar & Transfer Agents (R&T Agents) of the Company on or
before Thursday, 31 July 2014.
(ii)
in respect of shares held in electronic form, to those deemed members whose names appear in the statements of
beneficial ownership furnished by National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL) and Central Depository Services
(India) Limited (CDSL) as at the end of business on Thursday, 31 July 2014. In respect of shares held in demat mode
the dividend will be paid on the basis of beneficial ownership as per details to be furnished by NSDL and CDSL for
this purpose.
Members who hold shares in dematerialized form are requested to bring their DP ID and Client ID numbers for easy
identification of attendance at the meeting.
6.
This may be taken as notice of declaration of dividend for 2013-14 in accordance with Article 93 of Articles of Association
of the Company in respect of dividend for that year when declared.
7.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 205A(5) of the Companies Act, 1956, dividends which remain unclaimed in the
unpaid dividend account for a period of seven years from the date of transfer of the same, will be transferred to the
Investor Education and Protection Fund established by the Central Government. The Members and Shareholders who
have not encashed their dividend warrant(s) so far for the financial year ended 31 March 2007 or any subsequent
financial years are requested to make their claim to the R & T Agents of the Company. According to the provisions of the
Act, no claims shall lie against the said Fund or the Company for the amounts of dividend so transferred nor shall any
payment be made in respect of such claims. The summary of the unpaid dividend for the past years and the date on
which the outstanding amount shall be transferred to Investor Education and Protection Fund on the dates as given in
the table below.
Date of AGM
Balance as on
30 June 2014 (`)
Dividend for the year
Transfer to Investor
Education & Protection
Fund
2-Aug-07
600,047.50
2006-07
3-Sep-14
2-Aug-08
672,889.50
2007-08
3-Sep-15
7-Aug-09
671,575.50
2008-09
8-Sep-16
6-Aug-10
Nil
2009-10
Not Applicable
11-Oct-11
494,102.00
2010-11
12-Nov-18
27-Jul-12
532,858.00
2011-12
28-Aug-19
26-Jul-13
810,783.00
2012-13
27-Aug-20
Total
3,782,255.50
8.
As per Section 72 of the Companies Act, 2013, shareholders are entitled to make nomination in respect of shares held
by them in physical form. Shareholders desirous of making nominations are requested to send their requests in Form
No. 2B in duplicate (which will be made available on request) to the R & T Agents of the Company.
9.
Members are requested to notify any change in their addresses immediately, in any event not later than Thursday,
31 July 2014, so as to enable us to dispatch the dividend warrants at the correct addresses:
a)
In case of physical shares to the R & T Agents, M/s Sharepro Services (India) Private Limited, 13 AB, Samhita
Warehousing Complex, 2nd Floor, Near Sakinaka Telephone Exchange, Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri East,
Mumbai - 400072.
b)
In case of shares held in demat form to their depositary participants (DPs).
10. The Notice of the AGM along with the Annual Report 2013-14 is being sent by electronic mode to those Members
whose e-mail addresses are registered with the Company/Depositories, unless any Member has requested for a physical
copy of the same. For Members who have not registered their e-mail addresses, physical copies are being sent by the
permitted mode.
11. To support the Green Initiative, the Members who have not registered their e-mail addresses are requested to register
the same with the R&T Agent/Depositories.
12. VOTING THROUGH ELECTRONIC MEANS
In compliance with the provisions of Section 108 of the Act and the Rules framed thereunder, the Members are provided
with the facility to cast their vote electronically, through the e-voting services provided by NSDL, on all resolutions set
forth in this Notice.
COMMUNICATIONS
The instructions for e-voting are as under:

A.
In case a Member receives an e-mail from NSDL (for Members whose e-mail addresses are registered with the Company/
Depositories):
i.
Open the e-mail and also open PDF file namely TCL e-voting.pdf with your Client ID or Folio No. as password. The
said PDF file contains your user ID and password for e-voting. Please note that the password is an initial password.
ii.
Open the internet browser and type the following URL: https://www.evoting.nsdl.com.
iii.
Click on Shareholder Login.
iv.
If you are already registered with NSDL for e-voting then you can use your existing user ID and password.
v.
If you are logging in for the first time, please enter the user ID and password provided in the PDF file attached with
the e-mail as initial password.
vi.
The Password Change Menu will appear on your screen. Change to a new password of your choice, making sure
that it contains a minimum of 8 digits or characters or a combination of both. Please take utmost care to keep your
password confidential.
vii.
Once the e-voting home page opens, click on: e-voting> Active Voting Cycles.
viii. Select EVEN (E-Voting Event Number) of Tata Communications Limited which is 100508. Now you are ready for
e-voting as Cast Vote page opens.
ix.
Cast your vote by selecting appropriate option and click on Submit and also Confirm when prompted.
x.
Upon confirmation, the message Vote cast successfully will be displayed.
xi.
Once the vote on the resolution is cast, the Member shall not be allowed to change it subsequently.
xii.
Institutional shareholders (i.e. other than individuals, HUF, NRI, etc.) are required to send scanned copy (PDF/
JPG format) of the relevant Board Resolution/Authority letter, etc., together with attested specimen signature of
the duly authorized signatory(ies) who are authorized to vote, to the Scrutinizer through e-mail to mehul.shah@
khaitanco.com, with a copy marked to [email protected].
xiii. In case of any queries, you may refer the Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) - Shareholders and e-voting user
manual - Shareholders, available at the downloads section of www.evoting.nsdl.com.
B.
C.
In case a Member receives physical copy of the Notice of AGM (for Members whose email addresses are not registered
with the Company/Depositories):
i.
Initial password is provided in the enclosed ballot form: EVEN (E-Voting Event Number), user ID and password.
ii.
Please follow all steps from Sl. No. (ii) to Sl. No. (xiii) above, to cast vote.
Other Instructions:
i.
The e-voting period commences on Tuesday, 29 July 2014 (9.00 a.m. IST) and ends on Thursday, 31 July 2014
(6.00 p.m. IST). During this period, Members of the Company, holding shares either in physical form or in
dematerialized form, may cast their vote electronically. The e-voting module shall be disabled by NSDL for voting
thereafter. Once the vote on a resolution is cast by the Member, he shall not be allowed to change it subsequently.
ii.
The voting rights of Members shall be in proportion to their shares of the paid up equity share capital of the
Company.
iii.
Mr. Mehul Shah, Advocate, Khaitan & Co., has been appointed as the Scrutinizer to scrutinize the e-voting process
(including the Ballot Form received from the Members who do not have access to the e-voting process) in a fair
and transparent manner.
iv.
The Scrutinizer shall, within a period not exceeding three working days from the conclusion of the e-voting period,
unblock the votes in the presence of at least two witnesses not in the employment of the Company and make a
Scrutinizers Report of the votes cast in favour or against, if any, forthwith to the Chairman of the Company.
v.
Members who do not have access to e-voting facility may send duly completed Ballot Form (enclosed with the
Annual Report) so as to reach the Scrutinizer appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company, Mr. Mehul
Shah, Advocate, Khaitan & Co., at Sharepro Services (India) Private Limited, Mr. Mehul Shah (Scrutinizer), (Unit : Tata
Communications Limited) 912, Raheja Centre, Free Press Journal Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai - 400 021 not later
than Thursday, 31 July 2014 (6.00 p.m. IST). Members have the option to request for physical copy of the Ballot
Form by sending an e-mail to [email protected] by mentioning their Folio / DP ID and Client ID
No. However, the duly completed Ballot Form should reach the Scrutinizer not later than Friday, 1 August 2014
(6.00 p.m. IST). Ballot Form received after this date will be treated as invalid.
A Member can opt for only one mode of voting i.e. either through e-voting or by Ballot. If a Member casts
votes by both modes, then voting done through e-voting shall prevail and Ballot shall be treated as invalid.
vi.
The results declared along with the Scrutinizers Report shall be placed on the Companys website www.
tatacommunications.com and on the website of NSDL www.evoting.nsdl.com within two days of the passing of
the resolutions at the Twenty-eight AGM of the Company on 4 August 2014 and communicated to the BSE Limited
and National Stock Exchange of India Limited, where the shares of the Company are listed.
COMMUNICATIONS
Annexure to the Notice dated 4 July 2014

The Statement of Material Facts pursuant to Section 102(1) of the Companies Act, 2013.
In respect of Item No. 5
S.B. Billimoria & Co., Chartered Accountants were appointed as the statutory auditors of the Company for financial year
2013-14 at the Twenty Seventh Annual General Meeting of the Company held on 26 July 2013 and hold office till the
conclusion of the Twenty Eighth Annual General Meeting. S.B. Billimoria & Co. has been the Auditors of the Company since
2002-03 and has completed a term of twelve years.
As per the provisions of section 139 of the Act, no listed company can appoint or re-appoint an audit firm as auditor for more
than two terms of five consecutive years. Section 139 of the Act has also provided a period of three years from the date of
commencement of the Act to comply with this requirement.
In view of the above, S.B. Billimoria & Co., being eligible for re-appointment and based on the recommendation of the Audit
Committee, the Board of Directors has, at its meeting held on 13 May 2014, proposed the appointment of S.B. Billimoria &
Co. as the statutory auditors of the Company for a period of three years to hold office from the conclusion of this AGM till the
conclusion of the thirty-first AGM of the Company to be held in the year 2017 (subject to ratification of their appointment at
every AGM).
The Board commends the Resolution at Item No. 5 for approval by the Members.
None of the Directors or Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) or relatives of directors and KMP is concerned or interested in the
Resolution at Item No. 5 of the accompanying Notice.
Mr. Bharat Vasani was appointed as an Additional Director on the Board with effect from 16 December 2013 under Article
66B of the Articles of Association of the Company. Under Section 161 of the Companies Act 2013 and under the said Article,
Mr. Bharat Vasani holds office upto the date of the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. Mr. Vasani is eligible for appointment
as a director of the Company and the Company has, pursuant to Section 160 of the Companies Act, 2013 received a notice in
writing proposing his candidature for appointment.
In the opinion of the Board, Mr. Bharat Vasani is a person of integrity and possesses relevant expertise and experience and
fulfils the conditions for appointment as a director as specified in the Act and the Listing Agreement.
If appointed, Mr. Bharat Vasani will act as a non-executive director, liable to retire by rotation.
Keeping in view the experience and expertise, his appointment as Director of the Company is recommended.
None of the Directors or Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) or relatives of directors and KMPs except Mr. Bharat Vasani is
concerned or interested in the Resolution at Item No. 6 of the accompanying Notice.
Brief profile of Mr. Vasani is given below:
Mr. Bharat Vasani is a renowned corporate lawyer in India with international reputation. Presently, he is the General Counsel
of the Tata Group, a position he has held since December 2000. Mr. Vasani has over three decades of experience at a senior
management level in successfully managing the in house legal departments of large corporations with international
operations. He is reputed for having the most diverse corporate legal experience, ranging from complex Mergers and
Acquisitions to handling high profile litigations, both civil and criminal. Detailed bio-data of Mr. Vasani is given elsewhere in
the Annual Report.
In respect of Item No. 7 & 8
The Company had, pursuant to the provisions of clause 49 of the Listing Agreements entered with the Stock Exchanges,
appointed Mr. Subodh Bhargava and Dr. Uday B Desai, as independent directors at various times, in compliance with the
requirements of the clause.
Pursuant to the provisions of section 149 of the Act, which came in to effect from 1 April 2014, every listed public company
is required to have at least one-third of the total number of directors as independent directors, who are not liable to retire
by rotation.
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee has recommended the appointment of Mr. Subodh Bhargava as independent
directors from 4 August, 2014 up to 29 March 2017 and appointment of Dr. Uday B. Desai from 4 August 2014 upto 3 August 2019.
Mr. Bhargava and Dr. Desai, non-executive directors of the Company, have given a declaration to the Board that they meet
the criteria of independence as provided under section 149(6) of the Act. In the opinion of the Board, both directors fulfil
the conditions specified in the Act and the Rules framed thereunder for appointment as independent director and they are
independent of the management.
In compliance with the provisions of section 149 read with Schedule IV of the Act, the appointment of these directors as
independent directors is now being placed before the members for their approval.
The terms and conditions of appointment of the above Directors shall be open for inspection by the members at the
Registered Office of the Company during normal business hours on any working day, excluding Saturday.
None of the Directors or Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) or relatives of directors and KMPs except Mr. Subodh Bhargava and
Dr. Uday B Desai are concerned or interested in the Resolution at Item Nos. 7 & 8 respectively of the accompanying Notice.
Brief profiles of the independent directors to be appointed are given below:
Mr. Subodh Bhargava is a Mechanical Engineer from IIT (Roorkee). He has been the Group Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of Eicher Group of Companies. He is a Former President of the Confederation of Indian Industries (CII), President of the
Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers and Vice President of the Tractor Manufacturers Association. He has been
associated with various Central and State Government bodies and committees including as a member of the Technology
Development Board, Insurance Tariff Advisory Committee and the Economic Development Board of the State of Rajasthan,
Himachal Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh. He has been closely associated with various IIMs, IITs and other Management and
Technical Institutions as also with a number of NGOs was Member, Board of Directors of IIT (Roorkee), IIM, Indore, IIM
Lucknow, Entrepreneurship Development Institute, Ahmedabad, Foreign Trade Institute, Delhi, State Bank of India, Power
Finance Corporation etc. Presently, Member of the Board of Governors of IIM, Kashipur, & XLRI Jamshedpur. Detailed bio-data
of Mr. Bhargava is given elsewhere in the Annual Report.
Dr. Uday B. Desai received the B. Tech. degree from Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur, India, in 1974, the M.S. degree
from the State University of New York, Buffalo, in 1976, and the Ph.D. degree from The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore,
U.S.A., in 1979, all in Electrical Engineering. Since June 2009, he is the Director of IIT Hyderabad. From 1979 to 1984 he was an
Assistant Professor in the School of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Department at Washington State University,
Pullman, WA, U.S.A., and an Associate Professor at the same place from 1984 to 1987. From 1987 to May 2009 he was a
Professor in the Electrical Engineering Department at the Indian Institute of Technology - Bombay. He was Dean of Students
at IIT-Bombay from August 2000 to July 2002. He has held Visiting Associate Professors position at Arizona State University,
Purdue University, and Stanford University. He was a visiting Professor at EPFL, Lausanne during the summer of 2002. From
July 2002 to June 2004 he was the Director of HP-IITM R and D Lab. at IIT-Madras. Detailed bio-data of Dr. Desai is given
elsewhere in the Annual Report.
The Board, on the recommendation of the Audit Committee, has approved the appointment and remuneration of Mr. Jugal
Kishor Puri, Cost Accountants, as Cost Auditors to conduct the audit of the cost records of the Company for the financial year
ending 31 March 2015. Accordingly, under the authority from the Board of Directors, the remuneration of the Cost Auditors
was fixed at `5,50,000/- plus out of pocket expenses on actual basis subject to a maximum of `55,000/-.
In accordance with the provisions of Section 148 of the Act read with the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, the
remuneration payable to the Cost Auditors has to be ratified by the shareholders of the Company. Accordingly, the resolution
at Item No.9 is placed before the shareholders for ratification.
None of the Directors, Key Managerial Personnel or their relatives are, in any way, concerned or interested in the resolution
set out at Item No. 9 of the Notice.
The Board commends the Ordinary Resolution set out at Item No. 9 of the Notice for approval by the members.
By Order of the Board of Directors
Satish Ranade
Company Secretary
Mumbai 4 July 2014
CIN: #L64200MH1986PLC039266
Registered Office :
VSB, Fort,
M.G. Road, Mumbai - 400 001.
10
03606497
NIL
DIN Number
Shareholding In TCL
Financial
& General
Management
Expertise in Specific Functional Area
NIL
M.A. (Political
Science), from
University of
Allahabad, MBA
(Finance) from
National Institute
of Financial
Management,
Ministry of
Finance,
Government of
India and LLB from
Delhi University.
Qualifications
Memberships/Chairmanships of Committees
in other Public Companies
9 August 2011
Date of Appointment
30 September
1967
Date of Birth
Directorships held in other Companies

(excluding foreign and private companies)
Mr. Saurabh
Tiwari
Particulars
00000002
NIL
13
General
Management
00040243
NIL
NIL
General
Management
00035672
NIL
General
Management
B.Com., LL.B. A.C.S. B.E. (Mech)
B.Sc., BE in
electronics from
Bangalore, MS in
Computer Science
from University of
California UCLA,
USA.
15 May 2002
30 March 1942
16 December
2013
24 August 1958
Mr. Bharat Vasani Mr. Subodh

Bhargava
28 June 2007
6 October 1944
Mr. S. Ramadorai
01735464
NIL
NIL
NIL
General
Management
B. Tech (Electrical),
IIT, Kanpur, M.S.
(Electrical), State
University of New
York, Ph.D. from
The Johns Hopkins
University,
Baltimore, USA,
Director IIT
Hyderabad.
6 June 2011
14 February 1951
Dr. Uday B Desai
Details of Directors Seeking Appointment / Re-Appointment at the 28th Annual General Meeting
COMMUNICATIONS
DIRECTORS REPORT
Dear Shareholders,
The directors are pleased to present the 28th annual report and audited accounts of Tata Communications Limited
(TCL) for the financial year ended 31 March 2014.
PERFORMANCE
The key financial parameters of the Company during the year under review are given in the table below:
2013-14
(` in Crores)
2012-13
(` in Crores)
Percentage
Change
Consolidated income
19,809.20
17,439.54
13.59%
Consolidated EBIDTA
3,087.96
2059.71
49.92%
Consolidated profit/(loss) after exceptional items

and before tax
444.41
(430.71)
NA
Consolidated Profit/(loss) after tax
101.42
(623.31)
NA
4,840.35
4,796.34
0.92%
Standalone Profit before tax
803.48
656.69
22.35%
Standalone Profit after tax
542.43
475.24
14.14%
Standalone total income
The consolidated profit after tax of `101.42 crores for the

year 2013-14 is against a consolidated loss of `623.31
crores in the previous year a turnaround of `724.73
Crores. The consolidated profit figures are after taking
into account the profit/(loss) of `87.54 crores ((`246.90)
crores in FY12-13) from the Companys holding in Neotel
Pty Limited (Neotel), South Africa and the loss of `136.06
crores (`141.72 crores last year ) of Tata Communications
Payment Solutions Ltd (TCPSL) a 100% subsidiary which
is in gestation period.
On a standalone basis, profit after tax improved to `542.43
crores from `475.24 crores last year. This excludes the
data centre business figures on account of hive off of
the Data Centre business segment into 100% subsidiary
effective March 1, 2014.
The Company has established a strong presence globally.
As a result, while 23% (24% last year) of the Companys
revenues in 2013-14 came from India, the rest of the
world contributed 77% (76% last year) of the total
revenue. The revenue from other than India for the year
2013-14 was `15226.46 crores (77% of the total revenue)
as against `13077.61 (76%) in the previous year. We are
pleased that our long-term strategies are yielding value
for all stakeholders.
Dividend
The directors are pleased to recommend a dividend

of `4.50 per share (`3 per share dividend last year) for
the financial year ended 31 March 2014, subject to the
approval of the shareholders at the ensuing Annual
General Meeting (AGM).
OPERATIONS
Segment Distribution
Over the last few years, the Company has been
successful in its goal of diversifying revenues, to tap
new opportunities and reduce any risks of an overly
concentrated portfolio. Accordingly, the Companys
revenues are now broadly diversified across its various
products and segments, especially by taking advantage
of greater opportunities in the data market in new
segments such as media and entertainment, financial
services, health care, etc. During 2013-14, consolidated
revenue from voice services contributed 49% (50% last
year) of total revenue, while data services contributed
40% (39% last year) and 11% from Neotel.
11
COMMUNICATIONS
Data
OVERALL REVENUE MIX
11%
Neotel
40%
Data
49%
Voice
Data continues to present substantial opportunities for

rapid growth and improved profitability. The launch of
cloud enablement solutions, including network and data
centre service, helped the Company to grow its data
portfolio and strengthen its presence in this high growth
business. The Company has also been strengthening
its Unified Communications Services portfolio
encompassing all forms of communications, as well
as its industry solutions for the Media & Entertainment
Sector and the Banking & Financial Services Sector. The
Companys strategy of expanding into managed services
continues to pay off, as managed services now contribute
5.2% to the data services segment (Previous Year 4.6%).
Neotel
SEGMENTWISE REVENUE GROWTH

12000
10000
11.4%
17.1%
Revenue
8000
6000
4000
14.7%
2000
0
Voice
Data
2012 - 13 2013 - 14
Neotel
Voice
In the voice business, the Company remains one of the
largest players worldwide in terms of market share.
The trend of declining margins continues due to traffic
shifting to VoIP based calling and therefore, the Company
is focused on developing innovative commercial
offerings and optimizing costs to maintain free cash
flow generation from this business. Year on Year (YOY)
ILD voice traffic declined by 2%, however the traffic mix
is better. YoY EBITDA margins improved by 1% and YoY
EBITDA grew by 24%. Free cash flow generated during the
year from the voice business was `804 crores (previous
year `669 crores).
12
Neotel, a subsidiary of the Company in South Africa,

though still in its gestation period, continued to achieve
growth. During the year 2013-14, Neotel turned the
corner with several major achievements: its revenues
grew 23% year-on-year and it remained profitable at the
operating (EBIT) level. EBITDA for Neotel for 2013-14 was
`618.07 crores as against an EBITDA of `322.23 crores in
the previous year, a jump of 92%.
In May 2014, the shareholders of Neotel and Vodacom SA
concluded an agreement on the commercial structure
and terms to proceed for Vodacom to acquire 100 per
cent of the shares of Neotel valued at an enterprise
value of ZAR 7.0 billion. This decision is in line with the
Companys financial objectives, while paving the way for
Neotel to continuously improve its value proposition in
the South African market. The structure of the deal and
its commercial terms remain subject to regulatory and
competition authority approvals and the parties have
commenced the necessary processes in that regard.
Human Resources
The Company worldwide has a multicultural workforce,
with people of more than 40 nationalities on its rolls.
The compensation and employee benefit practices of
Tata Communications are designed to be competitive in
the respective geographies where we operate. Employee
relations continued to be harmonious at all our locations,
through continuous dialogue and openness. The number
of training person days provided to employees increased
by 22% over the previous year, to a total of 33347 days.
Customer Satisfaction and Business Excellence
Providing an excellent customer experience remains an

important pillar of the Companys strategy to generate
sustainable advantages. In 2013-14, according to an
independent survey, the Companys customer loyalty
ratings stood at the 87th percentile of its global peer
set, an improvement of 3% over the previous year. The
Company continues with several other initiatives such
as customer portal that enables real-time customer
interaction, obtaining better feedback through the
Customer Voice initiative etc.
The Company continues to transform itself in tandem
with market and regulatory changes, using successfully
the framework of the Tata Business Excellence Model
(TBEM). The Company has further extended the validity
of its TL 9000 certification for Quality Management by
three years, commencing 31 March 2013, for the India
and Singapore offices. The company also has ISO 14001
Environmental Management certification for the 13 key
office premises in India, valid till 10 April 2017.
The Companys Global Managed Services Operations
Centre (MSOC) of the Company at Chennai, all eleven data
centres in India and seven data centres at international
locations (totalling eighteen) have received ISO 20000
and ISO 27001 certifications through until 14 March 2017.
In addition, during the year, the Company has been
certified to ISO 22301 Business Continuity Management
(BCM) for some of its critical operations. This provides
further confidence to various stakeholders and
customers about the organizations ability to recover
from catastrophic events and demonstrate sustainability.
Enterprise Risk Management
The Company has established an enterprise-wide
risk management (ERM) framework to optimise the
identification and management of risks globally and
to comply with clause 49 of the listing agreement with
Indian stock exchanges. In line with the Companys
commitment to delivering sustainable value, this
framework aims to provide an integrated and organised
approach for evaluating and managing risks.
Risk-based Internal Audit
The risk assessments performed under the ERM exercise
are a key input for the annual internal audit programme,
which covers the Companys various businesses and
functions. This approach provides adequate assurance to

the management that the right areas are covered under
the audit plan.
CORPORATE MATTERS
Investment in Tata Teleservices Limited
Recently the Company was informed about the decision
taken on 25 April 2014 by the board of directors of NTT
DoCoMo, Inc. of Japan (NTT) to exercise the Sale Option
of Tata Teleservices Limited (TTSL) shares under the terms
of a legal agreement and the option is required to be
exercised by 30 June 2014. Prevailing regulations permit
a company to acquire shares from a non-resident only at
a valuation based on the prescribed method.
In terms of agreements entered into in 2008-09, the
Company was entitled to and had sold to NTT part
of its stake in TTSL at `116.09 per share resulting in a
profit of `346.65 crores in that year. According to the
sale agreement, the Company, along with other selling
shareholders of TTSL, is obliged to indemnify NTT on
a proportionate basis against claims arising from the
possible failure of certain representations to be true
and from specified contingent liabilities. The amount
in the case of the former is not determinable while the
Company is liable to pay up to `40.60 crores towards
specified contingent liabilities. Should NTT decide to
divest its entire shareholding in TTSL and a buyer has
not been found for such shares, the Company along
with other selling shareholders of TTSL is obligated to
proportionately acquire stake from NTT at the higher
of fair value or 50 percent of the subscription purchase
price subject to compliance with applicable exchange
control regulations. Should NTT decide to divest its entire
shareholding in TTSL at a lower price, then, the Company
may be obliged to proportionately indemnify any loss by
way of a monetary compensation equal to the difference
between such lower sale price and the price referred to
above subject to compliance with applicable exchange
control regulations
The Agreements are governed by Indian Law.
Indian Data Centre Business
As reported last year, to bring more focus and
specialization to the IDC business and to maximize overall
shareholder value, the Company was in the process
of hiving off this business segment. After obtaining
13
COMMUNICATIONS
all requisite corporate and regulatory approvals, the

Honble Bombay High Court approved the Scheme on
24 January 2014. The Scheme has been made effective
on 1 March 2014 and the Data Centers (IDC) business
has been transferred in its entirety to the Companys
wholly-owned subsidiary called Tata Communications
Data Centers Private Limited. The annual accounts of the
Company for financial year 2013-14 have been prepared
after taking this in to account.
Delisting from the New York Stock Exchange
As reported last year, the Companys Board of Directors
had approved delisting the Companys American
Depositary Receipts (ADRs), from the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE) and to terminate its ADR programme.
During the year, the American Depositary Shares (ADSs)
were delisted from the NYSE and its the ADR program was
terminated w.e.f 13 August 2013. The termination of the
ADR program helped achieve public shareholding of 25%
as required by SEBI guidelines. The Company continues
to comply with filing and compliance requirement of
NYSE till June 2014 as part of delisting process of Security
Exchange Commission of the United States.
Despite the delisting of the ADRs, the Company remains
committed to the highest standards of corporate
governance and internal controls. The Company will
continue to be subject to the comprehensive reporting
and governance requirements of the Indian Exchanges.
The Companys decision to delist from the NYSE does
not call into question the Companys strategic vision
for the US which has been one of its core markets in its
overall global strategy and will continue to be so moving
forward.
Minimum Public Shareholding
On 4 June 2010, the Central Government amended
the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1956 and
inserted Rule 19A to the Securities Contracts (Regulation)
Rules, 1957 (SCRR). According to this amendment, all
listed companies (except public sector companies) are
required to maintain a minimum threshold level of public
shareholding (MPS) of 25% within a period of 3 years
from the commencement of the Securities Contracts
(Regulation) (Amendment) Rules, 2010, i.e. before 3
June 2013. By inserting clause 40A, this provision was
also incorporated in the listing agreement with stock
exchanges.
14
The Company became compliant with MPS requirement

last year after the delisting of its American Depositary
Receipts and the divestment by one of its promoters of
a 1.15% stake.
Compliance under the Companies Act 2013 and
additional SEBI stipulations
The Companies Act 2013 (Act) came into force substantially
from 1 April 2014. Also, SEBI in its master circular dated 17
April 2014 notified additional requirements on corporate
governance which will be effective from 1 October
2014. The Act and the SEBI stipulations set the tone for a
more modern legislation which enables growth, greater
regulation and self-governance of Indias corporate
sector. The Act and SEBIs requirements are expected
to improve corporate governance norms, enhance the
accountability of companies and their auditors, improve
transparency and protect the interests of investors,
particularly small ones.
These requirements substantially increase the compliance
requirements for companies. The Company is taking all
the necessary steps to be compliant with the Act within
the time stipulated.
PENDING MATTERS OF SIGNIFICANCE
Surplus Land
Under the terms of the share purchase and shareholders
agreements (SHA) signed between the Government
of India (GoI) and the strategic partner (the parties) at
the time of disinvestment, it was agreed that certain
identified lands would be demerged into a separate
company. It was further provided that if, for any reason,
the Company cannot hive off or demerge the land
into a separate entity, alternative courses that were
also stipulated in the SHA would be explored. A draft
scheme of demerger was presented to the Board in
April 2005, which was forwarded to the GoI with the
Boards observations. The Board/ management have
been exploring other alternatives also with the GoI and
Panatone. The Company has been regularly following
up the matter with the GoI and has addressed several
communications to both GoI and Panatone highlighting
the urgency for resolution and also the need for nondebt funding.
To accomplish demerger of surplus land in accordance
with such scheme of demerger, the strategic partner
formed Hemisphere Properties India Limited (HPIL)
sometime in 2005-06 to hold the surplus land as and when

demerged. In March 2014, the GoI has acquired 51.12%
shares in HPIL and HPIL has become a Government
Company. It is understood that the GoI will send its
modifications to the draft scheme of arrangement of
demerger of surplus land which would be placed before
the boards of the Company and HPIL.
The land identified for demerger at different locations
measured 773.13 acres, and carried a book value of
` 0.164 crores. As reported earlier, 32.5 acres of land
situated at Padianallur was transferred in July 2009 to the
VSNL Employees Cooperative Housing Society, Chennai
(society) as per the order of the Honble Delhi High Court.
As this land was part of the identified surplus land, the
strategic partner has written to the GoI to exclude the
32.5 acres of land so transferred to the society, from the
773.13 acres mentioned in the SHA as the land identified
to be demerged. The current balance of surplus land is
740.63 acres having a book value of ` 0.163 crores.
Delhi Metro Rail Corporation Limited (DMRC) Land
Acquisition
In September 2013, DMRC conveyed that as part
of the Delhi Metro work, DMRC needs a piece of
companys land at Greater Kailash-I, New Delhi. This land
parcel admeasuring ~11622 sq meters also includes
approximately 21% surplus land. On 2 January 2014, TCL
received acquisition Notice stating award announced by
Land Acquisition Collector (LAC) on 30 December 2013
without giving any details of the Award. The Company
received the certified copy of the award on 6 February 2014
as per which, the total compensation determined by LAC
is `188,80,168, based on indicative price fixed by Govt.
of Delhi for agricultural land. Aggrieved, the Company
filed Reference Petition for proper determination of the
compensation with LAC based on commercial usage
of land. Simultaneously, the Company also filed a writ
petition with Honble High Court of Delhi. On 24 April
2014, the High Court directed DMRC to deposit the sum
of ~`247 Crores with the Court Registrar which has since
been deposited by DMRC. This amount is approximately
80% of the estimated compensation valuation for 11622
Sq. meters. The actual amount of compensation will
depend on the land actually acquired by DMRC. In the
meantime DMRC has commenced construction for the
Delhi Metro work on the land.
Premature
Termination
Compensation
of
Monopoly
and
As reported earlier, the GoI had allowed other players

into the International Long Distance (ILD) business from
1 April 2002, terminating the Companys exclusivity two
years ahead of schedule. The GoI gave the Company a
compensation package vide communication dated 7
September 2000; wherein, the GoI also gave an assurance
that it would consider additional compensation, if found
necessary, on a detailed review when undertaken.
However, vide its letter dated 18 January 2002, issued just
before the disinvestment of the Company, the GoI issued
a further dispensation and unilaterally declared that the
conditions stated in its said letter of 18 January 2002 were
to be treated as full and final settlement of every sort of
claim against the premature ILD de-monopolisation. The
Company filed a claim in the Bombay High Court in 2005.
The Bombay High Court, on 7 July 2010, ruled that it did
not have the jurisdiction to entertain this suit, in view
of the provisions of the Telecom Regulatory Authority
of India Act, 1997 (TRAI). Since the Company holds a
different opinion, it has preferred an appeal before a
division bench of the Bombay High Court on various
grounds including that the compensation granted was
in breach of promise from the GoI, acting as a policy
maker and not as a licensor under the Indian Telegraph
Act as also the dispute did not relate to the provision of
telecommunication services as envisioned under the TRAI
and the suit was not under, pursuant to and consequent
upon the license then granted to the Company. The
appeal for hearing admitted by the Bombay High Court
is yet to come up.
STATUTORY INFORMATION AND DISCLOSURES
Fixed Deposits
The Company has not accepted nor does it hold any
public deposits.
Non-convertible Debentures (NCDs)
The Company had `550 crores of outstanding NCDs as
on 31 March 2014. The trust deeds for the debentures
issued by the Company will be available for inspection by
the members at the Companys registered office during
normal working hours, 21 days before the date of the
28th Annual General Meeting.
The Company did not redeem any long term secured
and unsecured debentures during the year 2013-14. All
15
COMMUNICATIONS
debentures issued by the Company were rated AA+ by

CARE.
21) prescribed by the Institute of Chartered Accountants

of India, form part of the annual report and accounts.
Particulars of Employees
The accounts statements of the subsidiaries will be

provided on request to any shareholder wishing to have
a copy, on receipt of such request addressed to the
company secretary at the Companys registered office.
The provisions of Section 217(2A) of the Companies Act,

1956, read with the Companies (Particulars of Employees)
Rules, 1975, require the Company to provide certain
details about the employees who were in receipt of
remuneration of not less than ` 0.60 crores during the
year ended 31 March 2014 or not less than ` 0.05 crores
per month, during any part of the said year.
The Company had 71 such employees employed
during the year ended 31 March 2014. According to the
provisions of section 219(1) (b) (iv) of the Companies Act,
1956, the Directors Report being sent to the shareholders
does not include this annexure. The Annexure regarding
the Particulars of Employees under section 217(2A) of
the Companies Act, 1956 will be available for inspection
by any member at the registered office of the Company
during working hours, for 21 days before the date of the
AGM.
R & D, Technology Absorption and Foreign Exchange
Earnings
The Company has invested in developing new products
and services adopting latest technologies such as
content delivery network (CDN), cloud computing,
telepresence and Wimax. There are no particulars to be
disclosed pertaining to the year under review, in respect
of expenditure on Research & Development (R&D) and
technology absorption as required under Companies
(Disclosure of Particulars in the Report of the Board of
Directors) Rules, 1988.
For the purpose of Form C under the said rules, foreign
exchange earnings were equivalent to `1288.06 crores
and foreign exchange outgo was equivalent to `460.88
crores.
Auditors Report
There are no qualifications in the report of the statutory
auditors for the year 2013-14.
Subsidiaries
The statement pursuant to section 212 of the Companies
Act, 1956 containing details of the Companys subsidiaries,
forms part of the Annual Report. The consolidated
financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries,
prepared in accordance with accounting standard 21 (AS
16
These documents will also be available for inspection by

any shareholder at the Companys registered office and
will be available on the Companys website.
The Board of Directors
Mr. Bharat Vasani was appointed on the Board as an
additional director with effect from 16 December 2013
vice Mr. Arun Gandhi who resigned wef 15 March 2013.
Mr. Vasani holds office till the AGM. The Board places on
record its deep appreciation for Mr. Gandhis contribution
and guidance to the Company.
In accordance with the provisions of the Companies
Act, 2013, Mr. Subodh Bhargava, Mr. Amal Ganguli and
Dr. Uday B Desai, will cease to be the independent
directors on the Board at this Annual General Meeting
(AGM). On recommendations of Nomination and
Remuneration Committee the Board proposes the fresh
appointment of Mr. Subodh Bhargava and Dr. Uday B
Desai on the terms and conditions to be included in
the Notice convening the AGM. In line with the policy
of maximum age to serve as a Director to be 75 years,
the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and the
Board do not propose the fresh appointment of Mr. Amal
Ganguli who will attain the age of 75 years on 16 October
2014.
In accordance with the provisions of the Companies
Act, 2013 and the Companys Articles of Association,
Mr. Saurabh Tiwari and Mr. S. Ramadorai retire by rotation
at the ensuing Annual General Meeting and being
eligible, offer themselves for reappointment.
Mr. Bharat Vasani who holds office only up to date of the
this Annual General Meeting and in respect of whom
a notice under the provisions of Section 160 of the
Companies Act, 2013 has been received by the Company
from a member signifying his intention to propose
Mr. Bharat Vasani as a candidate for the office of director.
None of the Companys directors is disqualified from
being appointed as a director as specified in Section
164 of the Companies Act, 2013. For details about
the directors, please refer to point 2 of the Report on
Corporate Governance.
Corporate Governance
Pursuant to Clause 49 of the listing agreement with
the stock exchanges, the Management Discussion and
Analysis, Corporate Governance Report and Auditors
Certificate regarding compliance with conditions of
corporate governance form part of the directors report.
Pursuant to Clause 55 of the listing agreement with the
stock exchanges, Business Responsibility Reports have
been included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
DIRECTORS RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
Pursuant to Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013, the
directors, based on the representations received from the
operating management, confirm that:
t
*O UIF QSFQBSBUJPO PG UIF BOOVBM BDDPVOUT UIF

applicable accounting standards have been
followed and there are no material departures;
t
5IFZ IBWF TFMFDUFE TVDI BDDPVOUJOH QPMJDJFT BOE

applied them consistently and made judgments
and estimates that are reasonable and prudent so
as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of
the company at the end of the financial year 201314 and of the profit and loss of the company for that
period;
t
5IFZ IBWF UBLFO QSPQFS BOE TVDJFOU DBSF GPS

the maintenance of adequate accounting records
in accordance with the provisions of this Act for
safeguarding the assets of the company and
for preventing and detecting fraud and other
irregularities;
t
5IFZIBWFQSFQBSFEUIFBOOVBMBDDPVOUTPOBHPJOH
concern basis;
t
5IFZ IBWF MBJE EPXO JOUFSOBM OBODJBM DPOUSPMT UP

be followed by the company and that such internal
financial controls are adequate and were operating
effectively.
t
5IFZ IBWF EFWJTFE QSPQFS TZTUFNT UP FOTVSF

compliance with the provisions of all applicable
laws and that such systems were adequate and
operating effectively.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The directors would like to thank every one of the
Companys customers, business associates and other
stakeholders globally for their valuable contribution to
the Companys growth and success. The directors also
recognise and appreciate the passion and commitment
of all the employees of the Company around the world.
The directors are also grateful to the Companys other
stakeholders and partners including its shareholders,
promoters (strategic partner and GoI), bankers and
others for their continued support.
On behalf of the Board of Directors
Subodh Bhargava
Chairman
Dated: 13 May 2014
Registered Office:
VSB, MG Road, Fort,
Mumbai 400001.
17
COMMUNICATIONS
ANNEXURE 1: MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Macro-Economic Situation
FY 2013-14 was another sluggish year for the Indian
economy, which continued to grapple with one of its
worst slowdowns, on the back of global weaknesses and
domestic macro-economic fiscal imbalances. While the
declining GDP trend of the previous year was arrested,
quarterly growth still remained unexciting at 4.4-4.8%.
Unsatisfactory economic growth and persistent high
inflation remained the economys pain points. Consumer
inflation reached 13.8% in September 2013, accompanied
by GDP growth of just 4.8%. Other worries included higher
fiscal and current account deficits and sluggish industrial
growth. Although the governments measures for revival
in export growth and its restrictions on gold imports
brought some relief, the economic scenario and business
atmosphere remained largely unchanged. Funding
scarcities and high borrowing costs also persisted. During
the year, the global economy showed two positive trends.
First, the structural shift from the developed world
towards the emerging world continued, though at a
slightly slower pace as both China and India grew at their
slowest rates in over a decade. Second, the cyclical climb
out of the prolonged recession progressed. The recovery
in developed markets strengthened, although it was still
uneven and patchy. While the US and UK improved over
the previous year, the rest of the Eurozone reported mixed
signals. Over the longer term, globalization, demographic
shifts and technology are expected to drive economic
growth. Despite the recent slowdown in emerging
markets and the improved outlook in developed ones,
many emerging markets have younger populations and
more favourable dependency ratios. These factors should
contribute to a global economic rebalancing.
Indian Telecom Industry Situation
Indias telecom sector and subscriber base have grown
strongly and steadily over the past decade, on the
back of rising fixed and mobile network coverage and
competition-induced tariff declines. These factors have
driven up demand, as has growing broadband Internet
access, the quick spread of smart mobile devices and
higher video traffic on consumer and business networks.
The key factors which are likely to fuel future growth are
a still-growing subscriber base, mobile applications and
technologically advanced end-user devices that will drive
exponential growth in Internet usage and substantial
growth in data centre colocation services. However, traffic
18
growth will remain counter-balanced by severe price

erosion, especially for basic voice and connectivity services,
further exacerbated by competition from next-generation
service providers. In the Business-to-Business (B2B) space,
data and video traffic are growing rapidly, due to increased
adoption of information technology and network services
to drive business productivity and innovation.
Indian Telecom Market
In 2013-14, the Indian telecom market grew to `45,643
crores, at a rate of ~8% year on year. During FY1419, the market is expected to grow at a compounded
annual growth rate (CAGR) of ~9%, on the back of the
mid-teens growth forecast in the mobile services and
managed services space. Growth in the Indian market is
mainly driven by higher penetration of mobile services,
growth in consumer broadband services and increased
adoption of network services by Indian businesses. The
Company leads the Indian market in several segments. In
the financial year 2013-14, the Indian International Long
Distance (ILD) voice market had eight major operators,
a total inbound market size of 85 billion minutes
and outbound market size of 4.5 billion minutes. The
Companys market share was 21% in both inbound and
outbound traffic. Indias National Long Distance (NLD)
voice market size was 372 billion minutes during the year
and consisted of 10 major operators. The Companys NLD
addressable market size was 15 billion minutes, of which
its market share was 39%. In 2013-14, the Company had
a 28% market share of the Indian data market and a 25%
market share of the Indian data centre market.
Global Telecom Market
In 2013, the global telecom market was relatively flat,
growing just 0.2% year-on-year to USD 2.2 trillion.
Telecom services accounted for 75% of the total market
while mobile devices accounted for 16% and telecom
infrastructure for 9%. The near-flat growth rate of the past
year is likely to improve, with the total telecom market
expected to grow at a CAGR of 2.5% from 2013 to 2018.
During 2013-14, the Companys addressable market
in voice services witnessed a slight decline because of
declining call rates, while the data market showed healthy
growth. We expect the Companys addressable market to
continue to grow at an attractive pace, due to the growth
of data and video services in both the consumer and
business domains.
COMPANY STRATEGY AND DIRECTION
To offer hybrid network and data center solutions

that leverage public and private infrastructure, to
accommodate the changing enterprise IT landscape.
To leverage the extensive existing network and

customer relationships to selectively offer industry
specific solutions, such as those already customised
like we have started for the Media & Entertainment
and Banking & Financial Services sectors.
To leverage the adjacent capabilities and

shareholder value creation role of other businesses
in the portfolio such as the managed ATM business
(in TCPSL) and the carrier outsourcing business (in
TCTS).
Differentiated Enterprise Offerings
Tata Communications will further strengthen its

position in the market by continuing to develop
and introduce new products and services catering
to the needs of corporate customers, such as
Unified Communication, Hosted Contact Center,
Mobile Broadband enablement, Content Delivery,
Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), and other managed
products and services.
Continuing Investment in Global Infrastructure
The Company will continue to invest in its global

network, the Tata Global Network, or TGN, extending
from developed markets to the worlds fastestgrowing emerging economies. To that end, in the
recent past, the Company launched a subsea cable
system connecting several countries in the Middle
East to Mumbai, India. That was closely followed
by the completion of the worlds first round-theworld fibre optic cable network, with the official
launch of the TGN cable in Eurasia. The complete
cable ring now connects Europe to India, through
Egypt, bringing increased capacity, resilience and
enhanced communications links to not only the
Middle East, but onward to the rest of the world via
the TGN. The Company also enhanced bandwidth
and flexibility to carriers and enterprises around the
world with the deployment of optical technology
on its TGN cable linking New York to London. These
expansions and upgrades to the TGN allows Tata
Communications to offer a truly global network. Its
world-wide cable network boasts significant depth
in key emerging markets, including China, India,
Business Strategy
Tata Communications is already the worlds largest
carrier of international wholesale voice traffic. It
has over 15 terabits of international bandwidth
lit capacity and owns over 1 million square feet of
data centre and colocation space across 44 global
locations. It is also the worlds largest signaling
provider, the 5th largest and fastest-growing Tier 1
IP backbone, and the largest Ethernet provider. Tata
Communications owns and operates, the worlds
only wholly-owned fibre optic sub-sea network ring
around the globe, the Tata Communications Global
Network (TGN), which consists of 210,000 kilometers
of terrestrial and subsea network fibre. The TGN
reaches countries representing 99.7 % of the worlds
GDP and has significant depth in key emerging
markets.
The Company believes that these capabilities
equip it with unique competitive advantages to
execute its vision, which is to deliver a new world
of communications to advance the reach and
leadership of its customers. The Companys strategy
is to build leading-edge IP-leveraged solutions,
based on its advanced global infrastructure as well
as its leadership in India. Tata Communications is
able to provide differentiated choices of network
and IT Infrastructure services to service providers,
and large enterprise customers, in both established
and emerging markets.
In the coming years, the Company will continue with
its strategy of providing managed services globally
with a business-to-business (B2B) focus. The
Company expects that the demand for its services
will remain strong, but that it will continue to face
increased competition and pressure on pricing and
margins. Therefore, Tata Communications has a
three-pronged strategy of driving revenue growth
from new markets and investing in services and
technology innovation, while continuing to improve
the cost structure of its operations.
To execute this vision, the Company focuses on
several strategic pillars, including the following:
-
In core connectivity services, to focus on business

model evolution, an introduction of new commercial
paradigms, while improving operating costs and
driving optimal utilization of assets.
19
COMMUNICATIONS
South Africa and the Gulf region. The global reach

of TGN, is used to run the companys global Tier 1
IP network that currently covers nearly 20% of the
worlds Internet routes, reaching over 240 countries
and territories.
Continuing Leadership in India
Currently, the Company has leading market shares in
voice and data transmission in India. In the international
long distance (ILD) voice business, the Companys market
share is approximately 21%. In data services, the Company
is a market leader, with a 28% market share. Its leadership
is well recognized. For 2013, it won the Enterprise Data
Service Provider of the Year, Hosted Contact Center
Service Provider of the Year, Third Party Managed Services
Provider of the Year and Managed Video Conferencing
Service Provider of the Year award from Frost & Sullivan
India, a leading telecommunications and technology
research firm. Tata Communications is now specifically
addressing the needs of the enterprise segment in India
with solutions that give access to agnostic Internet
services along with a variety of Internet-enabled content
applications and managed services.
Leveraging the Global Challenger Status
Tata Communications has been growing its presence
in international services segment, both in the carrier
and enterprise segments. With a focus on cross-border
connectivity and collaboration services, differentiated
offerings to emerging markets and superior customer
experience, the Company is growing its business outside
India at a rate much faster than market. This has resulted
in several accolades, such as being included in the
Leadership Quadrant by Gartner in its Magic Quadrants
both for Asia Pacific and global network services provider
categories.
Achieving Synergies with Other IT and Telecom Companies
Achieving synergies with other players in the IT and

Telecom sector enables the Company to access their
existing customer bases and gives it the opportunity
to share infrastructure costs. Accordingly, the
Company continues to identify synergies and potential
opportunities with other Group companies. In particular,
the Company has collaborated with Tata Consultancy
Services (TCS), a leading IT services company, on several
occasions to jointly provide TCS customers a broad range
of end-to-end IT and telecom solutions. The Company has
also leveraged synergies with Tata Teleservices Limited
20
(TTSL) on network and field operations thereby avoiding

overlapping requirements, achieving higher volumes and
enabling savings.
In addition, the Company has established and will expand
its partnerships with several other Indian and global
systems integrators (SI) and carrier partners, to deliver
and sell services, by leveraging mutual capabilities.
SEGMENT WISE PERFORMANCE
Company Segmentation
Tata Communications business and revenues are welldiversified across business segments, customer profiles
and geographies. Being largely a B2B (business-tobusiness) player, the Company serves two customer
segments: service providers and enterprise customers.
In the service provider segment, the Company provides
an integrated set of services including wholesale voice,
domestic and international data connectivity, Internet
backbone connectivity (also known as IP transit), valueadded roaming services for mobile operators and carrierspecific business process outsourcing services.
In the enterprise segment, the Companys main offering
comprises a comprehensive suite of connectivity,
IT infrastructure and managed communication and
collaboration solutions for businesses seeking voice,
data and video connectivity between their distributed
offices, within India or globally. These services are aimed
at improving the operational efficiencies of business
through the adoption of the latest networking and
IT technologies, on a managed solutions basis. Tata
Communications also continues to build industry specific
solutions, with a current focus on Banking & Financial
Services and Media & Entertainment.
The Company classifies its operations into three main
business segments Global Voice Solutions, Global Data
and Managed Services and Neotel (its subsidiary in South
Africa). As mentioned in the Directors Report, the Company
has concluded an agreement with Vodacom SA for the
latter to acquire Neotel, subject to necessary approvals.
Global Voice Solutions
International Long Distance (ILD)
Tata Communications is the worlds largest carrier of
international wholesale traffic, with the most advanced
intelligent routing platform to provide quality voice
services. It has over 300 direct and bilateral relationships
with leading international voice telecommunication

providers. The wholesale international voice business is
a mature and increasingly commoditised one, and the
Companys strategy is to grow its leadership position
and take advantage of increasing traffic volumes while
protecting margins and cash flows.
During 2013-14, the Company handled approximately
52.6 million minutes of international voice traffic globally,
a decrease of 2% over the previous year. During the year,
traffic to and from India decreased to approximately 20.7
billion minutes, from approximately 22.3 billion minutes
in 2012-13. Despite the industrys declining revenue
trends, the Company was able to maintain its gross
margins or net revenue per minute (NRPM) in 2013-14.
During the past year, the Company was able to acquire
more traffic directly from mobile operators and nextgeneration service providers, which helped counter the
decline in overall market prices.
The Company derives substantial competitive advantages
from its long presence and expertise in this business,
extensive investments, innovations, scale, reach and
strong business relationships. In December 2013, Tata
Communications won the Best Wholesale Carrier at the
World Communications Awards, which recognised Tata
Communications customer-oriented breadth of service
provider offerings and its desire to stay ahead of the
curve with innovative solutions.
During the past year, the Company has also launched two
new voice services: an HD voice service enabling mobile
network operators (MNOs) to route international HD calls
via end-to-end IP without transcoding and Mobile VoIP,
a hosted white-label solution that allows MNOs and other
retail voice providers to deliver and monetise innovative
converged IP communication services. These two services
are an integral part of our previously stated strategy to
attract more traffic directly from mobile operators and
next-generation service providers. This strategy is yielding
results as traffic from those two segments increased by
10% year-on-year.
The breadth and depth of the Companys offerings have
helped it acquire several key customers. For example, in
May 2013, it signed a five-year strategic voice sourcing
agreement with American Over-The-Top provider Vonage
Holdings Corp under which Tata Communications becomes
a preferred supplier of international voice termination for
this leading VoIP provider. Through this agreement, Tata
Communications provides Vonage with access to its global
network and on-going investments in systems, tools and

processes to improve voice call quality. These resources
aid in operational efficiency and the delivery of leading
international call quality for customers.
National Long Distance (NLD)
NLD traffic within India is growing though the growth
has slowed down to ~ 6% from the earlier high of over
50% in FY 11. More than 95% of the NLD traffic is captive,
meaning it is being carried by NLD divisions of MNOs.
Thus, under 5% of NLD traffic is available for 3rd party
carriage which forms the addressable market for Tata
Communications. The Company holds a 39% market
share of the addressable market in this business. The
Companys NLD traffic has decreased from 8.3 billion
minutes in 2012-13 to 5.9 billion minutes in 2013-14, as
MNOs continue to expand / roll out their domestic network
thus further shrinking the addressable market. Greater
competition and regulatory initiatives have resulted
in falling NLD tariffs over the years but tariffs appear to
have now stabilized. The Company believes that while the
addressable market may continue shrinking, this remains
large enough to be an attractive opportunity to maximise
our existing infrastructure and capabilities. By increasing
our market share, reducing costs and increasing margins,
we intend this to be a profitable business segment,
though a modest contributor to overall growth.
Global Data and Managed Services
Carrier Data
Tata Communications is one of the worlds leading
wholesale providers of data, Internet protocol (IP) and
mobile signaling services. Tata Communications owns
and operates the worlds only wholly-owned fibre
optic sub-sea network ring around the globe, the Tata
Communications Global Network (TGN). During the
past fiscal year, the Company launched the TGN cable
in Eurasia, completing the global TGN network. The
Company also launched a subsea cable system connecting
several countries in the Middle East to Mumbai, India and
deployed optical technology on the TGN cable linking
New York to London.
The TGN consists of 210,000 kilometers of terrestrial and
subsea network fibre and reaches countries representing
~99.7% of the worlds GDP. The Company leverages this
unparalleled network to provide high-speed bandwidth
connectivity to other telecom operators and Internet
Service Providers (ISPs) worldwide.
21
COMMUNICATIONS
Tata Communications has the worlds largest mobile

signaling inter-provider network and is supporting
mobile network operators (MNOs) around the globe with
one of the industrys widest reaching service offerings
for mobile broadband enablement. It has an extensive
portfolio of mobile services, including IPX+ connectivity,
voice, messaging, roaming and signaling. With the
accelerated growth in mobile data, MNOs are looking for
ways to generate increased revenue, reduce customer
churn and ensure service continuity even as they migrate
to 4G and the Company is mining this opportunity.
Tata Communications managed services simplify
the interconnection of MNO communities, ensuring
smoother end-to-end service delivery and management
across networks, resulting in quality and efficiency gains.
During the past year, the Company has introduced several
innovations in these areas.
Limited (NSE), the Singapore Exchange Limited (SGX) and

the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (HKEx). The low latency
network further extends the companys global financial
trading connectivity network supporting mission critical,
real-time trading applications. Tata Communications has
also strengthened its MPLS VPN portfolio by introducing
flexible service variants, enhancements of network
capability & reach. Launch of Usage based VPN service
allows customers flexibility to scale up bandwidth and
adopt pay as you use billing for unseen peak loads
across their global network. The Companys network
reach is further enhanced with the help of an express
route connecting East Africa directly to the Middle
East, a redesigned Middle-East network architecture for
enhanced performance to customers with Intra-region
connectivity requirements as well as new nodes in major
cities of Africa, Middle East and Europe.
Enterprise Data
In testament to its capabilities, the Company was chosen

by Nokia, one of the worlds leading manufacturers of
mobile phones and technology developers to provide
a consolidated Global Wide Area Network connectivity
through a fully managed, end-to-end Multiprotocol Label
Switching (MPLS) network to over 150 locations globally.
The enterprise data business has a high potential

and is growing fast. Over the past few years, Tata
Communications has ramped up its capabilities and
offerings so that today, it is a leading player in this
space globally, with an extensive suite of services. Tata
Communications offers a full range of customised and
managed communication solutions tailored to the needs
of enterprise customers.
With its Global Network Services (GNS) portfolio, Tata
Communications serves three forms of connectivity
needs of service provider and enterprise customers in
India and globally. These are: dedicated point to point
connectivity (IPL or NPL); Internet (IP based) connectivity
(IAS within India and IP Transit elsewhere); and multilocation connectivity through Global Virtual Private
Networks (GVPN). The Company continues to expand
the reach of its services by directly entering select new
markets, partnering with regional/local operators, and
using indirect channels catering to small and medium
enterprises. During the past year, it has introduced several
new innovations and acquired a number of new clients.
Tata Communications IP Services rank among the top five
globally and it has been an aggressive early-mover in the
Ethernet space. Earlier this year, Tata Communications
won two industry awards: the Metro Ethernet Forum (MEF)
Best Ethernet Business Application and the APAC Ethernet
Service Provider of the year. The company completed the
extension of its low latency network in Asia with direct
connections to the National Stock Exchange of India
22
Tata Communications is one of the largest players in the

data centre business in India, with facilities in many of
the major commercial cities. The Company also provides
data centre services globally, in key countries including
USA, the UK and Singapore. It now owns over 1 million
square feet of data centre and colocation space across 44
global locations and also has eight partner sites Australia,
Malaysia, Germany and Netherlands.
GMS (Global Managed Services) provides collaboration
and unified communication solutions to enterprises
as well as service providers. Services offered by this
group are: Calling services (Enterprise voice, ITFS, IPT),
Conferencing services (voice, data, web, video), SIP
Connect and Hosted Contact Centre services. These
services provide virtual meetings using simple desktop
based and life-like telepresence endpoints, which enable
enhanced collaboration across global companies and
markets, reducing travel and raising productivity. Further,
growth of mobility makes Unified Communication and
Collaboration (UCC) critical to the large businesses we
serve who operate across multiple geographies and
across multiple time zones. This is driving growth in video
usage, which is driving the Companys IP traffic and overall
network usage. This has helped encourage adoption by
our customers of the Companys Unified Communication

and Collaboration offering called Jamvee launched
in July 2013. Jamvee is a device-agnostic and accessagnostic video service which customers pay for by the
minute according to use.
Tata Communications is now positioned in the Leaders
Quadrant in Gartners Magic Quadrant for Global Network
Service Providers. In just five years Tata Communications
has been recognised by Gartner in the Leadership
category in both APAC and Global Magic Quadrant for
Enterprise Network Services. This recognition by a leading
global business analyst validates the implementation
of the Companys strategy on the two parameters of
Completeness of Vision as well as the Ability to Execute.
GLOBAL DATA REVENUES BY SEGMENT
49%
Enterprise
Main One Cable Company, Nigerias premier provider

of broadband Internet services and into the Middle
East region via its partnership with Etisalat. We have
also partnered with major media service providers like
Harmonics Inc. to provide end-to-end managed media
services. The Company continues to experience double
digit growth within the sports entertainment markets
and with content owner providing global distribution of
their content.
ORGANIZATIONAL RESTRUCTURING
Global Structure
Tata Communications has structured itself into global
business units and global shared service functions, to
operate optimally in its different customer segments and
markets spread across the world.
Several initiatives are being implemented within this
structure to improve customer experience, define and
create a common company culture, tighten corporate
identity and branding and implement the nextgeneration network architecture for converged services,
and enhance operating efficiency in other respects.
SUSTAINABILITY AND RESPONSIBILITY
Environment Sustainability Initiatives
51%
Service Provider
Tata Communications also offers customised network
solutions and managed services to the media and
entertainment industry. Media companies with global
reach are actively pursuing next generation architectures
that are IP/cloud centric, providing efficient global work
flows, distribution, flexible scaling, and readiness for
alternative OTT services. The Companys strategy to create
the worlds richest, connected, open video ecosystem
includes business-to-business video services, cloudbased services and flexible, modular, managed services.
As the Company continues to leverage its strength in
emerging markets, the Company extended its Video
Connect Network into Nigeria through a partnership with
Tata Communications sustainability journey has evolved

in recent years. The Company began by responding
proactively to calls for environmental compliance and by
reducing its operational footprint. The Companys three
priorities in this regard are to reduce its carbon footprint,
reuse water and reduce its consumption, and manage
hazardous solid waste. In order to decrease dependency
on traditional energy resources, the Company has taken
several initiatives such as investing in systems to tap windpower through distribution grids, installing rooftop solar
power panels at Company facilities and installing largescale solar plants in locations with land banks. Adoption
of new technologies such as geothermal cooling or free
cooling computerised fluid dynamics analysis has also
helped the Company in achieving energy optimization.
The Company has completed installation of 600 KWP
solar power plants on rooftops of Tata Communications
facilities in Pune, Chennai and Delhi and is installing a 1.5
MWP solar plant at the Pune facility and a mix of groundbased and rooftop solar power plants in Chennai, with
an aggregate capacity of 1 MWP. The Company has set
23
COMMUNICATIONS
up water treatment plants in India at Pune, Mumbai and

Chennai to recycle waste water to partially meet its water
requirements. At Pune, an artificial lake was created to
charge the ground water aquifer. Additionally, 20-feet
wells with horizontal bores are used for further harvesting.
This has resulted in an abundant supply of water through
ground water sources during the lean months. In 201314, 21% of the power consumed by the Company came
from alternate power sources such as wind and solar
power and fossil-fuel consumption has decreased by 1%.
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
Tata Communications expresses its social responsiveness
by
empowering
and
enabling
communities
through programmes in education, employability,
entrepreneurship, community initiatives and disaster
relief and rehabilitation. Volunteering has been a
common thread to all the thrust areas. Employees
of Tata Communications across the globe volunteer
enthusiastically for various causes ranging from children
in distress to mentally-challenged adults. As a member
of the Tata Sustainability Group (TSG), the Company is
aligned with group focus areas such as skill enhancement
and education. Areas for collaboration in the group
initiatives such as the Tata Uttarakhand programme
are also being determined. Tata Communications
implements its CSR and Affirmative Action programs
through partnerships with NGOs, community-based
Organizations, Government institutions and service
providers. Planned depending on needs assessment,
these programmes are conducted with pre-defined
impact targets and evaluated regularly to ensure
their sustainability. Initiatives in Affirmative Action are
conducted under the Tata Affirmative Action Program
to enable and empower Indias socially and historically
marginalised Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes
through education, employability and entrepreneurship
programmes.
Primarily focusing on the disadvantaged communities
around major operational and business locations, the
Companys CSR and Affirmative Action Programmes
address groups including children, youth, women,
aged and physically/mentally-challenged people. The
Company has a Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
and Affirmative Action (AA) Policy, annual action plans,
budgets, CSR and AA steering committees, a dedicated
24
CSR functional team, and a monitoring and evaluation

system.
The Company also participates in the CSR and AA
initiatives of reputed industrial organizations such as
The Confederation of Indian Industries (CII) in India and
the Tata Group North America CS Heads network. Tata
Communications has actively joined various collective
programs such as the Tata Volunteering Week, the Joy of
Giving and India@75.
The key deliverables achieved from the CSR and AA
programmes during FY 2013-14 are as follows:Thrust Areas
Key deliverables/Impact
Education
2088 students covered through

scholarships, academic assistance,
computer literacy training and
Internet access in Delhi, Pune and
Bangalore
Employability
145 youth trained in ITES/BPO/

English Communication skills ; 51
placed in Delhi
Entrepreneurship 92 persons trained ; 20 persons have

set up their businesses; 33 are in the
process in Pune
Community
Initiatives
Infrastructure support for cancer

patients in Kolkata;
Rescue and rehabilitation of children
in distress in Mumbai;
Conducted 4-month preventive and
primary healthcare camps for 210
laborers in Delhi ;
300 solar lamps provided to rural
secondary school students around
Bangalore to support studies
Disaster Relief & Deployment of satellite phones for

Rehabilitation
disaster relief in Uttarakhand during
the rescue operations;
Social contribution through Tata
Relief Committee - ` 55 lakhs
[Co. contribution] ` 20 lakhs
[employee contribution]
Thrust Areas
Key deliverables/Impact
Employee
Volunteering
Total no. of volunteers 1261;

Volunteering hours- 5477; Locations
8 India and 5 North America &
APAC (Japan);
Causes
served:
education,
health, environment, aged care,
differently-abled; youth and women
empowerment,
rural
lighting
through solar lamps.
REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS
The Government of India approved on 31 May 2012, a new
Telecom Policy aiming to boost transparency and revive
growth in the Indian telecom industry. The Company
expects that when implemented, the new telecom policy
will help telecom operators serve their customers better.
The regulatory scenario in other geographies across
the world, where the Company operates through its
subsidiaries, did not see any major policy changes
impacting the Companys business.
RISKS AND CONCERNS
Like all businesses, Tata Communications is exposed to
certain risks and concerns in the course of its business:
Price Reductions
Reductions in prices for communications services, both
voice and data, in India and worldwide, have had and
are expected to continue to have an adverse effect. It is
likely that the prices for communications services will
generally continue to decrease as competition increases,
as capacity is augmented, and as disruptive technologies
are introduced. The recent economic downturn globally
has led to a slowdown in customer uptake and put
increasing downward pressure on prices as customers
seek to reduce costs.
Key Customers Service Providers
Business with other carriers and service providers
represents a large proportion of the Companys total
business. Several carriers that the Company does business
with have in the recent past suffered from reduced
profit margins and other significant financial pressures.
Market restructuring through acquisitions and mergers
or through carriers exiting the international wholesale

business continues. This could lead to realignment among
the various players in the industry. Some of these changes
could negatively impact the Companys business. Further,
if any of the major carriers that the Company does
business with encounters sudden financial difficulties
or files for bankruptcy, the Company may be unable to
recover amounts due to it.
Technology Risk
Technology is continuously changing in the
telecommunications industry, and service providers need
to ensure that they are constantly bringing new services
and technologies to market to compete effectively. The
Company continuously introduces new communications
services so that it can compete for new customers and
in new segments of the communications business. If
the Company is not able to successfully complete the
development and introduction of new services, including
new managed services, in a timely manner, the business
could be adversely affected. The Company relies on a
combination of in-house development and third-party
technology licensing and/or acquisition to bring the new
communications services and technology to market. In
either case, it is important that the Company is able to
obtain any necessary third party intellectual property
rights covering the new communications services
on a cost effective basis. If another person holds the
technology that is necessary for the Company to provide
its services, under a patent or other intellectual property
right, a license for the use of that technology may have to
be negotiated. The negotiations may not arrive at a price
that is acceptable. The existence of such patents or other
intellectual property rights, or the inability to negotiate
a license at an acceptable cost, for any such technology,
could effectively hinder the Companys ability to
provide services and offer products using that particular
technology. It is often not possible to determine what
the necessary intellectual property rights are until a third
party levies an intellectual property rights violation claim
against the Company.
To the extent that the Company is subject to litigation
or other claims regarding the ownership of intellectual
property, this litigation could:
z
Be time consuming and expensive;
Divert attention and resources away from the
25
COMMUNICATIONS
Companys daily business;

z
Impede or prevent delivery of products and services

(through injunctive or other equitable relief ); and
Require payment of significant royalties, licensing

fees and damages.
In addition, the Company must be vigilant in protecting

its own intellectual property rights through appropriate
government filings and other actions under patent,
copyright, trademark and trade secret laws in various
jurisdictions worldwide. Any impediment in this process
could harm the business.
Operating Risks
The Company must be able to continuously increase the
traffic of voice, Internet, data, and video transmissions
on its global network in order to realise the anticipated
cash flow, operating efficiencies and cost benefits of this
network, particularly since certain of the costs (such as
repairs and maintenance) are fixed. Any one of several
factors could adversely impact ongoing operations,
including these:
z
The technical infrastructure is vulnerable to damage,

interruptions or failures that may result in reduced
traffic and consequently revenues and cause harm
to the Companys reputation because of failure in
fulfilling commitments under significant contracts.
Inability to hire and retain an adequate number of

qualified personnel or to source the right equipment
and technology.
Acquisitions have been key to the Companys growth

and successful integration of acquired businesses is
important to realise the full value of investments
made.
The Companys operations are global and any

terrorist activities or other acts of violence or war
that impact business continuity, would adversely
affect its results.
Lack of End-Customer Ownership
In the long distance voice business in India, Tata

Communications is a wholesale operator and does
not have an access license. The Company is dependent
on access providers to route National Long Distance
(NLD) and International Long Distance (ILD) calls of
their customers through the Companys networks. This
26
inherent nature of the business poses some risk. Several

of these access operators in India have taken NLD and
ILD licenses and started operations as competitors in
the long distance and other markets, thus shrinking the
addressable market.
Tata Teleservices Ltd. (in which the Company has an equity
stake) and its subsidiary Tata Teleservices (Maharashtra)
Ltd. (together referred to as TTL) hold access licenses in
almost all the telecom circles in India. The Company and
TTL have been working together to leverage each others
strengths. However, these efforts may not produce the
desired results.
The international wholesale voice business also depends
heavily on third parties who own organic traffic. To
mitigate the risks of losing traffic, the Company is building
traffic from Retail Service Providers such as Mobile
Network Operators, Over The Top players.
Regulatory Environment
The Company has interests in a large number of
countries worldwide and must comply with an extensive
range of requirements that are meant to regulate and
supervise the licensing, construction and operation
of telecommunications networks and services. These
requirements are likely to increase with further overseas
expansion. In particular, there are agencies which regulate
and supervise the allocation of frequency spectrum and
which monitor and enforce regulation and competition
laws that apply to the telecommunications industry. Legal
and regulatory decisions and changes in the regulatory
environment in the jurisdictions in which the Company
does business could have adverse effects.
The tariffs charged by telecommunication service
providers in India are subject to the regulations of
the Telecommunications Regulatory Authority of
India (TRAI). The Company periodically renegotiates
interconnect agreements with various domestic mobile
service operators and basic telecom service providers
and settlement rates with international carriers, resulting
in the revision of rates from time to time depending
on market conditions. Such revisions could be adverse
and have a material effect on Tata Communications
operations and financial condition.
Funding
The Company has made, and will continue to need,
capital investments in new telecommunications projects,
which may stretch liquidity and create execution risks.

Operations and profitability may be adversely affected
if the funding required for the plans is relatively more
expensive or delayed.
As of 31 March 2014, the outstanding principal amount of
debt was approximately `954.87 crores for the Company
on a standalone basis and `10,686.16 crores (excluding
Neotel) on a consolidated basis. Considering the current
capital expenditure requirements and debt maturing
in near future, the Company may need to resort to
refinancing its maturing debt as the possibility of raising
equity funding is limited at this juncture. This may increase
the debt servicing obligations. In the long run, unless the
Company is able to raise equity funding, its ability to raise
additional debt funding may be restricted. This, in turn,
could adversely affect the capital expenditure program in
the long run. If the rupee weakens against the dollar in
the coming year, it will have an adverse effect on the cost
of foreign currency indebtedness in India.
Changing Economic Conditions
Tata Communications operations and investments as
well as rights to undersea cable capacity extending to
other countries, exposes the Company to risks inherent
in international operations. Downturns in the Indian,
regional and global economies could have a material
adverse effect on the Companys business prospects.
Risks include:
z
General economic, social and political conditions;
The difficulty of enforcing agreements and collecting

receivables through certain foreign legal systems;
Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which

could adversely affect the results of operations and
the value of international assets and investments,
although the Company partially hedges its foreign
exchange risk;
Foreign earnings may be subject to withholding tax

requirements or the imposition of tariffs, exchange
controls or other restrictions;
Difficulties in obtaining licenses or interconnection or

other cooperation arrangements on acceptable terms.
Key Disputes and Litigation

Over the past fiscal years, the Company had made certain
tax holiday and expense claims based on its understanding
of the tax laws, as reinforced by legal precedent and
advice received from external tax counsel. In some cases,
the Indian tax authorities have not accepted the claims
and in a few instances have sought to levy penalties. The

disallowances/penalties have been challenged under the
applicable legal provisions. The appeals are at various
stages of adjudication. Though no such appeal has been
finally decided against the Company, in the unlikely event
of all of the disputes culminating in judgments against the
Company that could have adverse financial implications.
TDSAT
As reported earlier, in the year 2005, the Company along
with several other service providers had challenged
before Telecom Disputes Settlement & Appellate Tribunal
(TDSAT), the definition of gross revenue and adjusted
gross revenue (AGR) as interpreted by the governments
Department of Telecommunications (DoT) for levying
license fees.
The final verdict was rendered by the TDSAT on 30 August
2007, broadly in line with several of the Companys
contentions. However the industry and the Company
were not satisfied on two issues, viz. (i) the date of
applicability of the TDSAT verdict, which according to the
Company should be the date from which the license fee
based on a revenue sharing regime came into effect, and
not the date of filing the petition in the TDSAT (May, 2005
in the case of the Company) as ordered by the TDSAT and
(ii) deductibility of charges passed on to other service
providers for leasing bandwidth, port charges, etc.,
which was disallowed by the TDSAT. The Company and
also several other telecom operators have challenged
the TDSATs order of 30 August 2007 on the above two
issues in the Supreme Court of India. The Company also
filed a separate appeal in the Supreme Court delinking
its case from other petitioners, the grounds of appeal
being different from other players. The DoT has also filed
an appeal in the apex court against the judgment of the
TDSAT. The Supreme Court in its judgment has set aside
the TDSAT judgment dated 30 August 2007 in so far as
the industry is concerned. Further, due to such delinking,
both the appeals of both the Company and the DoT are
pending before the Supreme Court.
The Company had also separately filed a petition in the
TDSAT in the matter of applicability of penal provisions
under the international and national long distance
license agreements in respect of the charging of penalty
and interest on penalty. The TDSAT, by its judgment of
11 February 2010, has allowed the petitions filed by the
Company, striking down the clause imposing penalty.
As a consequence, the Company became entitled to a
27
COMMUNICATIONS
refund of `115.73 crores, the penalty realised by the DoT

in January 2008 and interest thereon. After the filing of
the execution petition in the TDSAT in January 2012,
TDSAT has passed the order in May 2012 directing DOT
to refund `115.73 crores along with interest. Accordingly,
the DoT has refunded to the company an amount of
`226.23 crores (`115.73 crores plus interest) in June
2012. However, DoT has challenged the TDSAT order of
May, 2012 for refund of penalty and interest thereon, in
Supreme Court, which is pending for hearing.
Regulatory Matters
The Company holds several telecom licenses in India.
Though the Company always follows and observes
the licensing terms and conditions, the licensor while
conducting its periodical inspections at the customer
premises or otherwise, may come to a conclusion that
certain breaches to license conditions have happened.
This may result in issuance of notices to the customer
and the Company by the licensor and levy of penalties
by the licensor. Although, the Company may challenge
penalties, if any levied by the licensor arising out of such
notices, it cannot be said with certainty that the Company
will be able to defend itself against all such notices.
International Operations
A large part of the Companys consolidated revenues are
generated through its operations in international markets.
Integrating acquisitions and managing operations in
diverse international locations is very critical to the
success of Tata Communications business plans.
Telecommunications carriers
Several telecommunications carriers that the Company
does business with have in the recent past, suffered from
reduced profit margins and other significant financial
pressures. Some of these companies have been acquired
and are undergoing restructurings of their businesses.
There is no assurance that the Company will continue to
derive business from these carriers. Further, if any of the
major carriers that are business associates encounters
financial difficulties or files for bankruptcy, the Company
may be unable to recover amounts owed to it.
Market Consolidation and New Entrants
The Companys revenue can be adversely impacted on
account of market consolidation in some regions, where
some regional carriers are acquired by large wholesale
28
carriers, opening up of licensing in closed markets could

mean that our customers lose control of international
traffic out of their home country. Over The Top (OTT)
players (also called Next Generation players) may exploit
the Internet to deliver international voice services
without using a carrier network. OTT players have started
impacting revenue of traditional service providers
(mobile network operators) in matured markets.
Changing Technologies in Mobile Global Roaming
The wireless mobile global roaming business provides
roaming services for Global Systems for Mobile (GSM),
Integrated Dispatch Enhanced Network (iDEN), Universal
Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS, 3G) and
Enhanced Specialised Mobile Radio (ESMR) networks
around the world. With increasing pressure on roaming
margins, regulatory caps on inter-operator tariffs (IOTs)
in some geographies and increased competition, strong
price pressure may be expected in the international
signaling transport and conversion businesses. Though
this price erosion will be partially offset by the continued
volume growth in emerging markets, a shift towards
more sophisticated signaling and roaming outsourcing
solutions targeted at Tier-1 mobile operators and groups
will be necessary to sustain revenues and margins. The
Company is also engaging in new segments and business
associates like hub providers and Application-to-Person
(A2P) service providers as both customers and channel
partners to drive additional revenue growth.
The advent of next generation Long Term Evolution
(LTE) standards also presents new opportunities for
signaling and roaming connectivity and interoperability.
The Company has already embarked on network
modernization to collaborate with early-adopters on
LTE/DIAMETER signaling interconnectivity and service
enablement.
Developing, Testing and Introducing New Services
The Company continuously develops, tests and introduces
new services so that it can compete for new customers
and in new segments of the communications business.
Sometimes the introduction of new services requires
the successful upgrade of technology or development
of new technology, which may be dependent on the
conclusion of contract negotiations with vendors and
vendors meeting their obligations in a timely manner.
In addition, new service offerings may not be widely
accepted by customers. If the Company is not able to
successfully complete the development and introduction

of new services, including new managed services, and
incorporates customer feedback in a timely manner, the
business could be materially and adversely affected.
higher integration costs than anticipated;
failure to achieve expected synergies and costs

savings;
regulatory restrictions imposing a constraint on

optimal designs for integration of Operations
Support SystemsBusiness Support Systems (OSSBSS Systems);
difficulties in the assimilation of different cultures

and practices, as well as in the assimilation and
retention of broad and geographically dispersed
personnel and operations; and
difficulties in the integration of departments, systems

(including accounting systems) technologies,
books and records and procedures, as well as in
maintaining uniform standards, controls (including
internal control over financial reporting), procedures
and policies.
Technical Infrastructure
The Companys technical infrastructure is vulnerable to
damage or interruptions caused by earthquakes, floods,
storms, fires, power outages, war, riots, intentional
misdeeds and other similar events. In particular, a major
part of our international traffic is routed through undersea
cable systems as well as through cable systems between
different countries. These cables are prone to damage,
including cable cuts. Any serious damage to major cables
or simultaneous multiple cable failures could seriously
disrupt traffic, which might lead to losses in revenue and
adversely affect the Companys reputation.
In addition, natural information technology system
failures (hardware or software), human error or computer
viruses may affect the quality of services and cause
temporary interruptions. More rarely, software problems
are hidden in vendors equipment, undetectable through
regular commissioning testing, but appear when specific
traffic loading conditions are reached on the network
which can severely impact several pieces of equipment
simultaneously. These types of events could result in
customer dissatisfaction and reduced traffic and revenues.
The infrastructure may also be vulnerable to cyber
security risks, which may result in service interruptions,
gaining of unauthorised access, loss, theft or corruption
of data, and theft of intellectual property or sensitive
information, any of which could disrupt or have a material
adverse effect on the Companys business. Such negative
consequences could include remedial costs, increased
cyber security costs, lost revenues, litigation, reputational
damage and regulatory penalties.
Successful Integration of Acquired Businesses
The Company has made significant acquisitions and
investments in recent years, and will continue to explore
the possibility of future acquisitions and investments
in accordance with business needs. The integration of
acquired businesses involves a number of risks, including:
z
demands on management related to the significant

increase in size after the acquisition;
the diversion of managements attention from the

management of daily operations to the integration
of operations;
Fraud or Theft of Services
The industry in which the Company operates has incurred

losses in the last several years due to fraud. Although the
Company has implemented various measures in order to
control losses relating to fraudulent practices, it may not
succeed in effectively controlling fraud when operating in
the international or domestic Indian telecommunications
markets.
Commitments under Significant Contracts
The Company has entered into a number of significant
contracts with certain Global Voice Solutions (GVS) and
Global Data and Managed Services (GDMS) customers.
Failure to meet commitments under these contracts
could result in financial losses and damage the Companys
reputation. The five largest customers collectively
accounted for 8% of revenues in fiscal 2014 and if, due
to any reason, the Company loses any major customer
or they terminate their respective agreements, it could
negatively impact revenues as well as profitability and
generation of cash.
Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights
If technology that is necessary for to provide our services
is held under patent by another person, a license would
have to be negotiated for the use of that technology. We
may not be able to negotiate such a license at a price
that is acceptable. The existence of such patents, or our
inability to negotiate a license for any such technology
on acceptable terms, could force us to cease using
29
COMMUNICATIONS
the technology and offering products and services

incorporating the technology.
To the extent that we are subject to litigation regarding
the ownership of our intellectual property, this litigation
could:
z
be time-consuming and expensive;
divert attention and resources away from our daily

business;
impede or prevent delivery of our products and

services; and
require us to pay significant royalties, licensing fees

and damages.
Parties making claims of infringement may be able to

obtain injunctive or other equitable relief that could
effectively block our ability to provide our services and
could cause us to pay substantial damages. In the event
of a successful claim of infringement, we may need to
obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which
may not be available at a reasonable cost, if at all. The
defense of any lawsuit could result in time-consuming
and expensive litigation, regardless of the merits of such
claims, and could also result in damages, license fees,
royalty payments and restrictions on our ability to provide
our services, any of which could harm our business.
Emerging Markets
The development of business in emerging markets
may be a critical factor in determining the future ability
to sustain or increase the level of global revenues.
Challenges that arise in relation to the development of the
business in emerging markets include, but are not limited
to, more volatile economic conditions, competition
from companies that are already present in the market,
the need to identify correctly and leverage appropriate
opportunities for sales and marketing, poor protection
of intellectual property, inadequate protection against
crime (including counterfeiting, corruption and fraud),
inadvertent breaches of local law/regulation and not
being able to recruit sufficient personnel with appropriate
skills and experience. The failure to exploit potential
opportunities appropriately in emerging markets may
have a materially adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition and results of operations.
30
reputation. The Company is subject to laws and

regulations concerning the environment, safety matters
and regulation of product safety in the countries where
it sells its products and/or services or otherwise operate
its business. These requirements include regulation
of the handling, transportation, use and disposal of
materials used in the business, including the discharge
of pollutants into the environment. In the normal course
of business, the Company is exposed to risks relating to
(i) possible releases of hazardous substances (such as fuel
from storage tanks or acid from battery accumulators)
into the environment which could cause environmental
or property damage or personal injuries, and which
could require remediation of contaminated soil and
groundwater and (ii) possible damage due to the removal
of certain decommissioned submarine fiber optic cables
which could require remediation and/or rectification.
Under certain laws, the Company may be required to
remediate contamination at third party sites, or at certain
of its properties regardless of whether the contamination
was caused by the Company, or by previous occupants of
the property.
INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS AND THEIR ADEQUACY
Tata Communications has a robust internal control
mechanism in place. The Company has implemented
a SAP ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) system. The
financial authority at various management levels is
clearly defined in the delegation of powers. Technical and
financial operations are controlled by state-of-the-art
technology and systems. The accounts of the Company
are subjected to internal and statutory audit.
The Company has well-established risk management
policy and procedures bases which risks are identified
and assessed across its business units and operations.
This process takes into consideration well-defined risk
management principles which are based on experience,
known best practices and principles of good corporate
governance.
Environmental Legislation
These risk management efforts are focused on mitigating

the potential adverse impact on its business from
changes in the external and internal environment. Risk
management and mitigation of key risks are considered as
a vital exercise in order to achieve the corporate objectives
and delivering long-term value to the stakeholders.
The Companys core values of environmental protection

are integrated with its business strategy to add value to
the business, manage risk and enhance the Companys
The Companys key risks are regularly discussed

with the members of the Audit Committee and the
Board of Directors. The responsibility for effective and
efficient implementation and maintenance of the risk

management system rests with the Global Management
Committee, which comprises of the CEO, CFO and key
business and operations heads. The companys risk
management procedures are subject to a continual
improvement process.
controls related to financial reporting. This approach

provides adequate assurance to the management and
the Audit Committee regarding the effectiveness of the
internal control procedures defined and implemented by
the management.
In order to manage risks, the Board of Directors has

established an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) process
comprising the necessary organizational rules and
procedures for identifying risks at an early stage, and is
taking proactive steps to manage the risks inherent to any
commercial activity. The Board of Directors monitors and
undertakes an assessment of risks critical to the Groups
performance and strategic delivery. After identifying and
assessing the risk under categories such as strategic,
financial, operational and compliance, the Company
then defines control measures aimed at reducing the
likelihood of its occurrence and the potential impact.
Statements in the Directors Report and Management

Discussion and Analysis describing the Companys
objectives, projections, estimates and expectations may
be forward-looking statements within the meaning
of applicable securities laws and regulations. Actual
results could differ substantially or materially from those
expressed or implied. Important factors that could make a
difference to the Companys operations include economic
conditions affecting demand/supply and price conditions
in the domestic and overseas markets in which the
Company operates, changes in government regulations,
policies, tax laws and other incidental factors. Further,
the Company retains the flexibility to respond to fastchanging market conditions and business imperatives.
Therefore, the Company may need to change any of the
plans and projections that may have been outlined in this
report, depending on market conditions.
The risk assessments performed under the ERM exercise

are a key input for the annual internal audit program, and
covers the Companys various businesses and functions. In
addition to internal audit the Company also continues to
conduct a detailed review and testing of the key internal
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
31
COMMUNICATIONS
REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FOR THE YEAR 2013-14

(In accordance with clause 49 of the listing agreement with Indian stock exchanges)
Corporate governance is about promoting corporate

fairness, transparency and accountability. The corporate
governance structure specifies the distribution of rights
and responsibilities of the board, managers, shareholders
and other stakeholders, and spells out the rules and
procedures for making decisions on corporate affairs.
1.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PHILOSOPHY AND

PRACTICE
The Company as a Tata Company follows fair,
transparent and ethical governance practices. The
Company has adopted a Code of Conduct based on
the Tata Code of Conduct for its employees including
the Managing Director, as also a Code of Conduct for
its Non-Executive Directors. Both these Codes are
available on the Companys website.
The Company believes that, though total business
risk elimination is not possible, it can be minimized
by consistently developing and following the best
practices of Corporate Governance. To this end, the
Company focuses on developing and implementing
higher standards of accountability to enable
optimum returns to all stakeholders.
The Companys operations and accounts are audited
by an internal audit and a statutory audit by an
Indian accounting firm under Indian accounting
requirements.
The Company communicates regularly with its
shareholders through bulletins, presentations and
meetings with analysts and investors.
2.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Company is managed exclusively by and under
the directions of the Board. The composition of
the Board is governed by the applicable laws and
regulations and the Articles of Association of the
Company. The powers delegated by the Board to the
Managing Director and by the Managing Director
to the subordinate officers are documented in the
Delegation of Powers (DoP). The DoP is reviewed
periodically.
Ten out of eleven directors are non-executive
directors, forming more than half of the total number
of directors.
The Company has three independent directors and
one executive director.
As reported to the Indian Stock Exchanges, the
Company has as its Chairman a non-executive
32
director (Independent Director) and hence as per

Clause 49(IA) of the Listing Agreement, at least onethird of the Board should comprise of independent
directors. In February 2002, when the Government
of India transferred 25% of its stake in the Company
to the Strategic Partner, a Shareholders Agreement
and a Share Purchase Agreement were signed and
the said agreements sets forth the rights of the
Strategic Partner and the Government to nominate
directors on the Board of the Company. The relevant
clauses from the agreements were incorporated in
the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the
Company. Under the Articles of Association and in
accordance with the agreements referred above,
the Board is to be comprised of 12 directors, four
of which must be independent directors and the
Government and the Strategic Partner are entitled
to recommend two independent directors each.
As on the date of this Report, the Board
comprised of 11 directors out of which 3 were
independent directors thus falling below the
stipulated requirement of having one third of
the directors as independent directors. Two out
of the three independent directors on the Board
were recommended by the Strategic Partner and
the remaining one independent director was
recommended by the Government. Since June 2011,
the Government is in the process of recommending
the name of the other independent director. The
Company has been requesting the Government
time and again to recommend the name of one
more independent director.
The Company is awaiting recommendation of a
name from the Government for appointment as
independent director on the Board of the Company.
Till such time the recommendation of name of one
more independent director is received from the
Government and the Board appoints one more
independent director, the Company would not
be compliant with Clause 49(IA)(ii) of the Listing
Agreement i.e. to have one third of the directors as
independent directors.
None of the directors hold directorships in more than
the permissible number of companies under the
applicable provisions. Similarly, none of the directors
on the boards sub-committees hold membership
of more than ten committees of boards, nor is any
director a chairman of more than five committees of
boards.
The Company had received a letter from Panatone Finvest Limited which was placed before the Board of Directors in
May 2013. The letter recommended appointment of Mr. Bharat Vasani on the Board of the Company in the stead of
Mr. Arun Gandhi. The Board decided that as per the requirement of the operating licences of the Company, Mr. Vasani
would be appointed on the Board as an additional director only after receiving necessary GoI clearance. On receipt of
the necessary GoI clearance, Mr. Bharat Vasani was appointed on the Board as an additional director with effect from
16 December 2013. The Board of Directors of the Company at present consists of 11 directors.
The names and categories of the directors on the board, their attendance at board meetings during the year and at
the last annual general meeting, and the number of directorships and committee memberships held by them in other
companies as of 31 March 2014 (with Directorships updated as of 13 May 2014) are given below:
Name
Mr. Subodh
Bhargava
[Chairman]
DIN # 00035672
Mr. Vinod Kumar
MD & Group CEO
DIN # 01204665
Mr. N. Srinath
DIN # 00058133
Mr. Kishor A.
Chaukar
DIN # 00033830
Mr. Amal Ganguli
DIN # 00013808
Mr. S. Ramadorai
DIN # 00000002
Dr. Ashok
Jhunjhunwala
DIN # 00417944
Dr. Uday B Desai
DIN # 01735464
Mr. AK Mittal 1
DIN # 03606496
Mr. Saurabh
Kumar Tiwari 1
DIN # 03606497
Mr. Bharat Vasani
[w.e.f. 16 Dec 2013)
DIN # 00040243
Category
Board
Meetings
during the
tenure from 1
April 2013 till
31 March 2014
Attendance
at the last
AGM (26
July 2013)
No. of
Directorships
in Indian Public
Companies
including Tata
Communications
Limited
Held Attended
Chairman Member
Directors in Office (as on 13 May 2014)
Independent
9
9
Yes
3
4
Non Executive
Not
Independent
Executive
Not
Independent
Non Executive
Not
Independent
Non Executive
Independent
Non Executive
Not
Independent
Non Executive
Not
Independent
Non Executive
Independent
Non Executive
Not
Independent
Non Executive
Not
Independent
Non Executive
Not
Independent
Non Executive
Yes
NIL
No. of Committee
Positions held in
Public Companies
including Tata
Communications
Ltd
No. of
Shares
held
as on
31
March
2014
Chairman Member
1
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
9
Yes
NIL
NIL
NIL
Yes
NIL
Yes
NIL
12
NIL
No
NIL
Yes
NIL
500
Yes
NIL
NIL
Yes
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
Yes
NIL
NIL
NIL
NA
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
Nominee director of the Government of India.
33
COMMUNICATIONS
Notes :
(a)
None of the directors is related to any other director.
(b) None of the directors has any business relationship with the Company.
(c)
None of the directors received any loans and advances from the Company during the year.
(d) The information as required under Annexure IA to Clause 49 is being made available to the board.
(e)
Apart from Directors Remuneration and sitting fees, the Company did not have any pecuniary relationship
or transactions with non-executive directors during 2013-14.
(f )
The detailed resume of each director and the details of the directors proposed to be appointed / reappointed
at the 28th Annual General Meeting are published elsewhere in the annual report.
(g) The gap between two board meetings did not exceed four months. The dates on which the 9 board meetings
were held are as follows:
18 April 2013
15 May 2013
28 May 2013
26 July 2013
22 August 2013
29 October 2013
9 &10 December 2013
23 January 2014
12 February 2014
3.
AUDIT COMMITTEE
The audit committee consists of four members. The
Chairman of the committee is Mr. Amal Ganguli, an
independent director, who is Fellow of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, Fellow
of Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, Member
of New Delhi Chapter of Institute of Internal Auditors,
Florida, USA. Mr. Amal Ganguli has been the Chairman
of the Audit Committee since 19 October 2006.
The other members of the committee are Mr.
Subodh Bhargava, Independent Director, Dr. Uday B
Desai, Independent Director and Mr. Saurabh Tiwari,
Government Nominee Director. Mr. Satish Ranade,
Company Secretary is the audit committees Secretary.
The audit committee has adequate powers and
detailed terms of reference to play an effective role as
required under the provisions of the Companies Act,
1956 and clause 49 of Companys listing agreement
with the stock exchanges.
Attendance at the Audit Committee Meetings
Name
Mr. Amal Ganguli [Chairman]

Mr. Subodh Bhargava
Dr. Uday B. Desai
Mr. Saurabh Tiwari
34
No. of Audit
Committee
Meetings during
2013-14
Held Attended
during
Tenure
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
At the Annual General Meeting held on 26 July 2013,

the Chairman of the Audit Committee, Mr. Amal
Ganguli was present. During the last financial year,
the Audit Committee held seven meetings and not
more than four months had elapsed between any
two meetings. The dates of meetings of the Audit
Committee are as follows:
1 Apr 2013
18 Apr 2013
28 May 2013
26 July 2013
24 Sep 2013
29 Oct 2013
11 Feb 2014
4.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
a)
Constitution and Terms of Reference

The Remuneration Committee consists of
three members. The Remuneration Committee
consists of Mr. Kishor Chaukar, Mr. Subodh
Bhargava and Mr. A.K. Mittal as the members
on the Committee. Mr. Satish Ranade, Company
Secretary is the Remuneration Committees
Convener. The meeting of the Remuneration
Committee was held on 28 May 2013 during the
financial year 2013-14. All the three members
were present at the meeting held on 28 May
2013.
The broad terms of reference of the
Remuneration Committee are to review the
performance of the Whole-time Directors,
after considering the Companys performance
and recommend to the Board remuneration
including salary, perquisites and commission to

be paid to the Companys Whole-time Directors
within the overall ceilings approved by the
shareholders.
b)
c)
(Amount in `000)
Remuneration Policy
The distribution of commission amongst the
non-executive directors (NEDs) is placed before
the Board. The commission to NEDs is proposed
to be distributed broadly on the basis of their
attendance and contribution at the Board
and Committee meetings as well as the time
spent on operational matters other than at the
meetings.
The Company paid sitting fees of `20000/- per
meeting to the non-executive directors for
attending the meetings of the Board and Audit
Committee. The Company paid sitting fees of
`10000/- per meeting to the non-executive
directors for attending the meetings other
than the meetings of the Board and Audit
Committee.
Name of the Director
Commission Sitting
Fees
Mr. Subodh Bhargava

Chairman
1098
340
Mr. N. Srinath
270
150
Mr. Kishor A. Chaukar
486
270
Mr. Amal Ganguli
846
330
Mr. S. Ramadorai
108
60
Dr. Ashok Jhunjhunwala
378
210
Dr. Uday B Desai
774
430
Mr. AK Mittal *
198
NIL
Mr. Saurabh Kumar

Tiwari *
720
NIL
Mr. Bharat Vasani

[w.e.f. 16 Dec 2013)
72
40
The Company pays remuneration by way

of salary, perquisites and allowances (fixed
component) and commission (variable
component) to the whole time director.
Salary is paid within the range approved
by the shareholders. Annual increments,
recommended
by
the
Remuneration
Committee are approved by the Board. Within
the prescribed ceiling, the perquisites package
is approved by the remuneration committee.
Commission is calculated with reference to net
profits of the Company in a particular financial
year and is determined by the Board of
Directors at the end of the financial year based
on the recommendations of the remuneration
committee, subject to overall ceilings stipulated
in Sections 198 and 309 of the Companies Act,
1956. Specific amount payable to the wholetime director is based on the performance
criteria laid down by the Board which broadly
takes in to account the profits earned by the
Company for that year.
Table of commission and sitting fees to the

non-executive directors for the year 2013-14
are as follows:
d)
The Government Directors have informed

the Company that they shall not accept
any Sitting Fees and commission as their
Directorships are considered to be part of
their official duty.
The details of remuneration to the whole-time

director during the year 2013-14 are as follows:
(Amount in `)
Salary Perquisites Commission*
&
Allowances
200,00,000
Mr. Vinod 69,71,200 92,00,000
Kumar MD
& Group
CEO
Total
69,71,200 92,00,000
200,00,000
Name
*
5.
Commission is paid during Financial Year

2014-15.
INVESTOR GRIEVANCE COMMITTEE

The Investor Grievance Committee consists of Mr.
Kishor Chaukar as its Chairman and Dr. UB Desai and
Mr. AK Mittal as the members. During the financial
year 2013-14, the Committee held four meetings
35
COMMUNICATIONS
on 28 May 2013, 26 July 2013, 29 October 2013

and 12 February 2014. Mr. Satish Ranade, Company
Secretary is the convener of the Investor Grievance
Committee.
The Ethics and Compliance Committee consists of

Mr. Kishor Chaukar as its Chairman and Dr. UB Desai
and Mr. Saurabh Tiwari as its members. Mr. Satish
Ranade, Company Secretary is the convener of the
Committee. Four meetings of the committee were
held during the year 2013-14 on 28 May 2013, 26
July 2013, 29 October 2013 and 12 February 2014.
The details of grievances received from the

shareholders during the year and their status on 31
March 2014 is given below:
Sr. Nature of Complaints
No.
1.
2.
No. of Complaints
Received
Pending
SEBI/Stock Exchange
Complaint
Direct/Miscellaneous/
Other Complaint
NIL
NIL
TOTAL
NIL
7.
GENERAL BODY MEETINGS

The location and time of the last three general body
meetings are as follows:
Meeting
Date
22 August
2013
This committee has been delegated the powers to

approve the issue of Duplicate Share Certificates
and approve transfer/transmission of shares. The
Registrar and Transfer Agents have been authorised
to issue Duplicate Share Certificates and approve
transfer/transmission up to a maximum of 500
shares per folio, limited only to routine day-to-day
work.
As the shares of the Company are under compulsory
dematerialized trading for all investors, this
delegation is considered adequate. All the shares
received for transfer till 31 March 2014 has been duly
processed.
6.
ETHICS AND COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE

In accordance with the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading)
Regulations, 1992, as amended, the Board of
Directors of the Company adopted the Tata
Communications Code Of Conduct For Prevention
of Insider Trading and Code of Corporate Disclosure
Practices to be followed by Directors, Designated
Employees, Designated Persons and Insiders.
The code is based on the principle that Directors,
Designated Employees, Designated Persons and
Insiders should not have undue advantage over other
shareholders, in their personal security transactions,
due to their possible advance knowledge of Price
Sensitive Information. The code, therefore, seeks
to ensure timely and adequate disclosure of Price
Sensitive Information to the investor community
by the Company to enable them to take informed
investment decisions with regard to the Companys
securities.
36
26 July
2013
27 July
2012
Location, Description
and Type of Resolutions
Voting
A Court Convened Meeting

of the Equity Shareholders
of Tata Communications
Limited (EGM), was held
on Thursday, 22 August
2013 at 10.a.m. at NSE
Auditorium, Ground Floor,
National Stock Exchange
of India Ltd., Exchange
Plaza,Plot no. C/1, G Block,
Bandra-Kurla Complex,
Bandra (E), Mumbai - 400
051. (1 special resolution).
The 27th Annual General
Meeting was held at 1100
hours at NSE Auditorium,
Ground Floor, National
Stock Exchange of India
Ltd., Exchange Plaza, Plot
No.C/1, G Block, Bandra
Kurla Complex, Bandra
East, Mumbai 400051.
There were Six resolutions
(1 special resolution and 5
ordinary resolutions).
The 26th Annual General
Meeting was held at 1100
hours at MC Ghia Hall,
Bhogilal Hargovindas
Building, Second Floor,
18/20 Kaikhushru Dubash
Marg, Kalaghoda, Mumbai
400023. There were Six
resolutions (1 special
resolution and 5 ordinary
resolutions).
All the
resolutions
were put to
vote by show
of hands and
were carried
unanimously.
All the
resolutions
were put to
vote by show
of hands and
were carried
unanimously.
All the
resolutions
were put to
vote by show
of hands and
were carried
unanimously.
DISCLOSURES
i)
There were no significant related-party

transactions of the Company with its promoters,
directors or management, their subsidiaries or
relatives that may have potential conflict with
the interest of the Company at large. Note
number 34 of the Notes on Accounts may
also be referred to in this respect. No noncompliance notice has been issued and no
penalties or strictures have been imposed on
the Company by SEBI, any stock exchange or
any statutory authority on any matter related
to capital markets during the last three years.
The management discussion and analysis forms part

of the directors report and is included in the annual
report for the year 2013-14. Segmental information
may be referred to in Note number 33 of the Notes
on Accounts.
10. SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
DATE AND VENUE OF THE AGM
ii)
The Company has adopted a Whistle Blower

Policy and has established necessary
mechanisms for employees to report concerns
about unethical behaviour. No person has been
denied access to the Audit Committee.
The Twenty Eighth Annual General Meeting of the

Company will be held at 1100 hours on Monday,
4 August 2014, at NSE Auditorium, Ground Floor,
National Stock Exchange of India Ltd., Exchange
Plaza, Plot no. C/1, G Block, Bandra-Kurla Complex,
Bandra (E), Mumbai - 400 051.
iii)
Secretarial Audit
FINANCIAL CALENDAR
A qualified practicing Company Secretary

carried out quarterly secretarial audit to
reconcile the total admitted capital with
National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL)
and Central Depository Services (India) Limited
(CDSL) and the total issued and listed capital.
Fiscal year ended
The audits confirm that the total issued/paid-up

capital is in agreement with the total number
of shares in physical form and the total number
of dematerialized shares held with NSDL and
CDSL.
iv)
The Company fulfilled the following nonmandatory requirements:

a.
b.
9.
The Company generally holds a press conference/

investors meet after the half-yearly results are taken
on record by the board relating to the period ending
30 September and 31 March every year.
The Company has setup a Remuneration

Committee. Please see the paragraph on
Remuneration Committee.
The Auditors Report on the financial
statements of the Company is unqualified.
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION
Companys quarterly results are ordinarily published
in the Free Press Journal and Navshakti among
others, and are also hosted on Companys website:
www.tatacommunications.com. The Companys
press releases, details of significant developments
and investor updates are also made available on the
website.
: 31 March 2014
Annual General Meeting : 4 August 2014

KEY FINANCIAL REPORTING DATES FOR THE
FINANCIAL YEAR 2014-15
First quarter ending
30 June 2014
Second quarter ending
30 September 2014
Third quarter ending
31 December 2014
Fourth quarter ending
31 March 2015
: On or before
14 August 2014
: On or before
14 November 2014
: On or before
14 February 2015
: On or before
29 May 2015.
BOOK CLOSURE DATES FOR THE PURPOSE OF

DIVIDEND
The Companys register of members and share
transfer books will remain closed from 1 August
2014 to 4 August 2014 (both days inclusive).
DIVIDEND POLICY
Company believes in enhancing shareholders
returns every year and in line with this company has
constantly endeavored to maintain the Dividend
Payout Ratio at broadly same levels every year.
However, there are various constraints that may
impact on a firms decision to pay out earnings in the
form of dividends.
37
COMMUNICATIONS
t
$BTIPXDPOTUSBJOUT
t
$POUSBDUVBMDPOTUSBJOUT
t
-FHBMDPOTUSBJOUT
t
5BYDPOTJEFSBUJPOT
t
3FUVSODPOTJEFSBUJPOT
2013-14. The dividend as recommended by the

Board of Directors, if declared at this Annual General
Meeting, shall be paid on or after Saturday the 9
August 2014.
LISTING ON STOCK EXCHANGES IN INDIA AND
LISTING FEES
The board recommends dividends at its discretion.

The factors that may be considered by the Board
before making any recommendations for the
dividend include, but are not limited to, future
expansion plans and capital requirements, profits
earned during the financial year, overall financial
conditions, cost of raising funds from alternate
sources, liquidity and cash flow position and
applicable taxes including tax on dividend as well
as exemptions under tax laws available to various
categories of investors from time to time, and money
market conditions.
DIVIDEND PAYMENT
The Board has recommended payment of 45%
dividend i.e. `4.50 per share for the Financial Year
STOCK CODE
Bombay Stock Exchange :
500483
National Stock Exchange :
TATACOMM
ISIN No. for equity shares :
INE151A01013
STOCK MARKET DATA RELATING TO SHARES

LISTED IN INDIA
Monthly high and low quotations and volume of
shares traded at BSE and NSE for 2013-14 are:
BSE Share Price (In `)
Month
High
38
The Companys shares are listed on the stock

exchanges at Mumbai (BSE) and National Stock
Exchange (NSE) in India. Annual listing fees as due to
each of the above stock exchanges for 2013-14 have
been paid.
Low
NSE Share Price (In `)
Avg Volume
High
Low
Avg Volume
Apr-13
236.25
221.50
14100
237.00
220.60
175500
May-13
243.75
203.40
21100
243.50
203.30
293200
Jun-13
207.00
148.30
77500
207.30
148.00
557800
Jul-13
182.50
142.90
163000
182.45
142.60
573500
Aug-13
174.20
136.90
89300
174.30
137.15
796600
Sep-13
198.40
160.00
66500
198.90
160.10
458400
Oct-13
264.90
195.00
105300
264.90
195.00
903200
Nov-13
293.40
259.00
83800
293.60
256.00
663100
Dec-13
309.65
265.00
109900
309.70
264.35
869300
Jan-14
319.50
268.10
79700
319.00
267.85
867100
Feb-14
305.65
260.10
92600
305.85
258.50
997700
Mar-14
309.20
275.00
122000
309.55
274.50
1026600
100.00
3000.00
350.00
24000
300.00
22000
250.00
18000
200.00
16000
150.00
12000
100.00
10000
NSE CLOSE (in `)

6000.00
250.00
5500.00
5000.00
200.00
4500.00
S&P CNX NIFTY CLOSE
350.00
7000.00
14000
BSE CLOSE (in `)

31-Mar-14
3-Mar-14
17-Mar-14
3-Feb-14
17-Feb-14
20-Jan-14
6-Jan-14
23-Dec-13
25-Nov-13
9-Dec-13
11-Nov-13
28-Oct-13
30-Sep-13
14-Oct-13
2-Sep-13
TCL Closing Price at NSE

S&P CNX NIFTY Close
31-Mar-14
24-Mar-14
17-Mar-14
10-Mar-14
3-Mar-14
24-Feb-14
17-Feb-14
10-Feb-14
3-Feb-14
27-Jan-14
20-Jan-14
13-Jan-14
6-Jan-14
30-Dec-13
23-Dec-13
16-Dec-13
9-Dec-13
2-Dec-13
25-Nov-13
18-Nov-13
11-Nov-13
4-Nov-13
28-Oct-13
21-Oct-13
14-Oct-13
7-Oct-13
30-Sep-13
23-Sep-13
16-Sep-13
9-Sep-13
2-Sep-13
26-Aug-13
19-Aug-13
12-Aug-13
5-Aug-13
29-Jul-13
22-Jul-13
15-Jul-13
8-Jul-13
1-Jul-13
24-Jun-13
17-Jun-13
10-Jun-13
3-Jun-13
27-May-13
20-May-13
13-May-13
6-May-13
29-Apr-13
22-Apr-13
15-Apr-13
8-Apr-13
1-Apr-13
TCL Closing Price at BSE
SENSEX Close
16-Sep-13
5-Aug-13
19-Aug-13
8-Jul-13
22-Jul-13
24-Jun-13
27-May-13
10-Jun-13
13-May-13
29-Apr-13
1-Apr-13
15-Apr-13
20000
SENSEX CLOSE
TCL CLOSING PRICE AT NSE V/S S&P CNX NIFTY CLOSE
6500.00
300.00
4000.00
150.00
3500.00
TCL CLOSING PRICE AT BSE V/S SENSEX CLOSE
39
COMMUNICATIONS
SHARE TRANSFER SYSTEM

Share transfers in physical form can be lodged with the R&T agents of the Company. The transfers are normally
processed within 15 days from the date of receipt if the documents are complete in all respects. The Investor
Grievances Committee is empowered to approve the share transfers. However, in the interests of shareholder
friendliness, the R&T Agents have been empowered to approve the share transfers up to 500 shares per folio per
transfer.
DISTRIBUTION OF SHAREHOLDING
Number of Shareholders
Number of ordinary shares held
31.03.2014
31.03.2013
57766
58455
501 to 1000
1376
1292
1001 to 10000
1570
1319
283
143
60995
61209
1 to 500
Over 10000
TOTAL
CATEGORIES OF SHAREHOLDERS AS OF 31 MARCH

Category
Number of
Shareholders
Voting Strength
(Percentage)
Number of Shares Held
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
Panatone Finvest Limited
31.10
31.10
88626654
88626654
Tata Sons Limited
13.06
14.22
37237639
40533297
The Tata Power Company Limited
4.71
4.71
13422037
13422037
Central Government
26.12
26.12
74446885
74446885
102
45
12.10
11.76
34440336
33508269
0.03
0.05
83385
144936
92
65
7.02
3.72
20019520
10613516
Foreign companies (shares held by The

Bank of New York as depository for ADRs)
NIL
NIL
4.97
NIL
14167950
Non-resident individuals / Overseas

Corporate Bodies
935
945
0.14
0.12
399749
344140
1266
989
1.81
0.48
5146726
1379566
Public
58586
59149
3.92
2.74
11177069
7812750
TOTAL
60995
61209
100
100
285000000
285000000
PROMOTERS
Tata Group
NON-PROMOTERS
Indian Public Financial Institutions
Indian Nationalised Banks
Foreign Financial Institutions
Other Indian Bodies Corporate
40
Dematerialisation of Shares and Liquidity

Approx 99.94% of the Companys share capital available in the market is dematerialised as on 31 March 2014. The
Companys shares are regularly traded on the Stock Exchange Mumbai and the National Stock Exchange, as is
evident from the table containing stock market data.
SHARE CAPITAL HISTORY
Details of share capital history since incorporation is as follows:
Dates
Particulars of Issue
Number of
Shares
Total
Nominal
Number of Value of
Shares
Shares (`)
19.03.1986
Allotted as Purchase consideration for assets & liabilities of

OCS
126
126
126,000
01.04.1986
Allotted as Purchase consideration for assets & liabilities of

OCS
+599,874
600,000
600,000,000
March 1991
Shares of `1000/- each subdivided into shares of `10/- each
NIL
60,000,000
600,000,000
06.02.1992
Bonus of 1:3 issued to Government of India.
+20,000,000
80,000,000
800,000,000
Jan-Feb 1992 12 million shares disinvested in favour of Indian Financial

Institutions by GOI @ `123/- per share
NIL
80,000,000
800,000,000
1994-1995
2,382,529 Shares transferred to disinvested parties as bonus

shares
NIL
80,000,000
800,000,000
27.03.1997
Raised its share capital by way of GDR Issue, and also GOI
Divested 39 lakh shares in GDR markets @ US$13.93 per
GDR equivalent to `1000 per share.
+12,165,000
92,165,000
921,650,000
04.04.1997
Raised its capital by way of GDR Issue Green Shoe option @

US$13.93 per GDR equivalent `1000 per share.
+2,835,000
95,000,000
950,000,000
Feb. 1999
10million shares divested by GOI in GDR markets @ US$9.25

per GDR equivalent to `786.25 per share.
NIL
95,000,000
950,000,000
May 1999
396,991 shares Divested by GOI by way of offer of shares

to employees @ `294 per share locked in for a period of 3
years.
NIL
95,000,000
950,000,000
Sept 1999
10 lakh shares Divested by GOI in domestic markets @ `750

per share.
NIL
95,000,000
950,000,000
15.08.2000
Listing of ADRs on New York Stock Exchange
NIL
95,000,000
950,000,000
24.11.2000
Bonus shares in the ratio of 2:1.
27.09.2001
Declared dividend @ 500% i.e. `50/- per share at 15 AGM.
+190,000,000 285,000,000 2,850,000,000

NIL 285,000,000 2,850,000,000
41
COMMUNICATIONS
Dates
42
Particulars of Issue
Number of
Shares
Total
Nominal
Number of Value of
Shares
Shares (`)
January 2002 Paid special interim Dividend of 750% i.e. `75/- per share
NIL 285,000,000 2,850,000,000
13.02.2002
25% Stake transferred to Tata Groups investment vehicle

Panatone Finvest Ltd.
Govt holdings reduced to 27.97% from 52.97%.
Ceases to be a Government of India Enterprise
NIL 285,000,000 2,850,000,000
21.02.2002
5264555 shares Divested by GOI by way of offer of shares

to employees @ `47.85 per share locked in for a period of
1 year.
NIL 285,000,000 2,850,000,000
10.04.02
Open Offer by Panatone Finvest Limited in accordance with

SEBI guidelines to acquire upto 57 million shares @ `202/per share
NIL 285,000,000 2,850,000,000
08.06.02
Open offer complete with Panatone holding total of

128249910 shares including 57 million shares as above.
NIL 285,000,000 2,850,000,000
13.08.13
Delisting of ADRs from NYSE
NIL 285,000,000 2,850,000,000
PLANT LOCATIONS
In view of the nature of the Companys business viz. telecommunications services and other value added services,
the Company operates from various offices in India. The Company has no manufacturing facility.
Address for Correspondence
Registered Office
Any shareholder
addressed to:
complaints/queries
may
be
Registrar and Transfer Agents

VSB, Mahatma Gandhi Road,
Fort, Mumbai - 400 001.
Tel : +91 22 6657 8765
Fax : +9122 6639 5162
Email : [email protected]
Website : www.tatacommunications.com
Corporate Office
Plot No. C-21 and C-36, G Block,
Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East)
Mumbai 400 098.
Tel : +91 22 6657 8765
Fax : +9122 6639 5162
Website : www.tatacommunications.com
Compliance Officer
Mr. Satish Ranade
Company Secretary & Legal Advisor
Plot No. C-21 and C-36, G Block,
Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East)
Mumbai 400 098.
Tel : +91 22 6659 1966
Fax : +91 22 6725 1962
M/s. Sharepro Services (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Unit: Tata Communications Limited)
13 AB, Samhita Warehousing Complex,
2nd Floor, Near Sakinaka Telephone Exchange,
Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri (East),
Mumbai 400072.
Tel : (022) 67720300/400.
Fax : (022) 26591586, 28508927.
E-mail : [email protected]
Any queries relating to financial statements of the
Company may be addressed to:
Investor Relations Cell
VSB, MG Road,
Fort, Mumbai - 400 001.
Tel : +91 (22) 66578765
Fax: +91 (22) 66395162
Email: [email protected]
43
COMMUNICATIONS
SECRETARY RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

The Company Secretary & Legal Advisor confirms that the company has:
(i)
maintained all the books of account and statutory registers required under the Companies Act,1956 (the Act)
and the rules made thereunder;
(ii)
filed all the forms and returns and furnished all the necessary particulars to the Registrar of Companies and/or
authorities as required by the Act;
(iii) issued all notices required to be given for convening of board meetings and the general meeting, within the time
limit, if any, prescribed by law;
(iv) conducted the board meetings and annual general meeting as per the Act;
(v)
complied with all the requirements relating to the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the directors
and the shareholders;
(vi) made due disclosures required under the Act including those required in pursuance of the disclosures made by
the directors;
(vii) obtained all the necessary approvals of directors, shareholders, the central government and other authorities as
per the requirements;
(viii) effected share transfers and dispatched the certificates within the statutory time limit;
(ix) paid dividend amounts to the shareholders and transferred unpaid dividend amounts, if applicable, to the general
revenue account of the central government or the investor education and protection fund within the time limit
prescribed;
(x)
complied with the applicable requirements of the listing agreement entered into with the stock exchanges in India
except for requisite number of independent directors as required under Clause 49(IA)(ii) of Listing Agreement
for the reasons explained in the Report on Corporate Governance for the Year 2013-14 and complied with the
applicable requirements of the New York Stock Exchange till applicable.
The Company has also complied with other statutory requirements under the Companies Act, 1956 and other related
corporate statutes in force.
Dated: 13 May 2014
44
Satish Ranade
Company Secretary
& Legal Advisor
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (CEO) AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (CFO)

CERTIFICATION FOR THE YEAR 2013-2014
As required under Clause 49(V) of the Listing Agreement with Indian Stock Exchanges, the undersigned hereby confirm
the following:
a)
We have reviewed financial statements and the cash flow statement for the year and that to the best of our
knowledge and belief:
i)
these statements do not contain any materially untrue statement or omit any material fact or contain
statements that might be misleading;
ii)
these statements together present a true and fair view of the companys affairs and are in compliance with
existing accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.
b)
There are, to the best of our knowledge and belief, no transactions entered into by the company during the year
which are fraudulent, illegal or violative of the Companys code of conduct.
c)
We accept responsibility for establishing and maintaining internal controls for financial reporting and that we
have evaluated the effectiveness of internal control systems of the Company pertaining to financial reporting and
have disclosed to the Auditors and the Audit Committee, deficiencies in the design or operation of such internal
controls, if any, of which we are aware and the steps we have taken or propose to take to rectify these deficiencies.
d)
We have indicated to the Auditors and the Audit Committee the following:
i)
significant changes in internal control over financial reporting during the year, if any;
ii)
significant changes in accounting policies during the year and that the same have been disclosed in the
notes to the financial statements, if any; and
iii)
There have been no instances of fraud of which we have become aware.
Place: Mumbai
Date: 13 May 2014
Sanjay Baweja
Vinod Kumar
Managing Director
& Group CEO
DECLARATION REGARDING COMPLIANCE BY BOARD

MEMBERS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
WITH THE COMPANYS CODE OF CONDUCT
This is to confirm that the Company has adopted a Code of Conduct for its Board Members and senior management
of the Company.
I confirm that the Company has in respect of the financial year ended March 31, 2014, received from the senior
management team of the Company and the Members of the Board a declaration of compliance with the Code of
Conduct as applicable to them.
Place: Mumbai
Date: 13 May 2014
Satish Ranade
Company Secretary &
Legal Advisor
Vinod Kumar
Managing Director
& Group CEO
45
COMMUNICATIONS
AUDITORS CERTIFICATE ON COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS OF CORPORATE

GOVERNANCE UNDER CLAUSE 49 OF THE LISTING AGREEMENTS
To the Members of
TATA COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED
We have examined the compliance with the conditions of Corporate Governance by TATA COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED
(the Company), for the year ended on 31 March, 2014, as stipulated in Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement of the said
Company with stock exchanges.
The compliance of conditions of Corporate Governance is the responsibility of the Companys Management. Our
examination has been limited to a review of the procedures and the implementation thereof, adopted by the Company
for ensuring compliance with the conditions of corporate governance. It is neither an audit nor an expression of opinion
on the financial statements of the Company.
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us and the representations
made by the Directors and the Management, we certify that the Company has complied with the conditions of
corporate governance as stipulated in the above mentioned Listing Agreement except that:
The strength of independent directors of the Company for the year was less than one third of the strength of Board
of Directors of the Company, as is required by Clause 49(IA)(ii) of Listing agreement, for the reasons explained in
paragraph 2 of the Companys REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FOR THE YEAR 2013-14.
We further state that such compliance is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor the efficiency
or effectiveness with which the Management has conducted the affairs of the Company.
For S. B. BILLIMORIA & CO.

Chartered Accountants
(Registration No. 101496W)
R. A. Banga
Partner
Membership No.: 37915
MUMBAI, June 27, 2014
46
BUSINESS RESPONSIBILITY REPORT

Section A: General Information about the Company
1.
Corporate Identity Number (CIN) of the Company:

L64200MH1986PLC039266
2.
Name of the Company: Tata Communications

Limited
3.
Registered address: VSB, Mahatma Gandhi Road,

Fort, Mumbai 400001.
4.
Website: www.tatacommunications.com
5.
E-mail id: [email protected]
6.
Financial Year reported: 1 April 2013 to 31 March

2014
7.
Sector(s) that the Company is engaged in

(industrial activity code-wise):
8.
List three key products/services that the

Company manufactures/provides (as in balance
sheet):
9.
3.
Total profit after taxes (INR):
4.
5.
List of activities in which expenditure in 4 above

has been incurred:a. Entrepreneurship
b. Education and Life Skills Development
c. Education
d. Social Development and Environment concerns
e. Health care support
f.
Social Consciousness
Section C: Other Details
Global Data Managed Services (GDMS)
1.
Total number of locations where business activity

is undertaken by the Company
i.
Number of International Locations (Provide

details of major 5) : As on 31 March 2014, the
Company has 45 subsidiaries in 31 countries.
ii.
Number of National Locations: The Company

has offices in all major cities in India.
10. Markets served by the Company - Local/State/

National/International/
The Company along with its subsidiaries provides
telecommunications services across the globe.
Revenue from
telecommunication
services
Other Operating Income
Other Income
Total Turnover
Standalone
` in Crores
Consolidated ` in
Crores
4,330.05
19,619.55
46.35
46.35
463.95
143.30
4,840.35 19,809.20
Does the Company have

Company/ Companies?
any
Subsidiary
Yes
2.
Do
the
Subsidiary
Company/Companies
participate in the BR Initiatives of the parent
company? If yes, then indicate the number of
such subsidiary company(s)
The BR initiatives are driven by the parent company
and all the subsidiaries contribute towards such
initiatives as and when required.
3.
Section B: Financial Details of the Company
Total Turnover (INR):
101.13
During the year 2013-14, `1.53 Crore was spent on

CSR and Affirmative Action.
b)
2.
542.43
Total Spending on Corporate Social Responsibility

(CSR) as percentage of profit after tax (%).
Global Voice Solutions (GVS) and
Paid up Capital (INR) : `285 crores
Consolidated ` in
Crores
Profit / (loss) after taxes
a)
1.
Standalone
` in Crores
Do any other entity/entities (e.g. suppliers,

distributors etc.) that the Company does business
with, participate in the BR initiatives of the
Company? If yes, then indicate the percentage
of such entity/entities? [Less than 30%, 30-60%,
More than 60%]
The Company does not make it mandatory for
its suppliers/distributors to participate in its BR
initiatives.
Section D: BR Information
1.
Details of Director/Directors responsible for BR

a)
Details of the Director/Director responsible

for implementation of the BR policy/policies
t DIN Number: 01204665
t /BNFVinod Kumar
t %FTJHOBUJPOManaging Director & Group CEO
47
COMMUNICATIONS
b)
Details of the BR head

S. No. Particulars
3.
Details
1.
DIN Number (if applicable)
NA
2.
Name
Aadesh Goyal
3.
Designation
Executive Vice President & Global Head of HR, Human Resources
4.
Telephone number
+91 22 66505274
5.
e-mail id
[email protected]
Principle-wise (as per NVGs) BR Policy/policies (Reply in Y/N)

S. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Questions
Do you have a policy/policies for....

Has the policy being formulated in consultation
with the relevant stakeholders?
Does the policy conform to any national /
international standards? If yes, specify? (50 words)
Has the policy being approved by the Board? Is yes,
has it been signed by MD/owner/CEO/appropriate
Board Director?
Does the company have a specified committee
of the Board/ Director/Official to oversee the
implementation of the policy?
Indicate the link for the policy to be viewed online?
Has the policy been formally communicated to all
relevant internal and external stakeholders?
Does the company have in-house structure to
implement the policy/policies.
Does the Company have a grievance redressal
mechanism related to the policy/policies to address
stakeholders' grievances related to the policy/
policies?
Has the company carried out independent audit/
evaluation of the working of this policy by an
internal or external agency?
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
P9
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
http://www.tatacommunications.com/downloads/
investors/business_responsibility_policies.pdf
P7
P8
P9
2a. If answer to S. No. 1 against any principle, is No, please explain why: (Tick up to 2 options)
S. No.
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.
Any other reason (please specify)
3.
48
Questions
The company has not understood the Principles

The company is not at a stage where it finds itself in
a position to formulate and implement the policies
on specified principles
The company does not have financial or manpower
resources available for the task
It is planned to be done within next 6 months
It is planned to be done within the next 1 year
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
3.
Governance related to BR
Principle 2
t
1.
Indicate the frequency with which the Board

of Directors, Committee of the Board or
CEO to assess the BR performance of the
Company. Within 3 months, 3-6 months,
Annually, More than 1 year
The Company is in the business of providing

telecommunications services. The Company believes
that it must work toward taking less. The Company
is moving ahead with the following Objective;
Yearly
t
Does the Company publish a BR or a

Sustainability Report? What is the hyperlink
for viewing this report? How frequently it is
published?
List up to 3 of your products or services whose

design has incorporated social or environmental
concerns, risks and/or opportunities.
t
3FEVDJOHJUTPXOFOFSHZBOEOBUVSBMSFTPVSDFT
footprint
t
*OVFODJOH JUT DVTUPNFST BOE TVQQMJFST UP

encourage them to reduce their energy and
natural resources footprints
t
&OHBHJOH XJUI JUT FNQMPZFFT UP IFMQ SFEVDF

their personal resource footprints
No
Section E: Principle-wise performance
Principle 1
1.
Does the policy relating to ethics, bribery and

corruption cover only the company? Yes/No.
In consonance with the Tata Groups initiatives on

the Greening front, the Company has imbibed the
Groups vision and strives to:
No
Does it extend to the Group/Joint entities/
Suppliers/Contractors/NGOs/Others?
All companies in the Tata Communications Group
are covered by the policy.
2.
t
CF UIF CFODINBSL JO JUT TFHNFOU PG JOEVTUSZ

on the carbon footprint, for its plants and
operations.
t
FOHBHF BDUJWFMZ JO DMJNBUF DIBOHF BEWPDBDZ

and the shaping of regulations in different
business sectors.
How many stakeholder complaints have been

received in the past financial year and what
percentage was satisfactorily resolved by the
management? If so, provide details thereof, in
about 50 words or so.
Given below are the statistics of the Whistle Blower
cases received and actioned during financial year
2013-14:
Financial Year
Complaints
reported,
investigated
and closed
Complaints
found to be
valid and
actioned
2013-14
7 (includes
1 complaint
which
is under
investigation)
7 (includes
1 complaint
which
is under
investigation)
Total
The Company accordingly has been incorporating

Sustainability perspective in all key organizational
processes.
2.
For each such product, provide the following

details in respect of resource use (energy, water,
raw material etc.) per unit of product(optional):
i.
Reduction during sourcing/production/

distribution achieved since the previous
year throughout the value chain?
ii.
Reduction during usage by consumers

(energy, water) has been achieved since the
previous year?
The Company is concerned about the energy

efficiency and continuously updates its Power Usage
Effectiveness (PUE) data which is an indication of
efficiency of its data centres. The same is reviewed
and monitored as Carbon Footprint (CFP) reduction
plan by the Board. The Company is actively engaged
in securing and investing in renewable energy
resources and as of FY 14, the total quantum of
49
COMMUNICATIONS
energy procured from renewable sources is 46

Million units which is 26 % of its annual energy bill.
This is 23 M units more than the year before.
of recycling of products and waste (separately

as <5%, 5-10%, >10%). Also, provide details
thereof, in about 50 words or so.
The Company is also an ISO 14000 compliant

organization with regular audits and all our processes
are aligned with respect to the safe disposal of
wastes and all our emissions are within the limits
prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board
(CPCB) and State Pollution Control Board (SPCB).
The Companys nature of business is such that it

does not result in significant emissions or creation of
significant process wastes. The Companys products
and initiatives are also aimed to enable customers
worldwide to leverage our communications
solutions to reduce their own companys carbon
footprint. As a responsible corporate as also part
of Tata Group, the Company is committed to
bringing efficiencies in its Greening efforts. The
Companys efforts to restore the environment cover
the Company and also extend to the group and
associates like suppliers and contractors.
The Company has taken an aggressive target to

reduce its Carbon Foot print in a major way as
follows:
t
*O':_.JMMJPOVOJUTPGXJOEQPXFSBOE
achieved reduction of 12600 MT of carbon.
t
*O':_.JMMJPOVOJUTPGXJOEQPXFSBOE
achieved ~20160 MT of carbon reduction.
t
*O ': .JMMJPO VOJUT PG XJOE BOE TPMBS
power were used and 38650 MT of carbon
reduction was achieved.
3.
Does the company have procedures in place for

sustainable sourcing (including transportation)?
i.
4.
50
1.
Please indicate the Total number of employees.

The Company along with its subsidiaries employ
8128 people as on 31 March 2014.
2.
Please indicate the Total number of employees

hired on temporary/contractual/casual basis.
If yes, what percentage of your inputs was

sourced sustainably? Also, provide details
thereof, in about 50 words or so.
Onroll Employees 8128
The Company has strategies and green

initiatives to address the global environment
issues. The Company regularly publishes its
Carbon Foot Print (CFP) for its operations and
also submits it to TRAI and it shall also be on
public domain by Q2 of FY 15 with CDP- Carbon
Disclosure Project. The Companys efforts to
restore the environment cover the Company
and also extend to the group and associates
like suppliers and contractors.
Total Employees 9314
Has the company taken any steps to procure

goods and services from local & small producers,
including communities surrounding their place
of work? If yes, what steps have been taken to
improve their capacity and capability of local
and small vendors?
The Company is engaged in the business of providing
international telecommunications services. The
criteria for procurement of goods and services are
reliability, quality and price.
5.
Principle 3
Does the company have a mechanism to recycle

products and waste? If yes what is the percentage
Offroll Employees 1186
3.
Please indicate the Number of permanent women

employees.
1449 permanent women employees (17.83% of total
onroll employees)
4.
Please indicate the Number of permanent

employees with disabilities
Tata Communications Limited provides equal
opportunities to all its employees and all qualified
applicants for employment without regard to their
race, caste, religion, colour, ancestry, marital status,
sex, age, nationality and different ability status.
5.
Do you have an employee association that is

recognized by management.
Yes
6.
What percentage of your permanent employees

is members of this recognized employee
association?
5.19% of the total onroll employees are members of
employee association.
7.
Please indicate the Number of complaints relating

to child labour, forced labour, involuntary labour,
sexual harassment in the last financial year and
pending, as on the end of the financial year.
S.
No.
Category
1.
Child labour/
forced labour/
involuntary
labour
Sexual
harassment
Discriminatory
employment
2.
3.
8.
No of
complaints
filed during
the financial
year
NIL
No of
complaints
pending
as on end
of the
financial
year
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
What percentage of your under mentioned

employees were given safety & skill up-gradation
training in the last year?
t
1FSNBOFOU&NQMPZFFT
t
1FSNBOFOU8PNFO&NQMPZFFT
t
$BTVBM5FNQPSBSZ$POUSBDUVBM&NQMPZFFT
t
&NQMPZFFTXJUI%JTBCJMJUJFT
The Company conducts safety training such as fire

drills for all its employees periodically. The Company
has in place a structured training program for its
employees.
Principle 4
1.
Has the company mapped its internal and

external stakeholders? Yes/No
The Company plans to commission a specialized
organization in near future to map its stakeholders
from vulnerable and disadvantaged and
marginalized section.
2.
Out of the above, has the company identified

the disadvantaged, vulnerable & marginalized
stakeholders.
Presently the Company has identified through
baseline surveys some of the disadvantaged and
marginalized stakeholders in and around its larger
operations in India.
3.
Are there any special initiatives taken by the

company to engage with the disadvantaged,
vulnerable and marginalized stakeholders. If so,

provide details thereof, in about 50 words or so.
The Company has been constantly aligning itself
with Tata group initiatives and increasing the scope
to serve the communities around its major business
and network locations. In its ambit of Corporate Social
Responsibility Initiatives (CSR), the Company serves
and partners with the community to address five
major thrust areas: education, employability,
entrepreneurship
development,
community
initiatives and disaster relief & rehabilitation.
While CSR initiatives have been carried out across
the various geographies the Company is operating
in, the Tata Affirmative Action Program [TAAP] is
being practiced specific to India region. Under the
TAAP, the Company is working through established
partner organisations to assist people from the
historically and socio-economically marginalised
communities in the areas of education, employability
and entrepreneurship.
Work is already in progress to expand the scope of
CSR and TAAP activities by launching a project for
skilling the youth from Companys surrounding areas
in the major Indian locations. This project envisages
a collaborative approach with recognised skilling
partners and the supply chain vendors/service
providers in the day-to-day support functions to
enhance employability of the disadvantaged youth.
Specific areas of facilities management, physical and
environmental security and mechanical & electrical
maintenance have been identified as the business
needs to enable the youth in getting trained and
certified for getting jobs.
Projects have also been undertaken with reputed
NGOs and skilling organisations to train the youth
from the urban slum clusters to develop ITES/BPO/
retail/administration assistance skills for enhancing
employability.
Employee volunteering is greatly emphasized as a
driving force behind CSR activities in the Company.
A vast pool of diverse, professionally qualified and
enthusiastic workforce has been facilitated with a
regular (month-on-month) volunteering calendar
to work with the communities in alignment with
the Millennium Development Goals. In some
instances, volunteering activities have been
conducted in collaboration with other Tata Group
companies employees to enhance the impact of the
volunteering.
51
COMMUNICATIONS
Principle 5
1.
Yes. The Company is concerned about energy

efficiency and continuously updates its Power Usage
Effectiveness (PUE) data, which is an indication of
efficiency of its data centres. The same is reviewed
and monitored as CFP reduction plan by the Board
of the Company. The Company is actively engaged
in securing and investing in renewable energy
resources and as of FY 14, the total quantum of
energy procured form renewable sources is 46
million units , which is 26% of its annual energy bill.
Does the policy of the Company on human rights

cover only the Company or extend to the Group/
joint
ventures/suppliers/contractors/NGOs/
Others?
The Companys policy on human rights covers the
Company and its subsidiaries.
2.
How many stakeholder complaints have been

received in the past financial year and what
percent was satisfactorily resolved by the
management?
6.
None
Yes, the Company is ISO 14000 compliant with regular

audits and all processes are aligned with respect to
the safe disposal of wastes and all emissions are
within the limits prescribed by the Central Pollution
Control Board (CPCB) and State Pollution Control
Board (SPCB).
Principle 6
1.
Does the policy related to Principle 6 cover only

the company or extends to the Group/Joint
Ventures/Suppliers/Contractors/NGOs/others.
Yes, it covers the Company and also extends to
the group and our associates like suppliers and
contractors subject to it being limited to the
Companys contracts and arrangements.
2.
3.
7.
Does the Company have strategies/initiatives

to address global environmental issues such as
climate change, global warming, etc? Y/N. If yes,
please give hyperlink for webpage etc.
Yes. The Company has strategies and green
initiatives to address global environmental issues.
The Company has already filed its first CDP report
in FY 14 with a score of 64 and is in the process of
publishing its CDP report for FY 15 for its operations.
This well be in the public domain by Q2 of FY 15
through a Carbon Disclosure Project.
Principle 7
1.
No, the Company does not have any current project

on Clean Development Mechanism.
5.
52
Has the Company undertaken any other

initiatives on - clean technology, energy
efficiency, renewable energy, etc. Y/N. If yes,
please give hyperlink for web page etc.
Is your Company a member of any trade and

chamber or association? If Yes, name only those
major ones that your business deals with:
The Company participates in the stakeholder
consultations with the Department of Telecom,
Government of India, Telecom Regulatory Authority
of India including interactions between industry
associations like FICCI, ISPAI and relevant Ministries
(Department of Telecom, Department of Information
Technology, Ministry of Home Affairs) to support
long-term policy formulation in the telecom sector
as well to deal with the critical operational/business
issues being consulted upon by the relevant
authorities.
Does the Company identify and assess potential

environmental risks? Y/N
Does the Company have any project related to

Clean Development Mechanism? If so, provide
details thereof, in about 50 words or so. Also,
if yes, whether any environmental compliance
report is filed?
Number of show cause/ legal notices received

from CPCB/SPCB which are pending (i.e. not
resolved to satisfaction) as on end of financial
year.
There are no show cause notices issued by any
statutory authorities for non -compliances from
CPCB/ SPCB.
Yes. The environment risk and consequential issues

arising out of it are part of our risk mitigation and is
in the CDP report.
4.
Are the emissions/waste generated by the

Company within the permissible limits given by
CPCB/SPCB for the financial year being reported?
2.
Have
you
advocated/lobbied
through
above associations for the advancement or
improvement of public good? Yes/No; if yes
specify the broad areas ( drop box: Governance
and Administration, Economic Reforms, Inclusive
Development Policies, Energy Security, Water,
Food Security, Sustainable Business Principles,
Others)
In order to bring transparency in its decisionmaking process, the Telecom Regulatory Authority
of India has evolved a consultative process wherein
on important issues pertaining to telecom sector,
consultation papers are issued by it, eliciting
response from the stakeholders including Tata
Communications Ltd. After the response from all
stakeholders, the consultation paper is followed
by an open house discussion wherein all the
stakeholders put forward their views on the issues
involved in the consultation. Tata Communications
Ltd. participates in all such consultation processes
which are relevant to its line of business and puts
forth its view in a fair and transparent manner.
t
WPMVOUFFST QBSUJDJQBUFE CZ QVUUJOH

5400 hrs. of volunteering
t
4PNFPGUIFFWFOUTJODMVEF+PZPG(JWJOH
(October), Tata Volunteering Week-Tata
Engage (March), Mumbai Marathon
(January) and regular volunteering per
month
t
7PMVOUFFSJOHBDUJWJUJFTBU*OEJBMPDBUJPOT
4 US & Canada locations
t
$PMMBCPSBUJPO XJUI TFWFSBM 5BUB (SPVQ

companies in volunteering programmes
Primarily focusing on the disadvantaged

communities around major operational and
business locations, the target groups of stakeholders
being addressed through the volunteering
programmes include children, youth, women, aged
and physically/mentally-challenged people.
The Company also gives its inputs to the

Government/regulator as and when the same is
called for.
The Company performs the function of policy
advocacy in a transparent and responsible manner
while engaging with all the authorities. While doing
so it takes into account both its corporate as well as
the larger national interest.
2.
Principle 8
1.
Does the Company have specified programmes/

initiatives/projects in pursuit of the policy
related to Principle 8? If yes details thereof.
The programmes/projects are managed by in-house

CSR team in collaboration with external NGOs and
other organizations.
3.
Yes the company has specified programmes/

initiatives/ projects in pursuit of Principle 8. The
initiatives are as under:
a)
Tata Communications expresses its social

responsiveness by empowering communities
and enabling them through programmes
in the fields of education, employability,
entrepreneurship, community initiatives and
disaster relief and rehabilitation. Volunteering
has been a common thread in all its focus areas.
Employees of Tata Communications across the
globe have been volunteering enthusiastically
for various causes ranging from children in
distress to mentally-challenged adults.
t
0OMJOFQPSUBMGPSWPMVOUFFSTUPSFHJTUFSGPS
a dedicated cause enhanced response
through Tata Engage programmes of the
Tata Group
Have you done any impact assessment of your

initiative?
The impact assessments are conducted by the
implementing partners and shared with Tata
Communications. Tata Communications has
organised, through Tata International Social
Entrepreneurship Scheme (Tata ISES), a unique
two-month internship in the sustainability projects
of the Tata companies. It provides outstanding
students from the worlds leading universities in
the developed world, specifically UK and the US
Cambridge, London School of Economics, University
of California Berkeley, Santa Cruz and Davis a
grassroots level exposure to India and a flavour of
how Tata actualizes its commitment to sustainability.
The Tata ISES intern would be conducting Social
Impact Assessment (SIA) for our existing project on
Affirmative Action (EDII- MITCON) and a Baseline
Survey for our healthcare project.
Our employee volunteering during the FY

2013-14 had the following features:
Are the programmes/projects undertaken

through in-house team/own foundation/
external NGO/government structures/any other
organization?
4.
What is your Companys direct contribution to

community development projects- amount in
INR and the details of the projects undertaken.
53
COMMUNICATIONS
During the year, Tata Communications has spent

INR 1.44 Crores in its CSR and Affirmative Action
initiatives in India and has spent INR 9.80 lakhs
towards community development activities in
various international locations.
5.
The Companys community development projects

are based on the model of community ownership.
Majority of the long term projects are envisaged,
identified and executed with a delivery model
which is later adopted by the community. The
entrepreneurship development programme for
the weaker entrepreneur sections and the life skills
development programmes for the youth are selfsustainable projects. The students scholarships
programme aims at making the students
independent and capable of earning decent
livelihood.
Following are the key deliverables achieved from the

CSR and Affirmative Action programmes during the
FY 2013-14 :Key deliverables/Impact
2088 students covered through
scholarships, academic assistance,
computer literacy training and
Internet access in Delhi, Pune and
Bangalore
Employability
145 youth trained in ITES/BPO/
english communication; 51 placed
in Delhi/Bangalore
Entrepreneurship 92 persons trained-20 persons
have set-up their businesses; 33 are
in the process
Community
Infrastructure
support
for
Initiatives
terminally ill cancer patients in Tata
Medical Centre, Kolkata; Rescue
and rehabilitation of children
in distress; Conducted 4 month
preventive and primary healthcare
for 210 laborers in Delhi; 300 solar
lamps provided to rural secondary
school students around Bangalore.
Disaster Relief & Deployment of satellite phones for
Rehabilitation
disaster relief in Uttarakhand and
employees as well as companys
contribution to a corpus of funds
Volunteering
Total no. of volunteers 1261;
Volunteering hours - 5477;
Locations 8 India and 5
North America & APAC (Japan);
Causes
served:
Education,
health, environment, aged care,
differently-abled.
Have you taken steps to ensure that this

community development initiative is successfully
adopted by the community? Please explain in 50
words or so.
Thrust Areas
Education
Principle 9
1.
What percentage of customer complaints/

consumer cases are pending as on the end of
financial year.
The Company is engaged in the business of providing
national and international telecommunications
services; hence this is not applicable.
2.
Does the company display product information

on the product label, over and above what
is mandated as per local laws? Yes/No/N.A. /
Remarks (additional information)
The Company being in the business of providing
telecommunications services, the same is not
applicable .
3.
Is there any case filed by any stakeholder

against the Company regarding unfair trade
practices, irresponsible advertising and/or anticompetitive behaviour during the last five years
and pending as on end of financial year. If so,
provide details thereof, in about 50 words or so
There are no cases pending against the Company
regarding unfair trade practices, abuse of dominant
position or anti-competitive practices.
4.
Did your Company carry out any consumer

survey/ consumer satisfaction trends?
Customer satisfaction surveys are conducted once
every year and improvement actions are taken on
the basis of the surveys.
54
SUSTAINED PROFITABLE GROWTH OVER THE YEARS

Summary Financials
Consolidated Revenue from Operations (INR mn)
Consolidated EBITDA (INR mn)

15.5%
196,196
172,130
110,256
119,320
141,961
9.3%
FY10
FY11
FY12
FY13
FY14
Consolidated Cash Profit1 (INR mn)
14,037
FY10
12.0%
10,254
7,714
FY11
FY12
FY13
17,915
12,253
FY11
EBITDA
FY12
20,597
FY13
FY14
EBITDA %
Dividend % Per Share

23,428
9,131
10.6%
30,416
10,124
FY10
12.6%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
FY14
45%*
30%
20%
20%
0%
FY 10
FY 11
FY 12
FY 13
FY 14
Cash Profit computed as

(Net Profit/Loss + Depreciation and Amortisation & Impairment)
*Proposed, subject to Shareholders approval.
Interest Cost % of Revenue

7.00%
5.88%
6.00%
5.17%
4.78%
5.00%
4.61%
3.88%
4.00%
3.00%
2.00%
1.00%
0.00%
FY 10
FY 11
FY 12
FY 13
FY 14
55
COMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATE STRUCTURE AS AT 31 MARCH 2014
56
Financial Statements
COMMUNICATIONS
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF TATA COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED
Report on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying financial statements of
TATA COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED (the Company), which
comprise the Balance Sheet as at 31 March, 2014, and the
Statement of Profit and Loss and the Cash Flow Statement
for the year then ended, and a summary of the significant
accounting policies and other explanatory information.
Managements Responsibility for the Financial
Statements
The Companys Management is responsible for the
preparation of these financial statements that give a true
and fair view of the financial position, financial performance
and cash flows of the Company in accordance with the
Accounting Standards notified under the Companies
Act, 1956 (the Act) (which continue to be applicable in
respect of Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 in terms
of General Circular 15/2013 dated 13 September, 2013 of
the Ministry of Corporate Affairs) and in accordance with
the accounting principles generally accepted in India. This
responsibility includes the design, implementation and
maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation
and presentation of the financial statements that give a
true and fair view and are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error.
Auditors Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in
accordance with the Standards on Auditing issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Those Standards
require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free from material
misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit
evidence about the amounts and the disclosures in the
financial statements. The procedures selected depend on
the auditors judgment, including the assessment of the
risks of material misstatement of the financial statements,
whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk
assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant
to the Companys preparation and fair presentation of the
financial statements in order to design audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control. An audit also includes
evaluating the appropriateness of the accounting policies
used and the reasonableness of the accounting estimates
made by the Management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit
opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion and to the best of our information and
58
according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid

financial statements give the information required by the
Act in the manner so required and give a true and fair view
in conformity with the accounting principles generally
accepted in India:
(a) in the case of the Balance Sheet, of the state of affairs of
the Company as at 31 March, 2014;
(b) in the case of the Statement of Profit and Loss, of the
profit of the Company for the year ended on that date;
and
(c) in the case of the Cash Flow Statement, of the cash
flows of the Company for the year ended on that date.
Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
1. As required by the Companies (Auditors Report) Order,
2003 (the Order) issued by the Central Government
in terms of Section 227(4A) of the Act, we give in the
Annexure a statement on the matters specified in
paragraphs 4 and 5 of the Order.
2. As required by Section 227(3) of the Act, we report that:
(a) We have obtained all the information and
explanations which to the best of our knowledge
and belief were necessary for the purposes of our
audit.
(b) In our opinion, proper books of account as
required by law have been kept by the Company
so far as it appears from our examination of those
books.
(c) The Balance Sheet, the Statement of Profit and
Loss, and the Cash Flow Statement dealt with by
this Report are in agreement with the books of
account.
(d) In our opinion, the Balance Sheet, the Statement
of Profit and Loss, and the Cash Flow Statement
comply with the Accounting Standards notified
under the Act (which continue to be applicable
in respect of Section 133 of the Companies Act,
2013 in terms of General Circular 15/2013 dated
13 September, 2013 of the Ministry of Corporate
Affairs).
(e) On the basis of the written representations
received from the directors as on 31 March, 2014
taken on record by the Board of Directors, none of
the directors is disqualified as on 31 March, 2014
from being appointed as a director in terms of
Section 274(1)(g) of the Act.
R. A. BANGA
Partner
(Membership No. 037915)
MUMBAI, 13 May, 2014
ANNEXURE TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT

(Referred to in paragraph 1 under Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements section of our report of even date)
(i)
Having regard to the nature of the Companys

business/ activities/ result during the year, clauses (x),
(xiii), (xiv) and (xviii) of paragraph 4 of the Order are not
applicable to the Company.
(ii)
In respect of its fixed assets:

(a)
The Company has maintained proper records

showing full particulars, including quantitative
details and situation of fixed assets.
(b)
The Company has a program of verification of

fixed assets to cover all the items in a phased
manner over a period of 3 years which, in our
opinion, is reasonable having regard to the size
of the Company and the nature of its assets.
Pursuant to the program, certain fixed assets
were physically verified by the Management
during the year. According to the information
and explanations given to us, no material
discrepancies were noticed on such verification.
(c)
The fixed assets disposed off during the year, in

our opinion, do not constitute substantial part of
fixed assets of the Company.
(iii) In respect of its inventory:

(a)
As explained to us, the inventories were physically

verified during the year by the Management at
reasonable intervals.
(b)
In our opinion and according to the information

and explanations given to us, the procedures of
physical verification of inventories followed by
the Management were reasonable and adequate
in relation to the size of the Company and the
nature of its business.
(c)

and explanations given to us, the Company has
maintained proper records of its inventories
and no material discrepancies were noticed on
physical verification.
(iv) In respect of unsecured loans granted by the Company

to companies, firms or other parties covered in
the Register maintained under Section 301 of the
Companies Act, 1956 and according to the information
and explanations given to us:
(a)
During the year, the Company has granted
unsecured interest-bearing loans aggregating

` 217.74 crores to one party. At the year end,
the outstanding balances of loans granted
aggregated ` 318.43 crores (number of parties 2)
and the maximum amount involved during the
year was ` 318.43 crores (number of parties 2).
(v)
(b)
The rate of interest and other terms and conditions

of such loans are, in our opinion, prima facie not
prejudicial to the interests of the Company.
(c)
The receipt of principal amounts and interest

have been as per stipulations.
(d)
There are no overdue amounts and hence the

provisions of sub-clause (d) of clause 4(iii) of
CARO are not applicable to the Company.
(e)
During the year, the Company has not taken any

loans secured or unsecured, from companies,
firms or other parties covered in the Register
maintained under Section 301 of the Companies
Act, 1956.

and explanations given to us, having regard to the
explanation that certain items purchased and sold are
of special nature and their prices cannot be compared
with alternative quotation, there is adequate internal
control system commensurate with the size of the
Company and the nature of its business for the
purchase of inventory and fixed assets and for the sale
of goods and services. During the course of our audit,
we have not observed any continuing major weakness
in such internal control system.
(vi) In respect of contracts or arrangements entered in the

Register maintained in pursuance of Section 301 of the
Companies Act, 1956, to the best of our knowledge
and belief and according to the information and
explanations given to us:
(a)
The particulars of contracts or arrangements

referred to Section 301 that needed to be entered
in the Register maintained under the said Section
have been so entered.
(b)
Where each of such transaction is in excess of

` 5 lakhs in respect of any party, having regard
to the explanations that some of the items
purchased and sold, are of special nature and
59
COMMUNICATIONS
their prices cannot be compared with alternative

quotations, the transactions have been made at
prices which are prima facie reasonable having
regard to the prevailing market prices at the
relevant time.
(vii) According to the information and explanations
given to us, the Company has not accepted any
deposits from the public during the year. In respect of
unclaimed deposits, the Company has complied with
the provisions of Sections 58A and 58AA or any other
relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 1956.
(x)
(a)
According to the information and explanations

given to us in respect of statutory dues, the
Company has generally been regular in depositing
undisputed statutory dues including provident
fund, investor education and protection fund,
employees state insurance, income-tax, sales tax,
wealth tax, service tax, customs duty, excise duty,
cess and other material statutory dues applicable
to it with the appropriate authorities.
(b)

given to us, there were no undisputed amounts
payable in respect of provident fund, investor
education and protection fund, employees
state insurance, income tax, sales tax, wealth tax,
service tax, customs duty, excise duty, cess and
other material statutory dues were in arrears, as
at 31 March, 2014 for a period of more than six
months from the date they became payable.
(c)

given to us, details of dues of income-tax, sales
tax, wealth tax, service tax, custom duty, excise
duty and cess which have not been deposited as
on 31 March, 2014 on account of any dispute are
given below:
(viii) In our opinion, the Company has an adequate internal

audit system commensurate with the size and nature
of its business.
(ix) We have broadly reviewed the books of account
and records maintained by the Company relating to
telecommunication activities pursuant to the Rules
made by the Central Government for the maintenance
of cost records under Section 209(1)(d) of the
Companies Act, 1956 and are of the opinion that prima
facie, the prescribed accounts and records have been
made and maintained. We have, however, not made
a detailed examination of the records with a view to
determining whether they are accurate or complete.
Name of Statute
Income Tax Laws

Income Tax Laws
Nature of Dues
Forum where the dispute is pending
Income Tax Laws

Income Tax Laws
Appellate Authority Tribunal Level

Appellate Authority -Commissioner
(Appeals)
Income Tax- TDS Appellate Authority -Commissioner
(Appeals)
Income Tax
Appellate Authority - Income Tax Officer
Income Tax -TDS Appellate Authority - Income Tax Officer
ESI Act
ESI
Sales Tax Laws
Sales Tax
Income Tax Laws
Income Tax
Income Tax
Appellate Authority ESIC Court
Period to which the

amount relates
Amount
involved
(` in crores)
AY 2007-08, 2008-09
306.78
AY 2010-11
15.41
AY 2007-08 to AY
2012-13
AY 1997-98, 2009-10
AY 2006-07, 2008-09
to 2013-14
February 2008 to
March 2014
FY 2006-07
West Bengal Commercial Tax Appellate

and Revision Board
Central Sales Tax Laws Central Sales Tax West Bengal Commercial Tax Appellate
FY 2006-07, 2007-08
and Revision Board
VAT Act
VAT
Joint Commissioner of Commercial Taxes FY 2009-10
65.54
200.39
1.13
33.74
0.02
1.08
0.18
Out of the above amounts aggregating ` 624.27 crores, ` 521.84 crores have been stayed for recovery by the relevant
authorities.
60
(xi) In our opinion and according to the information

and explanations given to us, the Company has not
defaulted in repayment of dues to financial institutions
or banks or debenture holders.
(xii) In our opinion and according to the information and
explanations given to us, the Company has not granted
loans and advances on the basis of security by way of
pledge of shares, debentures and other securities.
(xiii) According to the information and explanations given
to us, the Company has not given any guarantees
for loans taken by others from banks or financial
institutions, the terms and conditions, whereof, in our
opinion are prejudicial to the interests of the Company.
funds raised on short term basis, have not been used

during the year for long term investment.
(xvi) According to the information and explanations given
to us and the records examined by us, security/ charges
have been created in respect of secured debentures
issued.
(xvii) During the year covered by our report, the Company
has not raised any money by way of public issues.
(xviii)To the best of our knowledge and belief and according
to the information and explanations given to us, no
fraud by the Company and no material fraud on the
Company was noticed or reported during the year.
(xiv) In our opinion and according to the information and

explanations given to us, the term loans have been
applied by the Company during the year for the
purposes for which they were obtained.
(xv) In our opinion and according to the information and
explanations given to us and on an overall examination
of the Balance Sheet of the Company, we report that
R. A. BANGA
Partner
61
COMMUNICATIONS
BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31 MARCH, 2014

Note No.
As at
31 March 2013
` in crores
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

(1)
(2)
(3)
Shareholders funds
(a) Share capital
(b) Reserves and surplus
3
4
285.00
7,600.61
7,885.61
285.00
7,231.42
7,516.42
Non-current liabilities
(a) Long-term borrowings
(b) Other long-term liabilities
(c) Long-term provisions
5
6
7
Current liabilities
(a) Short-term borrowings
(b) Trade payables
(c) Other current liabilities
(d) Short-term provisions
210.00
428.69
123.67
762.36
625.00
391.56
122.16
1,138.72
8
9
10
11
316.18
1,144.56
982.48
329.23
2,772.45
149.70
1,082.81
702.66
281.99
2,217.16
11,420.42
10,872.30
12(i)
12(ii)
4,112.62
124.56
310.04
4,547.22
4,694.91
138.54
174.66
5,008.11
13
14
15
16
2,068.66
92.92
2,212.82
8.08
4,382.48
2,030.51
8.71
1,854.49
8.08
3,901.79
17
934.31
4.15
685.44
522.63
334.77
9.42
2,490.72
462.41
4.20
856.49
328.62
290.39
20.29
1,962.40
11,420.42
10,872.30
Total
B
As at
31 March 2014
` in crores
ASSETS
(1)
Non-current assets
(a) Fixed assets
(i) Tangible assets
(ii) Intangible assets
(iii) Capital work-in-progress
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(2)
Non-current investments
Deferred tax assets (net)
Long-term loans and advances
Other non-current assets
Current assets
(a) Current investments
(b) Inventories - stores and spares
(c) Trade receivables
(d) Cash and bank balances
(e) Short-term loans and advances
(f ) Other current assets
Total
See accompanying notes forming part of the financial statements
In terms of our report attached
18
19
20
21
For and on behalf of the Board

62
SUBODH BHARGAVA
Chairman
VINOD KUMAR
Managing Director & Group CEO
R. A. BANGA
Partner
SANJAY BAWEJA
SATISH RANADE
Company Secretary
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH, 2014
Note No.
Year ended
31 March 2014
` in crores
Year ended
31 March 2013
` in crores
Income from operations

a) Revenue from telecommunication services
b) Other operating income
22
4,330.05
46.35
4,416.12
-
II
Other Income
23
463.95
380.22
III
Total Revenue (I + II)
4,840.35
4,796.34
IV
Expenses:
Network and transmission
Employee benefits
Operating and other expenses
Finance cost
Depreciation and amortization
(net of transfer from Capital Reserve)
Total Expenses
1,875.95
640.81
861.70
59.51
1,963.20
639.46
813.25
119.69
680.23
762.40
4,118.20
4,298.00
722.15
498.34
81.33
158.35
VII Profit before tax (V+VI)
803.48
656.69
VIII Tax expense:

(a) Current tax
(b) Deferred tax
353.01
(91.96)
206.58
(25.13)
Net tax expenses
261.05
181.45
Profit for the year (VII - VIII)
542.43
475.24
19.03
16.68
Profit before exceptional items and taxes (III-IV)
VI
Exceptional Items gain (net)
IX
24
25
26
27
12
28
Earnings per share (of ` 10 each)

32
Basic/ Diluted earnings per share (`)


SUBODH BHARGAVA
Chairman
VINOD KUMAR
R. A. BANGA
Partner
SANJAY BAWEJA
SATISH RANADE
Company Secretary
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
63
COMMUNICATIONS
CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH, 2014
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

1
PROFIT BEFORE TAX

Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation expense
Profit on sale of fixed assets (net) (Refer 3)
Interest income
Finance cost
Gain on current investments
Dividend income from subsidiaries
Exchange fluctuation on loans to related parties/short-term borrowings
Provisions for doubtful trade receivables
Input credit against certain statutory obligations (Refer 4)
Provisions for doubtful advances
Dimunition in value of investments and provision for advances (Refer 5)
OPERATING PROFIT BEFORE WORKING CAPITAL CHANGES
Changes in working capital:
Adjustments for (increase) / decrease in operating assets:
Inventories
Trade receivables
Short-term loans and advances
Other current assets
Adjustments for increase / (decrease) in operating liabilities:
Trade payables
Other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Short-term provisions
Long-term provisions
Cash generated from operations before tax and exceptional items
Income tax (paid)/refund (net)
NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of fixed assets
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
Purchase of non-current investments (Refer 2)
Purchase of current investments
Proceeds from sale of current investments
Sale proceeds on account of IDC division (Refer 6)
Loans given to related parties during the year
Loans repaid by related parties during the year (Refer 2)
Inter corporate deposits given during the year
Inter corporate deposits matured during the year
Dividend income from subsidiaries
Interest received
Earmarked funds
NET CASH FROM/ (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
Repayment of short-term borrowings
Repayment of long-term borrowings
Dividends paid including dividend tax
Finance cost
NET CASH FLOW USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES
NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AS AT THE END OF THE YEAR
(Refer note 19 - Cash and bank balances)
Year Ended
31 March 2014
` in crores
Year Ended
31 March 2013
` in crores
803.48
656.69
680.23
(8.45)
(22.27)
59.51
(70.66)
(63.71)
3.60
31.43
(216.22)
0.57
134.89
762.40
(193.18)
(39.17)
119.69
(15.73)
(31.16)
98.40
26.16
0.93
-
1,332.40
1,385.03
0.05
84.31
(134.65)
(244.07)
18.49
(3.75)
(41.41)
22.47
113.02
2.52
67.86
136.11
38.34
3.76
2.14
1,304.74
(101.35)
1,203.39
32.89
16.42
7.48
(7.75)
(5.52)
1,521.40
74.05
1,595.45
(633.69)
20.71
(160.15)
(10,179.37)
9,778.13
433.93
(430.94)
81.21
63.71
14.65
(0.91)
(1,012.72)
(722.02)
197.34
(220.24)
(4,829.40)
4,382.72
(519.57)
1,107.90
(60.00)
70.00
31.16
41.00
(0.84)
(521.95)
195.19
(43.56)
(90.23)
(58.97)
489.62
(470.78)
(606.46)
(66.30)
(145.12)
2.43
193.10
317.77
(799.04)
274.46
43.31
510.87
317.77
Notes:
1. Figures in brackets represent outflows.
2. In the previous year, loan to Tata Communications Payment Solutions Limited (TCPSL) amounting to ` 22 crores was converted to equity share capital.
3. In the previous year, profit on sale of fixed assets includes profit on sale of land and building in Chennai which is included as part of exceptional items amounting to ` 189.62 crores.
4. In the current year, input credit against certain statutory obligations amounting to ` 216.22 crores is included as part of exceptional items.
5. In the current year, diminution in value of investments and provision for advances amounting to ` 134.89 crores is included as part of exceptional items.
6. The Company has received ` 433.93 crores from its wholly owned subsidiary under the Scheme of Arrangement for transfer of its IDC division.

64
SUBODH BHARGAVA
Chairman
VINOD KUMAR
R. A. BANGA
Partner
SANJAY BAWEJA
SATISH RANADE
Company Secretary
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH, 2014
1.
Corporate information
TATA Communications Limited (the Company) was incorporated on 19 March 1986. The Government of India vide its
letter No. G-25015/6/86OC dated 27 March 1986, transferred all assets and liabilities of the Overseas Communications
Service (OCS) (part of the Department of Telecommunications, Ministry of Communications) as appearing in the
Balance sheet as at 31 March 1986 to the Company with effect from 01 April 1986. During the year 2007-08, the Company
changed its name from Videsh Sanchar Nigam Limited to Tata Communications Limited and the fresh certificate
of incorporation consequent upon the change of name was issued by the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra on
28 January 2008.
The Company offers international and national voice and data transmission services, selling and leasing of bandwidth
on undersea cable systems, internet dial up and broadband services, and other value-added services comprising
telepresence, managed hosting, mobile global roaming and signaling services, transponder lease, television uplinking
and other services.
2.
Significant accounting policies

a.
Basis of preparation of financial statements

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in
India (Indian GAAP) to comply with the Accounting Standards notified by law. The financial statements have been
prepared on an accrual basis under the historical cost convention and as a going concern. The accounting policies
adopted in the preparation of the financial statements are consistent with those followed in the previous year.
b.
Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements requires the management of the Company to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures relating to the contingent
liabilities as at the date of financial statements and reported amounts of income and expenses during the period.
Examples of such estimates include provisions for doubtful trade receivables and advances, employee benefits,
provision for income taxes, impairment of assets and useful lives of fixed assets.
The management believes that the estimates used in preparation of the financial statements are prudent and
reasonable. Future results could differ due to these estimates and the differences between the actual results and
the estimates are recognised in the periods in which the results are known / materialise.
c.
Cash and cash equivalents (for purposes of Cash Flow Statement)

Cash comprises cash on hand. Cash equivalents are short-term balances (with an original maturity of three months
or less from the date of acquisition), highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of
cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value.
d.
Cash flow statement

Cash flows are reported using the indirect method, whereby profit / (loss) before extraordinary items and tax
is adjusted for the effects of transactions of a non-cash nature and any deferrals or accruals of past or future
cash receipts or payments. The cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities of the Company are
segregated based on the available information.
e.
Fixed assets
i.
Tangible and intangible assets are stated at cost of acquisition or construction, less accumulated depreciation/
amortisation and impairment loss, if any. Cost includes inward freight, duties, taxes and all incidental expenses
incurred on making the assets ready for its intended use.
ii.
Indefeasible Rights of Use (IRUs) for international and domestic telecommunication circuits are classified
under fixed assets. The IRU agreements transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.
iii.
Jointly owned assets are capitalised in proportion to the Companys ownership interest in such assets.
65
COMMUNICATIONS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH, 2014 (Contd.)
f.
iv.
Costs of borrowing related to the acquisition or construction of fixed assets that are attributable to the
qualifying assets are capitalised as part of the cost of such asset. All other borrowing costs are recognised as
expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.
v.
Capital work-in-progress includes projects under which tangible fixed assets are not yet ready for their
intended use and are carried at cost, comprising direct cost, directly attributable cost and attributable
interest.
vi.
Assets acquired pursuant to an agreement for exchange of similar assets are recorded at the net book value
of the asset given up, with an adjustment for any balancing receipt or payment of cash or any other form of
consideration.
Depreciation / amortisation
Depreciation / Amortisation is provided on the straight line method, at the rates and in the manner prescribed
in Schedule XIV to the Companies Act, 1956 except as follows where the depreciation rate is higher than the
prescribed rate in Schedule IV to the Companies Act, 1956.
Tangible and Intangible assets
i.
Plant and Machinery
Land cables
Sea cables (Refer note 12(i) (f ))
Earth station and switches
Other networking equipments
Customer premises cables and equipments
Batteries (Refer note 12(i) (f ))
ii.
Indefeasible Rights of Use (IRUs)
iii. Leasehold Land
iv. Software
v.
Leasehold Improvements
Rates of Depreciation / Period of Amortization

6.33%
4.75% to 6.33%
7.92%
11.88%
19.00%
23.75%
Life of IRU or period of agreement, whichever is lower.
Over the lease period
Over a period of 6 years
Over the lease period
The estimated useful life of the intangible assets and the amortisation period are reviewed at the end of each
financial year and the amortisation is revised to reflect the changes in useful life.
g.
Impairment
At each balance sheet date, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its fixed assets to determine whether
there is any indication that those assets suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable
amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss. The recoverable amount
is the higher of an assets net selling price and value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash
flows expected from the continuing use of the asset and from its ultimate disposal are discounted to their present
values using a pre-determined discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of
money and risks specific to the asset. When an impairment loss exists such loss is recognised in the Statement of
Profit and Loss.
h.
Operating leases
Lease arrangements where the risk and rewards incidental to ownership of an asset substantially vest with the
lessor are classified as operating leases.
Rental income and rental expenses on assets given or obtained under operating lease arrangements are recognised
on a straight line basis over the term of the lease in Statement of Profit and Loss.
The initial direct costs relating to operating leases are recorded as expenses as they are incurred.
i.
Investments
Long-term investments are carried individually at cost less provision for diminution, other than temporary in value
of such investments.
66
Current investments comprising investments in mutual funds are stated at the lower of cost and fair value,
determined on an individual investment basis.
j.
Inventories
Inventories of stores and spares are valued at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost includes all expenses
incurred to bring the inventory to its present location and condition. Cost is determined on a weighted average
basis.
k.
Employee benefits
Employee benefits include provident fund, employee state insurance scheme, gratuity fund, compensated
absences and post-employment medical benefits.
i.
Short term employee benefits

The undiscounted amount of short term employee benefits expected to be paid in exchange for services
rendered by employees is recognised during the period when the employee renders the service. These
benefits include compensated absences such as paid annual leave and performance incentives payable
within twelve months.
ii.
Post employment benefits

Contributions to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are recognised as expenses when
employees have rendered services entitling them to the contributions.
For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit
Method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date. Actuarial gains and losses are
recognised in full in the Statement of Profit and Loss for the period in which they occur. Past service cost is
recognised immediately to the extent that the benefits are already vested, and otherwise is amortised on a
straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested.
The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the balance sheet represents the present value of the
defined benefit obligation as adjusted for unrecognised past service cost, and as reduced by the fair value of
scheme assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited to past service cost, plus the present value
of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the scheme.
l.
m.
Revenue recognition
i.
Revenues from Global Voice Services (GVS) are recognised at the end of each month based upon minutes of
traffic completed in such month.
ii.
Revenues from Global Data Managed Services (GDMS) are recognised over the period of the respective
arrangements based on contracted fee schedules.
iii.
Revenues from right to use of fibre capacity provided based on IRU are recognised over the period of such
arrangements.
iv.
Certain transactions with providers of telecommunication services such as buying, selling, swapping and/
or exchange of traffic are accounted for as non-monetary transactions depending on the terms of the
agreements entered into with such telecommunication service providers.
Other income
i.
Dividends from investments are recognised when the right to receive payment is established and no
significant uncertainty as to measurability or collectability exists. Interest income is accounted on accrual
basis.
ii.
Guarantee fees are accrued over the period in which the Company has provided the respective guarantees.
67
COMMUNICATIONS
n.
Export incentive
Export benefits are accounted for in the year of exports based on eligibility and when there is no uncertainty
in receiving the same and there is a reasonable assurance that the Company will comply with the conditions
attached to them. Export incentive is included in other operating income.
o.
p.
q.
Taxation
i.
Current tax expense is determined in accordance with the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates, which have been enacted or substantively enacted
at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax expense or benefit is recognised on timing differences being the
differences between taxable incomes and accounting incomes that originate in one period and are capable
of reversing in one or more subsequent periods.
ii.
In the event of unabsorbed depreciation and carry forward of losses, deferred tax assets are recognised only
to the extent that there is virtual certainty that sufficient taxable income will be available to realise these
assets. In other situations, deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that there is reasonable
certainty that sufficient future taxable income will be available to realise these assets. Deferred tax assets are
reviewed at each balance sheet date for their realisability.
iii.
Provision for current income taxes and advance taxes paid in respect of the same jurisdiction are presented
in the balance sheet after offsetting them on an assessment year basis.
Foreign currency transactions and translations

i.
Foreign currency transactions are converted into Indian Rupees at rates of exchange approximating those
prevailing at the transaction dates or at the average exchange rate for the month in which the transaction
occurs. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities outstanding as at the balance sheet date are
translated to Indian Rupees at the closing rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Exchange differences
on foreign currency transactions are recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss. Exchange difference
arising on a monetary item that, in substance, forms part of an enterprises net investments in a non-integral
foreign operation are accumulated in a foreign currency translation reserve.
ii.
Premium or discount on forward contracts are amortised over the life of such contracts and recognised in
the Statement of Profit and Loss. Forward contracts outstanding as at the balance sheet date are stated at
exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date and any gains or losses are recognised in the Statement
of Profit and Loss. Profit or loss arising on cancellation or enforcement/ exercise of forward exchange is
recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the period of such cancellation or enforcement/ exercise.
Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the year attributable to equity
shareholders (after deducting preference dividends and attributable taxes) by the weighted average number of
equity shares outstanding during the year. The weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the
year is adjusted for events if any of bonus issue to existing shareholders and share split.
r.
68
Segment reporting
i.
The Company identifies primary segments based on the dominant source, nature of risks and returns and
the internal organisation and management structure. The operating segments are the segments for which
separate financial information is available and for which operating profit / loss amounts are evaluated
regularly by the executive Management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.
ii.
The accounting policies adopted for segment reporting are in line with the accounting policies of the
Company. Segment revenue and segment expenses have been identified to segments on the basis of their
relationship to the operating activities of the segment.
iii.
s.
Revenue and expenses which relate to the Company as a whole and are not allocable to segments on
reasonable basis have been included under unallocated expenses (net).
Contingent liabilities and provisions

A provision is recognised when the Company has a present obligation as a result of past events and it is probable
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation in respect of which a reliable estimate can be
made. Provisions (excluding retirement benefits) are not discounted to their present value and are determined
based on the best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date. These are
reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimates. Contingent liabilities are
disclosed when there is a possible obligation arising from past events, the existence of which will be confirmed
only by occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the
Company or a present obligation that arises from past events where it is either not probable that an outflow of
resources will be required to settle or a reliable estimate of the amount cannot be made. Contingent liabilities are
disclosed in the notes. Contingent assets are not recognised in the financial statements.
t.
Derivative financial instruments

Gains and losses on hedging instruments designated as hedges of the net investments in foreign operations are
recognised in foreign currency translation reserve to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective. The
premium or discount on such hedging instruments does not form part of the hedging relationship and hence they
are marked to market at the balance sheet date. Gains and losses relating to hedge ineffectiveness are recognised
immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss. Gains and losses accumulated in the foreign currency translation
reserve are transferred to the Statement of Profit and Loss when the foreign operation is disposed off.
3.
Share capital
As at
31 March 2014
a.
Authorized:
400,000,000 (2013: 400,000,000) Equity shares of ` 10 each
b.
400.00
400.00
285.00
285.00
Issued, Subscribed and Paid up:

285,000,000 (2013: 285,000,000) Equity shares of ` 10 each, fully paid up
i.
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013

There was no movement in the issued, subscribed and paid up share capital of the Company during the current
and past five financial years.
ii.
Terms / rights attached to equity shares:

The Company has only one class of equity shares with a face value of ` 10 per share. Each shareholder of equity
shares is entitled to one vote per share at any general meeting of shareholders. The Company declares and pays
dividends in Indian rupees. The dividend proposed by the Board of Directors is subject to the approval of the
shareholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting. In the event of liquidation, the equity shareholders are
eligible to receive the remaining assets of the Company, after distribution of all preferential amounts, in proportion
to their shareholding.
The Board of Directors have recommended a dividend of ` 4.50 (2013: ` 3) per share for the year ended 31 March
2014.
69
COMMUNICATIONS
iii.
Number of shares held by each shareholder holding more than 5% of the issued share capital:
As at 31 March 2014
No of shares
As at 31 March 2013
Percentage
No of shares
Percentage
88,626,654
31.10%
88,626,654
31.10%
Government of India
74,446,885
26.12%
74,446,885
26.12%
Tata Sons Limited

Bank of New York Mellon as depository to
Companys ADR issue
(Refer note)
37,237,639
13.07%
40,533,297
14.22%
14,107,950
4.97%
Note:
During the year, the Company delisted its American Depositary Shares (ADSs), from the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE) and terminated its ADR program with effect from 13 August 2013. This action enabled the Company to
increase its public shareholding to 25% as required by Securities and Exchange Board of India.
4.
Reserves and surplus
As at
31 March 2014
a.
b.
Capital Reserve (Refer i)

Opening balance
Less: Depreciation on gifted assets transferred to Statement of Profit and Loss
Closing balance
206.47
(0.41)
206.06
206.92
(0.45)
206.47
350.13
730.74
87.81
219.39
(600.00)
437.94
350.13
Opening balance
725.01
725.01
Closing balance
725.01
725.01
4,821.11
4,173.59
54.24
47.52
600.00
4,875.35
4,821.11
Debenture Redemption Reserve

Opening balance
Add: Transferred from Surplus in Statement of Profit and Loss
(Refer note 5i and 5ii)
Less: Transfer to General Reserve on redemption of debentures
(Refer note 5i)
Closing balance
c.
d.
Securities Premium
General Reserve
Opening balance
Add: Transferred from Surplus in Statement of Profit and Loss
Add: Transferred from Debenture Redemption Reserve (Refer note 5i)
Closing balance
70
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
As at
31 March 2014
e.
Foreign Exchange Translation Reserve

Opening balance
26.47
22.59
1.60
3.88
28.07
26.47
1,102.23
993.12
Add : Profit for the year
542.43
475.24
Less : Adjustment pursuant to scheme of arrangement
(33.38)
(128.25)
(85.50)
(12.80)
(13.72)
Add: Effect of foreign exchange rate variations during the year (Refer ii)
Closing balance
f.
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
Surplus in Statement of Profit and Loss

Opening balance
(Refer note (iii))

Less : Proposed Dividend (Refer note 3b)
Tax on Dividend (net of dividend tax credit in respect of
earlier year ` 9 crores (2013 : ` 0.81 crores))
Transferred to General Reserve
(54.24)
(47.52)
Transferred to Debenture Redemption Reserve (Refer note 5i and 5ii)
(87.81)
(219.39)
Closing balance
1,328.18
1,102.23
Total
7,600.61
7,231.42
i.
Capital Reserve includes ` 205.22 crores in respect of foreign exchange gains on unutilised proceeds from Global
Depository Receipts in earlier years.
ii.
The Company has accounted for the effects of revaluation of loans given to VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Ltd. which forms part
of net investments in non-integral foreign operations in foreign exchange translation reserve as per Accounting
Standard - 11 on Accounting for effects of changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.
iii.
The Board of Directors of the Company at its meeting held on 1 March 2013 had approved the Scheme of
Arrangement between Tata Communications Limited (TCL) with its wholly owned subsidiary, Tata Communications
Data Centers Private Limited (TCDC) (formerly known as S & A Internet Services Private Limited) pursuant to the
provisions of Section 391 to 394 and other relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 (the Scheme) for
transfer of the Internet Data Center (IDC) division (Colocation service division of TCL) of the Company on a going
concern basis to TCDC from 1 January 2012 being the appointed date.
The Scheme of Arrangement for transfer of the IDC division was sanctioned by the Bombay High Court vide its
Order dated 24 January 2014 and has become effective from 1 March 2014, being the date of filing of the Order
with the Registrar of Companies.
In accordance with the said Scheme:
a.
All the assets, debts, liabilities and obligations of IDC division have been vested in TCDC with effect from 1
January 2012 and have been transferred at their respective book values.
71
COMMUNICATIONS
b.
Accordingly, to give effect to the Scheme, net profits of the IDC division for the period from 1 January 2012
to 31 March 2013 amounting to ` 33.38 crores (net of taxes) has been debited to the Surplus in Statement
of Profit and Loss of the Company as the income and expenditure of the IDC division are treated as income
and expenditure of TCDC in accordance with the terms of Scheme (refer note 4 (e) below) and the items of
income and expenditure relating to the IDC division for the year ended 31 March 2014 have been recorded
in the books of TCDC.
c.
As on 1 January 2012, the net book value of total assets and liabilities were ` 472.38 crores and ` 38.45 crores
respectively. All revenue and expenses pertaining to IDC division for the period 1 January 2012 and 31 March
2013 are transferred to TCDC. Consequently, the previous year amounts are not comparable with the current
year amounts. The Company has received a consideration of ` 433.93 crores for the net assets transferred as
at 1 January 2012, as stated below:
Particulars
Net Fixed Assets
Capital work in progress
Current assets
Current liabilities
Net Asset Value
d.
The impact of the Scheme of Arrangement for the year ended March 2013 and quarter ended March 2012 are
as follows:
Particulars
Revenue from operations
Other Income
Total Income (A)
Operation and other expenses
Employee benefit expenses
Finance costs
Depreciation and amortisation
Total Expenses (B)
Profit before tax (C) = (A-B)
Tax expenses
Current tax
Deferred tax
Profit after tax (E) = (C-D)
72
(` in crores)
As on 1 January 2012
375.25
6.65
90.48
(38.45)
433.93
Year ended
March 2013
345.99
0.02
346.01
223.86
8.12
0.75
76.14
308.87
37.14
18.28
(7.05)
25.91
(` in crores)
Quarter ended
March 2012
82.83
0.40
83.23
53.08
1.94
0.16
17.23
72.41
10.82
4.05
(0.70)
7.47
5.
Long-term borrowings
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
As at
31 March 2014
I.
Debentures
a.
Secured
Taxable Rated Secured Non-Convertible Redeemable Debentures
(Refer i)
50, 11.25% Rated Debentures of face value ` 10 lakhs each
5.00
55.00
55.00
190.00
190.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
75.00
75.00
625.00
625.00
(415.00)
210.00
625.00
1,900, 11.00% Rated Debentures of face value ` 10 lakhs each

b.
II
5.00
Unsecured
Taxable Rated Unsecured Non-Convertible Redeemable
Debentures (Refer ii)
Term Loan Unsecured

From bank
(rate of interest 9% p.a, repayable by June 2014)
Less: Current maturities of long term borrowings
i.
Secured Debentures :
During the year 2008-09, the Company issued Taxable Rated Secured Non-Convertible Redeemable
Debentures in demat form for cash at par on a private placement basis aggregating ` 1,250 crores, IDBI
Trusteeship Services Limited has been appointed as trustee to the debenture issue.
-
Nature of Security
` 250 crores, debentures (interest ranging from 11.00% to 11.25%, face value of ` 1,000,000 each) are
secured by a first legal mortgage and charge on the Companys free hold land at Perambur Barracks,
Chennai and Plant and machinery.
The outstanding debentures are due for redemption as given below:
Date of redemption as per terms of issue
50, 11.25%
Debentures
550, 11.20%
Debentures
1,900, 11.00%
Debentures
` in crores
23 January 2019
23 January 2016
55
23 July 2014
190
Total
55
190
73
COMMUNICATIONS
For facilitating the above redemptions, the Company has created a debenture redemption reserve of
` 222.43 crores (2013: ` 179.60 crores), and an amount of ` 42.83 crores (2013: ` 174.41 crores) has been
appropriated during the current year.
During the previous year, 6,000, 11.70% debentures aggregating ` 600 crores were redeemed and
consequently debenture redemption reserve of ` 600 crores created to facilitate the redemption of
above debentures was transferred to General reserve.
ii.
Unsecured Debentures
During the year 2009-10, the Company issued Taxable Rated Unsecured Non-Convertible Redeemable
Debentures of face value ` 1,000,000 each, in demat form for cash at par on a private placement basis.
02 July 2019
08 June 2014
Total
1,500, 9.85% 1,500, 9.50%

Debentures
Debentures
` in crores
150
150
150
150
For facilitating the above redemptions, the Company has created a debenture redemption reserve of
` 215.51 crores (2013: ` 170.53 crores) and an amount of ` 44.98 crores (2013: ` 44.98 crores) has been
6.
Other long-term liabilities

(` in crores)
7.
a.
Deferred revenue
b.
Trade payables
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
403.26
376.28
25.43
15.28
428.69
391.56
Long-term provisions
As at
31 March 2014
a.
b.
8.
Provision for employee benefits (Refer note 29)

Provision for compensated absences
Provision for post-employment medical benefits
Provision for pension benefits
Provision for contingencies (Refer note 36)
50.78
61.42
2.40
9.07
123.67
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
57.18
52.85
3.13
9.00
122.16
Short-term borrowings
As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
Short Term Loans (Unsecured)

From banks Buyers credit
316.18
149.70
316.18
149.70
(rate of interest 0.92% to 1.17%) (2013: 1.09% to 2.60%)
74
9.
Trade payables
As at
31 March 2014
a.
Network and transmission expenses payable (Refer note 42)
b.
c.
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
1,018.26
958.34
Payables to related parties
27.01
32.62
Accrued payroll
99.29
91.85
1,144.56
1,082.81
10. Other current liabilities

As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
a.
Current maturities of long term borrowings (Refer note 5)
415.00
b.
Deferred revenues and advances received from customers
212.94
145.01
c.
Interest accrued but not due on loans from banks
28.55
28.01
d.
License fees payable
67.34
64.25
e.
Deposits from customers and contractors
38.92
39.44
f.
Government of India account
20.57
20.57
g.
Unclaimed dividend (Refer I)
0.38
0.39
h.
Statutory liabilities
65.35
205.10
Service tax payable
TDS Payable
i.
Capital creditors
j.
Gratuity (Refer note 29)
k.
Book overdraft
l.
Other liabilities
I.
4.00
13.17
119.69
165.49
4.05
7.48
9.14
5.69
4.61
982.48
702.66
There are no dividends due and outstanding for a period exceeding seven years.
11. Short-term provisions

As at
31 March 2014
a.
Provision for employee benefits (Refer note 29)

Provision for compensated absences
Provision for post-employment medical benefits
b.
Provision for proposed dividend
c.
Tax on dividend
Provision for taxes (net of advance tax of ` 832.19 crores
(2013: ` 855.44 crores))
Provision for others
d.
e.
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
7.10
6.76
6.08
3.91
128.25
85.50
21.80
13.72
165.25
171.47
0.75
0.63
329.23
281.99
75
76
i.
2.57
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March 2013
Adjustment pursuant to the scheme
of arrangement (Refer note)
Depreciation/ Amortisation
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March 2014
e.
f.
d.
c.
178.84
181.41
23.69
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
454.98
466.40
86.44
(0.02)
(0.87)
8.78
78.55
(2.05)
8.84
71.76
541.42
(0.29)
(3.24)
544.95
0.05
(3.63)
3.56
544.97
Leasehold
Building
Improvements
3,325.80
3,821.98
4,349.00
(3.64)
(15.04)
596.54
(292.64)
4,063.78
(0.16)
(3.21)
668.19
3,398.96
7,674.80
(4.70)
(23.86)
373.36
(555.76)
7,885.76
(1.83)
(13.49)
717.14
7,183.94
53.68
72.24
71.71
0.01
(0.06)
6.20
(9.25)
74.81
0.01
(0.68)
7.74
67.74
125.39
0.13
(0.07)
3.21
(24.93)
147.05
0.12
(0.93)
11.68
136.18
Plant and
Furniture
Machinery and Fixtures
26.30
72.77
17.93
(0.03)
2.17
(12.10)
27.89
0.02
(0.02)
4.54
23.35
44.23
0.02
(0.07)
1.84
(58.22)
100.66
0.52
(0.02)
9.11
91.05
Office
Equipment
57.53
64.96
278.69
0.63
(1.39)
22.21
(3.16)
260.40
(0.07)
(2.43)
27.40
235.50
336.22
0.76
(1.55)
17.68
(6.03)
325.36
0.90
(3.01)
24.35
303.12
Computers
0.50
(0.07)
0.57
0.01
0.56
0.50
(0.07)
0.57
0.57
Motor
Vehicles
4,112.62
4,694.91
4,828.68
(3.02)
(17.46)
638.47
(317.15)
4,527.84
(0.20)
(8.39)
719.29
3,817.14
8,941.30
(3.85)
(28.86)
396.20
(644.94)
9,222.75
(0.24)
(21.09)
765.84
8,478.24
(` in crores)
Total
Freehold land includes ` 0.16 crores (2013: ` 0.16 crores) identified as surplus land.
Gross block of buildings includes:
z
` 32.75 crores (2013: ` 32.75 crores) for flats at Mumbai in respect of which agreements have not been executed.
Gross block and accumulated depreciation of plant and machinery includes Indefeasible Rights of Use (IRUs) for domestic and international telecommunication circuits of ` 405.89
crores (2013: ` 406.91 crores) and ` 234.78 crores (2013: ` 198.37 crores) respectively. The life of IRUs has been estimated at the lower of the life of the cables or the period of the
IRU agreements.
Gross block and accumulated depreciation of plant and machinery include proportionate amounts towards share of assets held jointly with other enterprises of ` 1,013.55 crores
(2013: ` 1,013.98 crores) and ` 452.22 crores (2013: ` 401.73 crores) respectively.
Finance cost capitalised during the year is ` 7.06 crores (2013: ` 7.59 crores) in respect of capital expenditure.
During the previous year, the Company has evaluated the economic useful life of under sea cables and has extended the useful life of under sea cables from 17 years 11 months
to 20 years and batteries from 8 years to 4 years. This has resulted in a lower depreciation charge in previous year by ` 0.36 crores.
At 31 March 2014
a.
b.
15.15
15.49
At 31 March 2013
Net Block
21.12
2.57
18.55
202.53
15.49
202.53
202.53
Leasehold
Land
At 1 April 2012
Accumulated Depreciation
At 31 March 2014
0.23
Adjustments
0.11
Disposals
15.15
Additions
Adjustment pursuant to the scheme

of arrangement (Refer note)
At 31 March 2013
(0.01)
Disposals
Adjustments
15.16
Freehold
Land
Additions
At 1 April 2012
Gross Block
Tangible assets
12. Fixed assets
COMMUNICATIONS
ii.
Intangible assets
(` in crores)
Gross Block
At 1 April 2012
Additions
Adjustments
At 31 March 2013
Adjustment pursuant to the scheme of arrangement (Refer note)
Additions
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March 2014
Accumulated Amortisation
At 1 April 2012
Adjustments
At 31 March 2013
Adjustment pursuant to the scheme of arrangement (Refer note)
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March 2014
Net Block
At 31 March 2013
At 31 March 2014
Goodwill
Purchased
Software
Total
113.14
113.14
113.14
229.71
90.67
0.55
320.93
(9.86)
33.99
(2.18)
(0.65)
342.23
342.85
90.67
0.55
434.07
(9.86)
33.99
(2.18)
(0.65)
455.37
113.14
113.14
113.14
138.81
43.56
0.02
182.39
(4.92)
42.17
(1.32)
(0.65)
217.67
251.95
43.56
0.02
295.53
(4.92)
42.17
(1.32)
(0.65)
330.81
138.54
124.56
138.54
124.56
13. Non-current investments

As at 31 March 2014
As at 31 March 2013
No of shares
` in crores
No of shares
` in crores
13,661,422
7.41
13,661,422
7.41
110,810,000
474.23
110,810,000
474.23
769,333
3.29
769,333
3.29
Investment (Trade) (at cost, unless otherwise

specified)
a
Fully Paid Equity Shares (Unquoted)

i.
In subsidiaries
Tata Communications Lanka Limited
(Equity shares of LKR 10 each)
Tata Communications International Pte.
Ltd. *(Equity shares of US$ 1 each) (Refer I)
VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Ltd. * (Equity shares of
US$ 1.00 each) (Refer II)
77
COMMUNICATIONS
As at 31 March 2014
Tata Communications Transformation
Services Limited (Equity shares of ` 10 each)
Tata Communications Payment Solutions
Limited
(Equity shares of ` 10 each)
Tata Communications Data Centers Private
Limited (formerly known as S&A Internet
Services Private Limited) (Equity shares of
` 10 each)
TCNL 1 BV (Equity shares of Euro1 each)
Subtotal
ii.
Subtotal
iii.
78
` in crores
No of shares
` in crores
500,000
0.50
500,000
0.50
362,714,284
477.00
317,000,000
317.00
50,000
0.05
10,000
0.01
5,400
0.04
5,400
0.04
962.52
5,731,900
(ii)
Others
Tata Teleservices Ltd. * (Equity shares of
` 10 each)
New ICO Global Communications
(Holdings) Limited (Class A common stock
of US$ 0.01 each)
Green Infra Wind Farms Limited (Equity
shares of ` 10 each)
Green Infra Wind Generation Limited
ReNew Wind Energy (Karnataka) Pvt Ltd
Radhapura Wintech Private Limited (Equity
Smart ICT Services Private Limited (Equity
Subtotal
No of shares
(i)
In Joint Venture
United Telecom Limited
(Equity shares of NRS100 each)
(iii)
As at 31 March 2013
35.82
802.48
5,731,900
35.82
35.82
35.82
439,863,622
933.75
439,863,622
933.75
680,373
0.01
680,373
0.01
78,000
0.08
78,000
0.08
108,000
0.10
108,000
0.10
32,000
0.32
24,000
0.24
19,370
0.02
0.01
9,500
934.29
934.18
As at 31 March 2014
b.
As at 31 March 2013
No of shares
` in crores
No of shares
` in crores
30,955,250
139.32
30,955,250
139.32
24,680,000
118.71
24,680,000
118.71
Fully Paid Preference Shares (Unquoted)

i.
In subsidiaries
Tata Communications International Pte.
Ltd * (Cumulative convertible redeemable
Preference Shares of US $ 1 each) (Refer I)
VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Ltd * (Cumulative
convertible redeemable Preference shares
of US $ 1 each) (Refer II)
Subtotal
(iv)
Total Non current

investments (Gross)
(i+ii+iii+iv)
Provision for diminution in value of
investment in VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Ltd *
(Refer II)
Total Non current investments (Net)
Book value of unquoted investments (Gross)
258.03
258.03
2,190.66
2,030.51
(122.00)
2,068.66
2,030.51
2,190.66
2,030.51
Equity investments on these companies are subject to certain restrictions on transfer as per the terms of
individual contractual agreements.
I.
The Company has an investment of ` 474.23 crores (2013: ` 474.23 crores) in equity shares and ` 139.32
crores (2013: ` 139.32 crores) in preference shares of Tata Communications International Pte. Ltd (TCIPL).
In the opinion of the management, having regard to the nature of these subsidiaries businesses and future
business projections, there is no diminution, other than temporary in the value of investment despite
significant accumulated losses.
II.
During the current year, VSNL SNOSPV Pte Ltd (SNOSPV), a wholly owned subsidiary of Tata Communications
Limited, has entered into exclusive discussions with Vodacom Group Limited (Vodacom) to sell all of the
issued share capital of Neotel, held directly or indirectly by SNOSPV. Discussions with Vodacom are still in
progress. The Company has made a provision of ` 134.89 crores (` 122.00 crores being the entire carrying
amounts of investments and of advances ` 12.89 crores to SNOSPV). (Refer note 15 and 20).
79
COMMUNICATIONS
14. Deferred tax assets (net)
(` in crores)
A.
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
Provision for doubtful trade receivables
72.21
65.42
Provision for leave encashment
13.02
22.76
2.28
2.52
12.52
14.31
112.62
88.32
7.48
8.84
27.83
19.64
2.36
13.07
12.38
8.70
8.18
5.54
27.64
298.52
249.12
205.60
240.41
(B)
205.60
240.41
(A - B)
92.92
8.71
Major components of deferred tax asset and liability consist of the

following:
Deferred tax assets arising out of timing differences on:
Provision for bonus

Expenditure incurred on NLD license fees
Expenditure disallowed u/s. 40 (a) (ia)
Unearned income and deferred revenues
Interest received on provisional income-tax assessment
Interest accrued on secured debenture issued to Public Financial Institutions
Revaluation loss on buyers credit
Others
Long term capital loss on diminution in value of investment
Total deferred tax assets
(A)
Deferred tax liability arising out of timing differences on:

Difference between accounting and tax depreciation/ amortisation
Total deferred tax liabilities
80
15. Long-term loans and advances
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
41.23
3.89
531.66
180.85
1,520.11
1,561.75
25.58
25.58
5.79
3.91
0.62
1.22
33.37
26.67
54.46
50.62
Unsecured - Considered good

a.
Capital advances
b.
Loans to related parties
c.
Advance tax (net of provisions of ` 4,942.29 crores (2013: ` 4,582.22

crores))
d.
Amount paid under protest (Refer note 37(a)(2)(iii))
e.
Prepaid expenses
f.
Deposits
g.
II
As at
31 March 2014
With public bodies
Others
Other advances/ receivables
Unsecured Doubtful
a.
Doubtful advances
b.
Doubtful loans to related parties

Less: Provision for doubtful loans and advances (Refer note 13 (II))
9.14
8.57
12.30
(21.44)
(8.57)
2,212.82
1,854.49
16. Other non-current assets
As at
31 March 2014
a.
Pension contributions recoverable from Government of India (net) (Refer i)
b.
NLD license fees reimbursement recoverable from Government of India

i.
7.44
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
7.44
0.64
0.64
8.08
8.08
As at 31 March 2014 the proportionate share of pension obligations and payments of ` 61.15 crores
(2013: ` 61.15 crores) to the erstwhile Overseas Communications Service (OCS) employees was recoverable
from the Government of India (the Government). Pursuant to discussions with the Government, the
Company had made a provision of ` 53.71 crores (2013: ` 53.71 crores) resulting in a net amount due from
the Government towards its share of pension obligations of ` 7.44 crores (2013: ` 7.44 crores).
81
COMMUNICATIONS
17. Current investments
As at 31 March 2014
No of units
` in crores
Investments in Mutual Funds (Unquoted)
Birla Sunlife Cash Plan - Growth Direct
Baroda Pioneer Liquid Fund - Plan B Growth
JPMorgan India Liquid Fund - Super IP Growth
ICICI Prudential Liquid Fund - Direct Growth
SBI Mangnum Insta Cash Liquid Floater Plan - Direct
Growth
Tata Money Market Fund - Growth Direct
Templeton India TMA - Super IP -Direct - Growth
Axis Bank Debt Fund - Direct Growth
Baroda Pioneer Treasury Advantage Fund - GrowthDirect
Birla Sunlife Floating Rate Long Term Plan - Growth
Direct
HDFC Floating Rate Income Fund - STP Direct
Growth
IDFC Money Manager Fund - Treasury Plan - Direct
Growth
ICICI Prudential Banking and PSU Fund - Direct
Growth
ICICI Prudential Flexible Income Plan - Direct
Growth
Religare Credit Opportunities Fund - Direct Growth
Sundaram Ultra Short Term - Direct Growth
ICICI Prudential Ultra Short Term Plan - Direct
Growth
Kotak Floater - ST - Direct Growth
SBI Magnum Insta Cash - Cash Plan- Direct
Religare Ultra Short Term Fund -Direct Growth
Axis Treasury Advantage Fund - Direct Growth
DSP Blackrock Liquidity Fund - Direct Growth
IDFC Ultra Short Term Fund - Direct Growth
Templeton India Ultra Short Bond Fund - Super IP Direct- Growth
DSP Blackrock Money Manager Fund - Direct- Growth
Templeton India Ultra Short Bond Fund - Super IP Direct- Growth
DWS Ultra Short Term Fund - Institutional Plan Direct Growth
Total
Book value of unquoted investments
82
As at 31 March 2013
No of units
` in crores
6,082,787
263,751
21,082,305
5,272,588
111,780
125.00
38.75
35.00
100.00
24.50
173,348
183,161
172,851
328,948
35.00
35.00
20.25
47.99
4,554,599
69.80
11,507,964
25.18
12,399,000
25.14
36,183,181
50.86
4,797,733
115.32
276,837
20,210,262
58,411,694
40.38
35.57
75.79
63,577,861
75.38
196,087
-
34.78
-
520,774
251,060
310,234
385,531
208,685
15,417,060
186,134
100.00
65.00
50.28
50.19
35.00
25.06
25.00
103,726
6,549,346
16.50
10.00
7,193,831
10.00
934.31
934.31
462.41
462.41
18. Trade receivables - Unsecured
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
44.18
64.08
204.43
179.98
248.61
244.06
(204.43)
(179.98)
44.18
64.08
641.26
792.41
9.53
9.53
650.79
801.94
(9.53)
(9.53)
641.26
792.41
685.44
856.49
Trade receivables outstanding for a period exceeding six months from the
date they were due for payment
Considered good
Doubtful
Less: Provision for doubtful trade receivables
Other trade receivables

Considered good
Doubtful
19. Cash and bank balances

(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
Cash and Cash Equivalents:

a.
Cash on hand
0.05
0.05
b.
Cheques on hand
8.81
7.13
c.
Remittances in transit
7.68
0.87
d.
Current accounts with scheduled banks
50.83
73.17
e.
Deposit accounts with scheduled banks
443.50
236.55
510.87
317.77
0.39
0.41
11.37
10.44
522.63
328.62
Other Bank Balances:

In earmarked accounts
a.
Unclaimed dividend accounts
b.
Balances held as margin money or security against borrowings, guarantees

and other commitments
Cash and Bank Balances
83
COMMUNICATIONS
20. Short-term loans and advances
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
Loans and advances to related parties (Refer note 34)
72.96
40.88
Less: Provision for doubtful advances (Refer note 13 (II))
(0.59)
72.37
40.88
3.02
4.49
56.86
80.01
Unsecured Considered good

a.
b.
Loans and advances to employees
c.
Prepaid expenses
d.
Deposits with suppliers
4.91
7.03
e.
Service tax recoverable
133.23
132.07
f.
Advance to contractors and vendors
5.80
3.44
g.
Other advances
12.23
22.47
h.
Export incentive receivable
46.35
334.77
290.39
21. Other current assets

(` in crores)
a.
Interest receivable (Refer i)
b.
Unamortised premium on forward contracts
c.
Others
i.
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
8.83
1.21
0.46
0.59
18.62
9.42
20.29
Interest receivable includes interest due from subsidiaries of ` 6.95 crores (2013: ` 0.12 crores).
22. During the year, the Company has received duty credit scrips aggregating ` 46.35 crores (2013: Nil) in respect of foreign
exchange earnings to be utilised towards import duty. This is included in Other operating income.
84
23. Other income
(` in crores)
a.
Year Ended
31 March 2014
Year Ended
31 March 2013
3.35
1.61
110.51
18.92
37.56
Interest Income
i.
Bank deposits
ii.
Refund of license fees (Refer note 31)
iii.
Others (Refer I)
b.
Dividend income from investment in subsidiaries
63.71
31.16
c.
Profit on sale of current investments
70.66
15.73
d.
Profit on sale of fixed assets (net)
8.45
3.56
e.
Rent (Refer note II)
70.22
11.37
f.
Exchange gain (net)
(3.55)
15.43
g.
Provisions/ liabilities no longer required - written back
4.70
7.69
h.
Interest on income tax refund
5.42
8.65
i.
Guarantee income from subsidiaries
152.66
117.92
j.
Shared service fees from subsidiary
60.38
k.
Others
9.03
19.03
463.95
380.22
I.
Interest on others includes ` 18.90 crores (2013: ` 36.46 crores) from subsidiaries.
II.
Includes ` 63.01 crores (2013: ` 5.71 crores) from subsidiaries
24. Network and transmission

Year Ended
31 March 2014
a.
Charges for use of transmission facilities
b.
Royalty and license fee to Department of Telecommunications
c.
Rent of landlines and satellite channels
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
1,687.71
1,776.16
171.68
166.74
16.56
20.30
1,875.95
1,963.20
25. Employee benefits

Year Ended
31 March 2014
a.
Salaries and related costs
b.
c.
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
554.15
556.23
Contributions to provident, gratuity and other funds
34.00
36.64
Staff welfare expenses
52.66
46.59
640.81
639.46
85
COMMUNICATIONS
26. Operating and other expenses
Year Ended
31 March 2014
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
Consumption of stores
Light and power (net of recoveries of ` 100.84 crores (2013: ` Nil))
Repairs and Maintenance:
i.
Buildings
ii.
Plant and machinery
iii. Others
Provision for doubtful trade receivables
Provision for doubtful advances
Rent
Rates and taxes
Travelling
Telephone
Printing, postage and stationery
Legal and professional fees
Advertising and publicity
Commissions
Services rendered by agencies
Insurance
Donations
Other expenses (Refer note 30)
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
17.83
84.51
20.82
167.31
16.70
133.06
0.22
31.43
0.57
36.96
36.03
33.18
20.53
2.97
68.56
20.73
15.59
230.07
7.29
1.23
104.24
18.58
135.85
0.56
22.91
0.94
16.86
18.36
30.25
16.30
3.52
42.38
22.33
18.29
169.23
7.82
0.55
100.39
861.70
813.25
27. Finance costs
Interest on loans
Interest on debentures
Other interest
Less: Interest capitalized
Year Ended
31 March 2014
8.47
56.65
1.45
(7.06)
59.51
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
9.39
112.63
5.26
(7.59)
119.69
Year Ended
31 March 2014
216.22
(134.89)
81.33
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
(31.27)
189.62
158.35
28. Exceptional items
a.
b.
c.
d.
86
Input credit against certain statutory obligations (Refer i)

Provision for investments and advances (Refer note 13 (II))
Staff optimisation (cost)/ income (Refer ii)
Gain/ (Loss) on sale of fixed assets (net) (Refer iii)
i.
During the current year, the Company has recognised ` 216.22 crores towards input credits against certain statutory
obligations relating to earlier periods which have been accounted for on crystallisation of the entitlements to such
credits.
ii.
As part of its initiative to enhance the long-term efficiency of the business, during the previous year the Company
undertook organisational changes to align to the Companys current and prospective business requirements.
These changes involved certain positions in the Company becoming redundant and the Company incurred a one
time charge of ` 18.73 crores and further a one time cost of ` 12.54 crores towards other related initiatives.
iii.
During the previous year, the Company sold part of land and building at Chennai for a consideration of ` 192.30
crores resulting in a gain on sale of fixed assets of ` 189.62 crores.
29. Employee Benefits

i.
Defined Contribution Plan - Provident Fund:

The Company makes contributions towards a provident fund under a defined contribution retirement benefit
plan for qualifying employees. The provident fund is administered by the Trustees of the Tata Communications
Employees Provident Fund Trust and by the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner. Under this scheme, the
Company is required to contribute a specified percentage of payroll cost to fund the benefits.
The rules of the Companys Provident Fund administered by the Trust require that if the Board of Trustees are
unable to pay interest at the rate declared for Employees Provident Fund by the Government under para 60 of
the Employees Provident Fund Scheme, 1952 for the reason that the return on investment is less or for any other
reason, then the deficiency shall be made good by the Company. Having regard to the assets of the Fund and the
return on the investments, the Company does not expect any deficiency in the foreseeable future. There has also
been no such deficiency since the inception of the Fund.
Provident fund contributions amounting to ` 20.52 crores (2013: ` 20.67 crores) have been charged to the
Statement of Profit and Loss.
ii.
Defined Benefit Plan

Gratuity:
The Company makes annual contributions under the Employees Gratuity scheme to a fund administered by
Trustees covering all eligible employees. The plan provides for lump sum payments to vested employees at
retirement, death while in employment or on termination of employment of an amount equivalent to 15 days
salary for each completed year of service or part thereof in excess of six months. Vesting occurs upon completion
of five years of service.
Medical Benefit:
The Company reimburses domiciliary and hospitalisation expenses not exceeding specified limits incurred
by eligible and qualifying employees and their dependent family members under the Tata Communications
Employees Medical Reimbursement Scheme.
Pension Plan:
The Companys pension obligations relate to certain employees transferred to the Company from the Overseas
Communications Service (OCS)an erstwhile department of Ministry of Commerce, Government of India. The
Company purchases life annuity policies from an insurance company to settle such pension obligations. During
the year the Company has incurred a charge of ` 10.53 crores (2013: ` 8.09 crores) to meet the additional pension
obligation on account of increase in Pension and Dearness Allowance.
87
COMMUNICATIONS
The details in respect of the status of funding and the amounts recognised in the Companys financial statements
for the year ended 31 March 2014 for these defined benefit schemes are as under:
(` in crores)
Gratuity (Funded)
As at 31 March
I
Medical Benefits (Unfunded)

As at 31 March
2014
2013
2014
2013
Change in the defined benefit obligation

Liability at the beginning of the period
57.71
58.35
56.76
52.00
Current service cost
4.60
4.58
0.65
0.63
Interest cost
4.39
4.57
4.26
4.03
(1.52)
(4.62)
Liability transferred from / (to) other companies

Actuarial (gain) / loss on obligations
(1.54)
4.06
12.90
9.40
Benefits paid
(3.70)
(9.23)
(7.07)
(9.30)
Liability at the end of the period
59.94
57.71
67.50
56.76
(` in crores)
As at 31 March
II
As at 31 March
2014
2013
2014
2013
50.23
51.50
Expected return on plan assets
4.16
4.03
Employers contribution
7.23
6.92
(2.37)
(4.29)
Change in Fair Value of Assets

Opening fair value of plan assets
Transfer (to) / from other company

Actuarial gain / (loss)
0.34
1.30
Benefits paid
(3.70)
(9.23)
Closing fair value of plan assets
55.89
50.23
(` in crores)
Gratuity (Funded)
As on 31 March
III
2014
2013
2014
2013
59.94
57.71
67.50
56.76
(55.89)
(50.23)
Net (asset)/ liability in the balance sheet
4.05
7.48
67.50
56.76
Current liability (Refer note 10)
4.05
7.48
Short term provision (Refer note 11)
6.08
3.91
Long term provision (Refer note 7)
61.42
52.85
Amount recognized in the balance sheet

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the period
88

As on 31 March
(` in crores)
Gratuity (Funded)
As on 31 March
IV

As on 31 March
2014
2013
2014
2013
4.60
4.58
0.65
0.63
Interest cost
4.39
4.57
4.26
4.03
(4.16)
(4.03)
Net actuarial loss /(gain) to be recognised
(1.88)
2.76
12.90
9.40
2.95
7.88
17.81
14.06
Expenses recognised in the Statement of

Profit and Loss
Expense recognised in the Statement of Profit

and Loss
(` in crores)
As on 31 March
2014
V
As on 31 March
2013
2014
2013
Categories of plan assets as a percentage of

total plan assets
Cash and bank
3.51%
3.51%
Government securities
30.88%
30.88%
Corporate bonds
46.52%
46.52%
Equity
19.09%
19.09%
Total
100%
100%
The Companys policy and objective for plan assets management is to maximise return on plan assets to meet
future benefit payment requirements while at the same time accepting a low level of risk. The asset allocation for
plan assets is determined based on the investment criteria approved under the Income Tax Act, 1961 and is also
subject to other exposure limitations.
(` in crores)
As at 31 March
VI
As at 31 March
2014
2013
2014
2013
Discount rate
9.30%
8.00%
9.30%
8.00%
8.00%
8.00%
Increase in compensation cost
6% to 10%
6% to 10%
6% to 10%
6% to 10%
4.00%
2.00%
3% to 15%
3% to 15%
3% to 15%
3% to 15%
Principal Actuarial assumptions :
Health care cost increase rate

Attrition rate
The estimates of future compensation cost considered in the actuarial valuation take account of inflation, seniority,
promotion and other relevant factors.
89
COMMUNICATIONS
(` in crores)
Gratuity (Funded) As at 31 March
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
(59.94)
(57.71)
(58.35)
(52.44)
(45.52)
Plan assets
55.89
50.23
51.50
48.86
33.65
Surplus / (deficit)
(4.05)
(7.48)
(6.85)
(3.58)
(11.87)
Exp. adj. on plan liabilities gain

/ (loss)
(2.10)
(1.87)
6.68
(1.87)
1.20
Exp. adj. on plan assets gain/ (loss)
0.34
1.30
(0.80)
2.32
0.62
Actuarial gain/ (loss) due to

change of assumptions
3.64
(2.19)
(8.19)
VII Experience adjustment

Defined benefit obligation
VIII Effect of change in Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rate. A one percentage point change in assumed
health care cost trend rates would have the following effects
(` in crores)
31 March, 2014
31 March, 2013
Increase
Decrease
Increase
Decrease
Effect on service cost
0.01
0.01
0.01
Effect on interest cost
0.11
0.09
0.11
0.09
Effect on post employment benefit obligation
3.86
3.33
1.25
1.09
The Company expects to contribute ` 4.05 crores (2013: ` 7.48 crores) towards employers contribution for funded
defined benefit plans in financial year 2014-15.
IX.
Leave plan and Compensated absences

For executives
Leave unavailed of by eligible employees may be carried forward/ encashed by them/ their nominees in the
event of death or permanent disablement or resignation, subject to a maximum leave of 120 days in addition to
accumulated leave balance.
For non executives
Leave unavailed of by eligible employees may be carried forward/ encashed by them/ their nominees in the event
of death or permanent disablement or resignation, subject to a maximum leave of 300 days.
The liability for compensated absences as at the year end is ` 57.88 crores (2013: ` 63.94 crores).
The estimates of future compensation cost considered in the actuarial valuation take account of inflation, seniority,
promotion and other relevant factors.
90
30. Auditors remuneration:
(Included in other expenses under operating and other expenses Refer note 26)
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
Auditors remuneration and expenses (net of service tax input credit wherever
Year Ended
applicable)
31 March 2014
a. To statutory auditor
i. For Audit fees
1.40
1.40
ii. For taxation matters
0.50
0.30
iii. For other services
1.35
1.37
iv. For reimbursement of expenses
0.20
0.11
The above fees exclude ` Nil (2013: ` 0.65 crores) with respect to audit and related services rendered for financial year
2012-13.
Auditors remuneration excludes fees of ` 3.51 crores (2013: ` 7.77 crores) payable/ paid for professional services to a
firm of chartered accountants in which some partners of the firm of statutory auditors are partners.
b. To cost auditor for cost audit
i. For cost audit services
0.06
0.06
31. In January 2008, an amount of ` 290 crores was paid to the Department of Telecommunications (DoT) under protest,
towards payment of license fees, interest and penalty demanded by DoT before issue of certain licenses to the Company.
Against this, the Company carried a provision of ` 174.15 crores for license fees and interest thereon which has been
set off against the payment of ` 290 crores for the presentation in the financial statements. The Company has filed
a petition in the Supreme Court of India challenging the judgement of The Telecom Disputes Settlement Appellate
Tribunal (TDSAT) relating to the computation of license fee.
Additionally, the Company has also filed a petition with TDSAT challenging the applicability of penal provisions under
International Long Distance (ILD) and National Long Distance (NLD) license agreements, whereby DoT claimed penalty
and interest on penalty amounting to ` 115.73 crores (included in aforesaid ` 290 crores). Consequently, the amount of
` 115.73 crores was reflected as an asset in the books since 31 March 2009.
During the year 2009-10, TDSAT accepted the Companys position and decided in favour of the Company. However,
DoT has filed an appeal in the Supreme Court of India challenging the judgement of TDSAT relating to the waiver of
penalty and interest on penalty. A claim of ` 115.73 crores along with interest was raised upon DoT in financial year
2009-10 based on this TDSAT order, which DoT has refused. The Company filed an appeal in TDSAT in financial year
2010-11 against DoT, which had been allowed in favour of the Company by TDSAT in financial year 2011-12. Pending
implementation of this order by DoT, the Company had further filed execution petition in TDSAT in financial year
2011- 12. TDSAT, on 9 May 2012, decided the execution petition in favour of the Company and directed DoT to refund the
` 115.72 crores being penalty and interest on penalty, along with interest till date of payment. Accordingly DoT, on
7 June 2012 refunded an amount of ` 226.23 crores to the Company, including interest of ` 110.51 crores which was
included in Other Income in financial year 2012-13. The Company based on legal opinion and position in law is confident
that its position will be upheld in the Supreme Court.
32. Earnings per share
(` in crores)
Net Profit after tax attributable to the equity shareholders
(A)
Number of equity shares outstanding at the end of the year

Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year
Basic and diluted earnings per share (` per equity share of ` 10 each) (A/B)
(B)
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
542.43
475.24
285,000,000
285,000,000
285,000,000
285,000,000
19.03
16.68
91
COMMUNICATIONS
33. Segment Reporting
a.
Business Segments
The Companys reportable business segments are Global Voice Solutions (GVS) and Global Data and Managed
Services (GDMS). The composition of the reportable segments is as follows:
Global Voice Solutions (GVS)
GVS includes international and national long distance voice services.
Global Data and Managed Services (GDMS)
GDMS includes corporate data transmission services, data centers, virtual private network signaling and roaming
services, television and other network and managed services.
(` in crores)
Year ended 31 March 2014
GVS
GDMS
Total
Revenue from telecommunication services
1,119.22
3,257.18
4,376.40
Segment results
(126.79)
2,546.67
2,419.88
Unallocable expenses (net)
1,616.40
Profit before tax
803.48
Tax expense (net)
261.05
Profit for the year
542.43
Non-cash expense other than depreciation
(0.10)
31.53
31.43
(` in crores)

GVS
GDMS
Total
1,193.11
3,223.01
4,416.12
Segment results
(144.23)
2,512.73
2,368.50
Unallocable expenses (net)

Profit before tax
656.69
Tax expense (net)
181.45
Profit for the year
475.24
Non-cash expense other than depreciation
92
1,711.81
25.75
1.34
27.09
i.
Revenues and interconnect charges are directly attributable to the segments. Space segment utilisation
charges, rent of landlines and other network and transmission costs are allocated based on utilisation of
satellite and landlines. License fee for GVS and GDMS have been allocated based on net revenues from these
services. Segment result is segment revenues less segment expenses. Depreciation and certain other costs
cannot be allocated to segments.
ii.
Telecommunication services are provided utilising the Companys assets which do not generally make a
distinction between the types of services. As a result, fixed assets are used interchangeably between segments.
Accordingly assets and liabilities cannot be allocated to segments.
b.
Geographical Segments
The secondary reportable segments are Geographical and revenues have been allocated to countries based on
location of the customers as follows:
Segment revenues by Geographical Market
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
3,366.31
3,429.23
United Kingdom
107.60
95.10
United States of America
245.98
186.38
Netherlands*
321.73
387.42
Others
334.78
317.99
4,376.40
4,416.12
India
Netherlands includes amounts recorded as revenues from Tata Communication (Netherlands) BV of

` 317.85 crores (2013: ` 385.80 crores). Tata Communication (Netherlands) BV is a central contracting party
and a transfer pricing administrator for inter-company transactions between Tata Communications Limited
and its international subsidiaries.
From 1 April 2006, the Company adopted the Residual Profits Split Method (RPSM) for recording transactions
pertaining to International Telecommunications Services under its Transfer Pricing Policy. This policy governs
the majority of the transactions between the Company and its international subsidiaries. The Companys
subsidiary in the Netherlands is designated as the Central Contracting Party (CCP) and Transfer Pricing
Administrator (TPA).
All of the segment assets are located in India or in International territorial waters.
93
COMMUNICATIONS
34. Related party transactions
i.
Names of related parties and nature of relationship

Sr. Category of related parties
No
Names
a.
Investing Parties (Promoters)
Tata Sons Limited

b.
Subsidiaries (Held Directly)
Tata Communications Payment Solutions Limited

Tata Communications Transformation Services Limited
Tata Communications International Pte. Ltd.
VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Ltd
Tata Communications Data Centers Private Limited (formerly known as S&A
Internet Services Private Limited)
c.
Subsidiaries (Held Indirectly)
Tata Communications (Australia) Pty Limited

Tata Communications (Belgium) SPRL
Tata Communications Services (Bermuda) Limited
Tata Communications (Bermuda) Limited
Tata Communications (Canada) Limited
Tata Communications (America) Inc.
Tata Communications (Thailand) Limited (Date of incorporation: 11 July
2013)
Tata Communications (Middle East) FZ-LLC
Tata Communications (UK) Limited
Tata Communications (France) SAS
Tata Communications Deutschland GmbH
Tata Communications (Guam) LLC
Tata Communications (Hong Kong) Limited
Tata Communications (Hungary) LLC
Tata Communications (Ireland) Limited
TCPoP Communication GmbH
Tata Communications (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Tata Communications (New Zealand) Limited
Tata Communications (Taiwan) Limited
94
No
Names
Tata Communications (Italy) S.r.l
Tata Communications (Japan) KK
ITXC IP Holdings S.a r.l
Tata Communications (Nordic) AS
Tata Communications (Poland) Sp. Zoo
Tata Communications (Portugal) Unipessoal LDA
Tata Communications (Portugal) Instalacao E Manutencao De Redes LDA
Tata Communications (Puerto Rico) Inc (Liquidated on: 23 August 2013)
Tata Communications (Russia) LLC
Tata Communications Services (International) Pte. Ltd.
Tata Communications (Spain) S.L
Tata Communications (Sweden) AB
Tata Communications (Switzerland) GmbH
Tata Communications (Netherlands) B.V.
BitGravity Inc.
Neotel (Pty) Ltd.
SEPCO Communications Pty Ltd.
Neotel Business Support Services (Pty) Ltd.
TCNL1 B.V.
TCNL2 B.V.
d.
Joint Venture
e.
Associate of wholly owned

subsidiary
Number Portability Company (Pty) Ltd.
f.
Key Managerial Personnel

Mr Vinod Kumar
Managing Director and Group CEO
95
COMMUNICATIONS
ii.
Summary of transactions and balances with related parties

(` in crores)
Particulars
Key
Investing Subsidiaries
Company
Management
Personnel
Joint
Ventures
Total
Transactions during the year

Dividend paid
Brand equity expenses
37.77
37.77
25.84
25.84
9.79
9.79
9.77
9.77
1.71
439.63
2.80
444.14
2.14
509.51
3.28
514.93
15.45
12.55
28.00
18.78
34.51
53.29

Sale of fixed assets
0.38
0.38
2.04
2.04
124.19
124.19
6.38
6.38
0.02
53.20
53.22
0.05
46.08
46.13
160.04
160.04
242.00
242.00
18.90
18.90
36.46
36.46
63.71
63.71
31.16
31.16
Guarantee income
152.66
152.66
117.92
117.92
Loan given
430.94
430.94
519.57
519.57
Services rendered
Services received
Equity capital contribution
Interest income
Dividend income
Loan repaid
Loan taken from subsidiary
Loan repaid to subsidiary
Note: @ represents transaction of amounts less than ` 50,000/-
96
81.21
81.21
1,129.90
1,129.90
127.00
127.00
(` in crores)
Particulars
Key
Company
Management
Personnel
Joint
Ventures
127.00
Total
127.00
Advances given by the Company (net)
464.64
292.05
292.05
Advances taken by the Company (net)
325.57
325.57
258.04
258.04
Purchase consideration for IDC business
464.64
433.93
433.93
Managerial remuneration
Finance costs
12.14
12.14
11.49
11.49
0.25
0.25
0.77
91.93
92.70
0.61
206.66
207.27
9.79
14.19
6.05
1.15
31.18
9.77
17.24
5.78
5.33
38.12
Balances as at 31 March 2014

Receivables
Payables
Loans given (net of provision of ` 12.30
crores)
Advance receivable
531.66
531.66
180.85
180.85
72.95
0.01
72.96
40.87
0.01
40.88
Advance payable
1.88
0.28
0.28
Interest accrued-other deposits
6.95
6.95
0.12
0.12
12,516.09
12,516.09
11,836.69
11,836.69
4,389.47
4,389.47
3,535.30
3,535.30
Guarantees on behalf of subsidiaries

Letter of comfort on behalf of subsidiaries
1.88
97
COMMUNICATIONS
iii.
Details of material transactions with related parties

(` in crores)
Particulars
Dividend paid
Tata Sons Limited
Brand equity expenses
Tata Sons Limited
Key
Company
Management
Personnel
Total
26.59
17.73
11.17
8.11
26.59
17.73
11.17
8.11
9.79
9.77
9.79
9.77
Revenue from telecommunication

services
Tata Communications (Netherlands) BV
318.02
385.94
318.02
385.94
6.76
6.87
8.69
11.91
6.76
6.87
12.55
34.51
8.69
11.91
0.36
0.36
0.35
0.35
1.66
@
-
1.66
@
-
2.47
2.73
2.47
2.73
5.94
3.65
5.94
3.65
115.42
-
115.42
-

Neotel Pty Ltd
BitGravity Inc.
Sale of fixed assets
Services Limited
Limited
Neotel Pty Ltd
Services rendered
Limited
Services Limited
Limited
98
Joint
Ventures
12.55
34.51
(` in crores)
Particulars
Key
Company
Management
Personnel
Guarantee income
Services received
Services Limited
Limited
Equity capital contribution
Limited #
Interest income
VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Ltd.
Limited
Dividend income
Services Limited
Loan given
Limited
Joint
Ventures
Total
56.63
26.26
93.13
88.55
56.63
26.26
93.13
88.55
33.18
45.65
33.18
45.65
19.54
-
19.54
-
160.00
242.00
160.00
242.00
11.39
4.05
0.52
30.24
11.39
4.05
0.52
30.24
6.95
2.09
6.95
2.09
27.71
26.16
27.71
26.16
36.00
5.00
36.00
5.00
205.83
167.48
205.83
167.48
225.00
270.20
81.78
225.00
270.20
81.78
# includes ` 22 crores loan repaid converted into Equity capital
99
COMMUNICATIONS
(` in crores)
Particulars
Key
Company
Management
Personnel
Loan repaid
Limited #
Loan taken from subsidiary
Limited
Loan repaid to subsidiary
Limited
Advances given by the Company (net)
Limited
Tata Communications International Pte Ltd
Limited
Advances taken by the Company (net)
Limited
# includes ` 22 crores loan repaid converted into Equity capital

$ includes remuneration paid by subsidiary
100
Total
80.44
759.92
80.44
759.92
288.36
288.36
127.00
127.00
127.00
127.00
158.81
134.59
127.02
95.37
39.24
158.81
134.59
127.02
95.37
39.24
12.99
39.09
12.99
39.09
88.76
31.72
136.52
108.86
88.76
31.72
136.52
108.86
13.18
30.81
13.18
30.81
Managerial remuneration
Vinod Kumar $
Finance costs
Limited
Joint
Ventures
12.14
11.49
0.25
12.14
11.49
0.25
iv.
Details of major amounts of balances with related parties

(` in crores)
Particulars
Key
Company
Management
Personnel
Joint
Ventures
Total
Receivables
25.73
25.73
104.95
104.95
19.12
19.12
22.14
22.14
23.10
23.10
27.77
27.77
4.27
4.27
13.62
13.62
Payables
Services Limited
Tata Sons Limited
9.79
1.15
1.15
5.33
5.33
9.79
9.77
9.77
Vinod Kumar $
6.05
6.05
5.78
5.78
Loans given
Limited
306.66
306.66
169.52
169.52
225.00
225.00
24.49
24.49
16.19
16.19
9.58
9.58
20.55
20.55
22.48
22.48
5.43
5.43
5.58
5.58
Advance receivable
Limited
Tata Communications International Pte. Ltd
Limited
$ includes remuneration paid by subsidiary
101
COMMUNICATIONS
(` in crores)
Particulars
Key
Company
Management
Personnel
Joint
Ventures
Total
Advance payable
Tata Communications Ireland Ltd
0.90
0.90
0.66
0.66
0.26
0.26
6.95
6.95
Interest accrued-other deposits

Limited
Limited
0.12
0.12
5,140.91
5,140.91
3,844.80
3,844.80
6,877.96
6,877.96
7,522.32
7,522.32
1,976.54
1,976.54
1,793.06
1,793.06
1,108.06
1,108.06
1,005.20
1,005.20
412.00
412.00
402.00
402.00
433.93
433.93
Guarantees on behalf of subsidiaries
Letter of comfort on behalf of

subsidiaries

Limited
Purchase Consideration for sale of IDC
division
Limited
102
35. Operating lease arrangements
Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Company for certain buildings and satellite channels.
a.
As lessee:
(` in crores)
Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as expense

in the year
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
0.39
0.31
At the balance sheet date, minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases fall due as
follows:
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
Due not later than one year
0.52
0.16
Due later than one year but not later than five years
0.19
0.02
0.71
0.18
Later than five years
b.
As lessor:
i.
The Company has leased under operating lease arrangements certain Indefeasible Rights of Use (IRU) with
gross carrying amount and accumulated depreciation of ` 87.02 crores (2013: ` 87.02 crores) and ` 51.25
crores (2013: ` 45.57 crores) respectively as at 31 March 2014. Depreciation expense of ` 5.67 crores (2013:
` 5.67 crores) in respect of these assets has been charged in the Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended
31 March 2014.
In case of certain lease agreements aggregating ` 530.70 crores (2013: ` 513.79 crores) as at 31 March 2014, the
gross block, accumulated depreciation and depreciation expense of the assets given on IRU basis cannot be
identified as these assets are not exclusively leased. The lease rentals associated with such IRU arrangements
for the year ended 31 March 2014 amount to ` 47.10 crores (2013: ` 37.83 crores).
In respect of IRU arrangements, rental income of ` 54 crores (2013: ` 44.73 crores) has been recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31 March 2014.
Future lease rental receipts will be recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss of subsequent years as
follows:
As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
53.14
43.87
182.01
154.80
212.55
206.64
447.70
405.31
103
COMMUNICATIONS
ii. The Company has leased certain premises under operating lease arrangements to its wholly owned subsidiary.
Future lease rental income in respect of these leases will be recognised in the Statement of profit and loss of
subsequent years as follows:
As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
49.62
211.21
Not later than one year

Later than one year but not later than five years
42.24
303.07
Lease rental income of ` 55.04 crores (2013: ` Nil) in respect of the above leases has been recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss for the current year.
36. Provision for Contingencies:
As at 31 March 2014
Asset
Others
Retirement
Obligation
Opening Balance
Addition
9.00
9.00
0.25
9.00
9.25
0.07
0.07
Utilisation
Closing Balance (Refer note 7)
Total
(` in crores)
As at 31 March 2013
Asset
Others
Total
Retirement
Obligation
0.25
0.25
0.07
9.00
9.07
9.00
9.00
a.
The provision for Asset Retirement Obligation has been recorded in the books of the Company in respect of
undersea cables and switches owned by the Company.
b.
Others include amounts provided towards claims made by a creditor of the Company.
37. Contingent Liabilities and Commitments:

a.
Contingent Liabilities:
i.
Guarantees given on behalf of subsidiaries
ii.
Claims for taxes on income (Refer 1)

Income tax disputes where department is in appeal against the
Company.
-
iii.
104
Other disputes related to income tax
As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
12,516.09
11,836.69
401.63
457.08
1,870.51
2,067.27
Claims for other taxes
1.28
1.28
iv.
Other claims (Refer 2)
827.29
733.53
v.
Also Refer 4
1. Claims for taxes on income:
Significant claims by the revenue authorities in respect of income tax matters relate to disallowance of
deductions claimed section 80 IA of the Income Tax Act, 1961 from Assessment years 1996-97 onwards
and transfer pricing adjustments carried out by revenue authorities. The Company has contested the
disallowances/ adjustments and has preferred appeals which are pending.
2. Other claims:
i.
Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) reduced the Access Deficit Charge (ADC) rates effective
1 April 2007. All telecom services providers including National Long Distance (NLD) and International
Long Distance (ILD) operators in India are bound by the TRAI regulations; accordingly the Company has
recorded the cost relating to ADC at revised rates as directed by TRAI. However, BSNL continued to bill
at the ADC rate applicable prior to 1 April 2007. BSNL had filed an appeal against the TRAI Interconnect
Usage Charges (IUC) regulation of reduction in ADC and currently this matter is pending with the
Supreme Court. The possible liability on Company is ` 311.84 crores (2013: ` 311.84 crores).
ii.
On 19 February 2013, DoT issued a license fee demand for financial year 2006-07 and 2007-08,
based on special audit reports of auditors appointed by DoT. The total demand is for ` 222.79 crores
(2013: ` 193.05 crores, being ` 92.86 crores for financial year 2006-07 and ` 100.19 crores for financial year
2007-08, including ` 102.06 crores, being interest as on 28 February 2013). The Company has challenged
the said demand notice in the Madras High Court which has vide its orders dated 1 March 2013, granted a
stay-order against the said demand. Further, the Company is also contesting a license fee claim of
` 121.38 crores (2013: ` 101.24 crores) (including interest and penalty) for financial year 2005-06. However,
the said demand notice includes the items which are already the subject-matter of petitions/ appeals,
pending for hearing in the Supreme Court of India, for the previous years.
iii.
Other claims of ` 171.28 crores (2013: ` 127.40 crores) mainly pertain to routine suits for collection,
commercial disputes, claims from customers and/ or suppliers and claims from Employee State Insurance
Corporation (ESIC).
3. The Company has taken appropriate professional advice in respect of the claims/ appeals and has taken all
necessary steps to protect its interest. Based on expert opinion, no provision is required in respect of these
claims/ appeals.
4. In terms of agreements entered into in 2008-09 between the Company and NTT Docomo Inc. the Company
sold to NTT Docomo Inc. of Japan (Strategic Partner SP), 36,542,378 equity shares of Tata Teleservices Ltd
(TTSL) at ` 116.09 per share which resulted in a profit of ` 346.65 crores in the same year.
Tata Sons Limited (TSL) is party to a Shareholders Agreement with NTT Docomo Inc. of Japan (Strategic Partner
SP) dated 25 March 2009 and amended on 21 May 2010.
Under the terms of the Shareholders Agreement if certain performance parameters and other conditions are
not met by TTSL by 31 March 2014 the SP has an option to divest its entire shareholdings in TTSL at a price
being the higher of fair value or ` 58.05 per share (i.e 50 percent of the subscription price) (Sale Price), subject
to compliance with applicable law and regulations (Sale Option).
The Company has an inter se agreement with Tata Sons Limited and other Tata Group companies.
Tata Sons Limited has informed the Company as follows:
i.
In the wake of recent regulatory developments in India, Tata Sons Limited has considered its position
relating to the possible exercise of the Sale Option under the Shareholders Agreement.
ii.
The Shareholders Agreement obliges Tata Sons Limited to find a buyer for the shares at the Sale Price.
iii.
If there is no buyer at the Sale Price, then Tata Sons Limited is obliged to acquire or procure the acquisition
of such shares. These obligations are subject to compliance with applicable law and regulations.
iv.
No notice of exercise of the Sale Option has been received although the SP has communicated its board
105
COMMUNICATIONS
decision to exercise the Sale Option.
v.
Under the terms of the inter se agreement, the Company may be obligated to acquire the shareholding
of the SP in proportion of the number of shares sold by the company to the aggregate of the secondary
shares sold to the SP.
vi.
Pending receipt of a notice exercising the Sale Option and in view of applicable law and regulations, the
exposure of the Company (if any) cannot be ascertained.
The aforementioned agreements are governed by Indian Law.
5.
b.
Future cash flows in respect of the above matters are determinable only on receipt of judgements/ decisions
pending at various forums/ authorities.
Commitments:
i.
Capital Commitments:
Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account, not provided for amount to
` 154.75 crores (2013: ` 108.80 crores) (net of capital advances).
ii. Other Commitments:

1.
As on 31 March 2014, the Company has issued Letters of Comfort for the credit facility agreements in
respect of various subsidiaries:
(` in crores)
Name of the Subsidiary
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
Tata Communications Transformation Services Ltd
35.94
32.60
Tata Communications Data Centers Private Limited
434.00
VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Ltd
422.93
302.44
Tata Communications (Netherland) Ltd
1,976.54
1,793.06
Tata Communications (Bermuda) Ltd
1,108.06
1,005.20
412.00
402.00
Tata Communications Payment Solutions Limited (TCPSL)
The Company has undertaken to the lenders of TCPSL that it shall retain full management control so long
as amounts are due to the lenders.
106
2.
The Company has issued a support letter to Tata Communications International Pte. Limited (TCIPL),
aggregating ` 5,446.50 crores (2013: ` 2,547.22 crores) for providing financial support enabling, in turn,
TCIPL to issue such support letters to certain subsidiaries with negative net worth as at 31 March 2014 in
various geographies in order that they may continue as going concerns.
3.
The Company has given loan commitments to other wholly owned subsidiaries aggregating
` 5,673.34 crores (2013: ` 2,784.70 crores) as at 31 March 2014.
38. Supplementary statutory information
(` in crores)
a.
b.
c.
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
0.85
1.42
230.81
274.34
1,094.46
1,106.01
Value of imports calculated on CIF basis (on accrual basis)

i.
Stores and spares
ii.
Capital goods
Earnings in foreign currency

i.
ii.
Interest income
11.87
33.68
iii.
Dividend income
27.71
26.16
iv.
Guarantee fees
152.66
117.92
v.
Other income
1.36
0.49
1,288.06
1,284.26
388.36
366.53
Expenditure in foreign currency (on accrual basis)

i.
Charges for use of transmission facilities
ii.
Rent of satellite channels
2.43
iii.
Repairs and maintenance
39.92
80.27
iv.
3.78
4.13
v.
Finance costs
1.70
2.53
vi.
Others
27.11
29.62
460.88
485.51
39. Value of imported and indigenous stores/ spares consumed

(` in crores)
As at 31 March 2014
Item
Imported
Indigenous
As at 31 March 2013
Value
Percentage
Value
Percentage
1.12
6.28
0.30
1.44
16.71
93.72
20.52
98.56
17.83
100.00
20.82
100.00
107
COMMUNICATIONS
40. United Telecom Limited (UTL) is a joint venture between the Company, Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited,
Telecommunications Consultant India Limited and Nepal Ventures Private Limited. The Company has 26.66 percent
equity ownership in UTL. UTL operates basic telephony services in Nepal based on wireless-in-local loop technology.
The Companys share in income, expenses, assets and liabilities of UTL based on management accounts for the year
ended 31 March 2014 and year ended 31 March 2013 are as follows:
(` in crores)
Income
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
6.47
14.76
Expenses
15.06
18.48
Assets
27.99
33.92
Liabilities
13.63
12.41
41. Dividend remitted to non-resident shareholders in foreign currency

The Company has not remitted any amount in foreign currencies on account of dividends during the year. The particulars
of final dividends for the year ended 31 March 2013 paid to non resident shareholders are as under:
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
1,019
1,088
Number of shares held by them
24,038,731
23,499,590
Year to which the dividend relates
2012-2013
2011-2012
7.21
4.70
Number of non resident shareholders
Amount remitted
42. Micro and Small Enterprises
Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on the basis
of information collected by the Management:
(` in crores)
a.
Principal amount remaining unpaid to any supplier as at the end of the

accounting year
As at
31 March 2013
0.16
0.06
b.
Interest due thereon remaining unpaid to any supplier as at the end of the
accounting year
c.
The amount of interest paid along with the amounts of the payment made to
the supplier beyond the appointed day
3.07
2.13
d.
The amount of interest due and payable for the year
0.07
0.04
e.
The amount of interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the end of the
accounting year
0.07
0.04
The amount of further interest due and payable even in the succeeding year,
until such date when the interest dues as above are actually paid
0.23
0.72
f.
g.
Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises
Note: @ represents amount less than ` 50,000/-
108
As at
31 March 2014
43. Disclosure as required under clause 32 of Listing Agreement
Amounts of loans and advances in the nature of loans outstanding from subsidiaries during the year ended 31 March
2014
(` in crores)
Name of the Company
Outstanding
as at 31 March
2014
Maximum
amount
outstanding
during the year
327.21
192.00
368.58
220.36
12.89
11.36
12.89
849.73
(Refer ii)
4.42
1.81
13.27
6.17

Limited
230.43
5.58
255.16
79.56
Tata Communication Data Centers Private

Limited
24.49
0.72
434.70
1.39

(Refer i)
VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Ltd (Refer 13 (II))
Tata Communications Transformation Services
Limited
Investment in
Investment
shares of the
in shares of
Company subsidiaries of
No of shares the Company
No of shares
i.
Tata Communications International Pte. Ltd which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company has investments in
35 subsidiaries as at 31 March 2014.
ii.
VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Ltd has made the following investments in equity and preference shares of its subsidiaries:
1,017,363,620 in Neotel Pty Ltd. and 1,343,468,261 in SEPCO Communications Pty Ltd.
44. Derivative Transactions

The Company uses forward exchange contracts and currency options to hedge its exposure in foreign currency and
interest rates. The information on derivative instrument is as follows:
As at 31 March 2014
a.
(Amount in
` crores)
Nil
Nil
6.00
33.80
Amount receivable on account of export of goods and loan and

interest charges (net)
92.40
553.48
76.21
414.09
Creditors payable on account of services, loan and interest charges and

other foreign currency expenditure
87.14
522.02
79.50
431.96
Outstanding derivatives instruments

i.
b.
(Amount in
USD millions)
Forward exchange contracts (Sell)
Foreign exchange currency exposures not covered by derivative instruments

ii.
iii.
109
COMMUNICATIONS
45. Previous year figures have been regrouped/ rearranged wherever necessary to conform to the current years classifications.
The results for the current year ended 31 March 2014 includes the effect of scheme of arrangement for transfer of Internet
Data Center (IDC) division (Colocation service division of TCL) to Tata Communication Data Centers Private Limited
(refer note 4(iii)). In view of this, the results for the current year are not comparable with the corresponding previous
financial year.
SUBODH BHARGAVA
Chairman
VINOD KUMAR
SANJAY BAWEJA
SATISH RANADE
Company Secretary
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
110
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF TATA COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED
Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial
statements of TATA COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED (the
Company), its subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities
(the Company, its subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities
constitute the Group), which comprise the Consolidated
Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2014,and the Consolidated
Statement of Profit and Loss and the Consolidated Cash
Flow Statement for the year then ended, and a summary of
the significant accounting policies and other explanatory
information.
the consideration of the reports of the other auditors on

the financial statements of the subsidiaries and based on
the consideration of the unaudited financial information of
a subsidiary and a jointly controlled entity which has been
certified by the management, referred to below in the Other
Matter paragraph, the aforesaid consolidated financial
statements give a true and fair view in conformity with the
accounting principles generally accepted in India:
(a)
in the case of the Consolidated Balance Sheet, of the

state of affairs of the Group as at 31st March, 2014;
(b)
in the case of the Consolidated Statement of Profit and

Loss, of the profit of the Group for the year ended on
that date; and
(c)
in the case of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement,

of the cash flows of the Group for the year ended on
that date.
Managements Responsibility for the Consolidated

Financial Statements
The Companys Management is responsible for the
preparation of these consolidated financial statements that
give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position,
consolidated financial performance and consolidated cash
flows of the Group in accordance with the accounting
principles generally accepted in India. This responsibility
includes the design, implementation and maintenance of
internal control relevant to the preparation and presentation
of the consolidated financial statements that give a true and
fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether
due to fraud or error.
Other Matters
(a)
Auditors Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We
conducted our audit in accordance with the Standards on
Auditing issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India. Those Standards require that we comply with ethical
requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated
financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit
evidence about the amounts and the disclosures in
the consolidated financial statements. The procedures
selected depend on the auditors judgement, including
the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the
consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or
error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers
internal control relevant to the Companys preparation and
presentation of the consolidated financial statements that
give a true and fair view in order to design audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness
of the Companys internal control. An audit also includes
evaluating the appropriateness of the accounting policies
used and the reasonableness of the accounting estimates
made by the Management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the consolidated financial statements.
We did not audit the financial statements of three

subsidiaries, whose financial statements reflect the
Groups share of total assets (net) of ` 3,968.53 crores as
at 31st March, 2014, the Groups share of total revenues
of ` 2,225.48 crores and net cash inflows amounting
to ` 102.98 crores for the year ended on that date, as
considered in the consolidated financial statements.
These financial statements have been audited by other
auditors whose reports have been furnished to us by
the Management and our opinion, in so far as it relates
to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of
these subsidiaries, is based solely on the reports of the
other auditors.
(b)
The consolidated financial statements include the

unaudited financial information of a subsidiary and a
jointly controlled entity, whose financial statements
reflect the Groups share of total assets (net) of ` 28.56
crores as at 31st March, 2014, the Groups share of
total revenues of ` 5.55 crores and net cash outflows
amounting to ` Nil for the year ended on that date, as
considered in the consolidated financial statements.
This financial information has been certified by the
management and our opinion, in so far as it relates to
the amounts included in respect of the subsidiary and
the jointly controlled entity, is based solely on such
management certified financial information.
Our opinion is not qualified in respect of these matters.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient

and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion and to the best of our information and
according to the explanations given to us, and based on
R. A. BANGA
Partner
111
COMMUNICATIONS
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31 MARCH, 2014

Note No.
(I) EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

(1) Shareholders funds
(a) Share capital
(b) Reserves and surplus
(4) Current liabilities

(a) Short-term borrowings
(b) Trade payables
(c) Other current liabilities
(d) Short-term provisions
TOTAL
ASSETS
(1) Non-current assets
(a) Fixed assets
(i) Tangible assets
(ii) Intangible assets
(iv) Intangible assets under development
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f )
Goodwill on consolidation (refer note 29 ii)

Non-current investments
Other non-current assets
(2) Current assets

(a) Current investments
(b) Inventories
(c) Trade receivables
(d) Cash and bank balances
(e) Short-term loans and advances
(f ) Other current assets
TOTAL
As at
31 March 2013
` in crores
285.00
514.52
799.52
6.21
285.00
1,139.87
1,424.87
7.91
6
7 A (i)
8
9
9,750.55
35.73
4,159.11
263.93
14,209.32
9,194.58
28.70
3,932.97
235.49
13,391.74
10
11
12
13
2,225.72
4,040.27
3,191.39
404.50
9,861.88
24,876.93
1,080.40
3,915.64
3,685.22
333.35
9,014.61
23,839.13
14 (i)
14 (ii)
13,854.96
440.74
618.18
34.81
14,948.69
618.46
753.80
108.47
2,282.47
12.32
3,775.52
13,291.51
546.95
763.42
7.24
14,609.12
872.94
753.21
11.09
2,290.76
8.08
3,936.08
1,004.42
50.58
2,733.90
1,669.47
677.68
16.67
6,152.72
24,876.93
568.41
27.20
3,138.70
923.30
608.27
28.05
5,293.93
23,839.13
4
5
(2) Minority Interest

(3) Non-current liabilities
(a) Long-term borrowings
(b) Deferred tax liabilities (net)
(c) Other long term liabilities
(d) Long-term provisions
(II)
As at
31 March 2014
` in crores
15
7 A (ii)
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

112
SUBODH BHARGAVA
Chairman
VINOD KUMAR
R. A. BANGA
Partner
SANJAY BAWEJA
SATISH RANADE
Company Secretary
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH, 2014
Note No.
Year ended
31 March 2014
` in crores
Year ended
31 March 2013
` in crores
Income from Operations

Revenue from telecommunications services
19,619.55
17,212.95
Other Operating Income
23
46.35
II
Other Income
24
143.30
226.59
III
Total Revenue (I + II)
19,809.20
17,439.54
IV
Expenses:
25
10,745.72
9,780.58
Employee benefits
26
2,497.61
2,411.46
Operating and other expenses
27
3,334.61
2,961.20
Finance costs
Depreciation and amortization expense (net of transfer from Capital
Reserve)
28
761.70
794.14
2,091.37
2,027.05
19,431.01
17,974.43
378.19
(534.89)
66.22
104.18
VII Profit/(loss) before taxes (V+VI)
444.41
(430.71)
VIII Tax Expenses

Current tax expense
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)
Net tax expenses
436.39
(93.11)
343.28
249.98
(29.78)
220.20
IX
101.13
(650.91)
(1.40)
1.69
27.35
0.25
101.42
(623.31)
3.56
(21.87)
Total Expenses
V
Profit/(loss) before exceptional items and taxes (III-IV)
VI
Exceptional items gain (net)
29
Profit/(loss) before minority interest (VII-VIII)

Minority interest
Share in profit/(loss) of associates (net)
Net Profit/(loss) for the year

Earning per share (of ` 10 each)
Basic/Diluted earnings per share (`)


SUBODH BHARGAVA
Chairman
VINOD KUMAR
R. A. BANGA
Partner
SANJAY BAWEJA
SATISH RANADE
Company Secretary
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
113
COMMUNICATIONS
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH, 2014
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

LOSS BEFORE TAXES AND AFTER EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation expenses
(Profit)/Loss on sale of fixed assets (net) (Refer note ii)
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision for trade receivables
Bad Debts written off
Provision for contingency
Input credit against certain statutory obligations
Impairment of Goodwill on consolidation
OPERATING PROFIT BEFORE WORKING CAPITAL CHANGES
Inventories
Trade receivables
Short Term Loans and Advances
Long Term Loans and Advances
Other Current Assets
Other Non Current Assets
Trade Payables
Other Current Liabilties
Other Non-current Liabilties
Short Term Provisions
Long Term Provisions
Adjustment of translation differences on working capital
Cash generated from operations before tax and exceptional items
Income tax refunds/(payments) (net)
NET CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
Additional shareholding purchased in Neotel Pty. Limited
Purchase of non-current investments
Purchase of current investments
Sale of current investments
Dividend income from associate
Inter corporate deposits given
Inter corporate deposits matured
Fixed Deposits placed during the year
Earmarked funds
Interest received
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from Short Term Borrowings
Repayment of Short Term Borrowings
Proceeds from Long Term Borrowings
Repayment of Long Term Borrowings
Net increase/(decrease) in Working Capital Borrowings
Payment for finance lease
Dividends paid including dividend tax
Dividends paid to minority
Interest paid
NET CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
NET (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR
Exchange difference on translation of foreign currency cash and cash equivalents
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AS AT THE END OF THE YEAR
Year Ended
31 March 2014
` in crores
Year Ended
31 March 2013
` in crores
444.41
(430.71)
2,091.37
(10.38)
(44.42)
761.70
16.84
38.84
13.52
(216.22)
150.00
0.57
(75.32)
3,170.91
(24.03)
501.31
440.80
(374.66)
24.06
(9.95)
(477.17)
28.86
(60.85)
3.12
1.88
19.69
3,243.97
(182.39)
3,061.58
2,027.05
(203.84)
(23.77)
794.14
48.34
46.74
9.58
0.93
(18.01)
2,250.45
(7.13)
(589.85)
(127.06)
211.35
43.13
428.86
(88.37)
370.74
(20.22)
(32.73)
(63.80)
2,375.37
79.33
2,454.70
(1,812.38)
25.18
(0.11)
(11,479.48)
11,118.81
1.35
(0.86)
(142.87)
15.67
(2,274.69)
(1,756.30)
214.74
(92.24)
(0.24)
(5,469.32)
4,918.92
(60.00)
70.00
(27.36)
(296.94)
24.75
(2,473.99)
1,772.23
(603.73)
3,281.87
(3,768.78)
(94.37)
(3.93)
(96.35)
(3.14)
(669.41)
(185.61)
601.28
570.88
(0.51)
1,171.65
1,732.16
(1,982.47)
2,134.78
(873.47)
158.55
(67.06)
(2.94)
(780.04)
319.51
300.22
277.97
(7.31)
570.88
Notes :
i.
Figures in brackets represent outflows
ii.
In the previous year Profit on sale of Fixed Assets includes profit on sale of land and building in Chennai
which is included as part of exceptional items amounting to ` 189.62 crores

114
SUBODH BHARGAVA
Chairman
VINOD KUMAR
R. A. BANGA
Partner
SANJAY BAWEJA
SATISH RANADE
Company Secretary
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH, 2014
1.
Corporate information
TATA Communications Limited (the Company) was incorporated on 19 March, 1986. The Government of India vide its
letter No.G-25015/6/86OC dated 27 March, 1986, transferred all the assets and liabilities of the Overseas Communications
Service (OCS) (part of the Department of Telecommunications, Ministry of Communications) to the Company with
effect from 01 April, 1986. During the year 2007-08, the Company changed its name from Videsh Sanchar Nigam Limited
to Tata Communications Limited.
Tata Communications Limited, its subsidiaries and jointly controlled entity (collectively the Group) offers international
and national voice and data transmission services, selling and leasing of bandwidth on undersea cable systems,
internet dial up and broadband services, and other value added services comprising telepresence, managed hosting,
infrastructure managed services, mobile global roaming and signaling services, transponder lease, television uplinking
and other services.
2.
Significant accounting policies

a.
Basis of preparation of financial statements

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with the Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles in India (Indian GAAP) to comply with the Accounting Standards notified by
law and the relevant provisions of the Companies 1956 Act/ 2013 Act, as applicable. The consolidated financial
statements have been prepared on an accrual basis under the historical cost convention and as a going concern.
The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are consistent with
those followed in the previous year.
b.
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements relate to the Company, its subsidiary companies, jointly controlled entity
and the Groups share of profit / loss in its associates. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared
on the following basis:
i)
The financial statements of the subsidiary companies, jointly controlled entity and an associate used in the
consolidation are drawn up to the same reporting date as of the Company.
ii)
The financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary companies have been combined on a line-by-line
basis by adding together like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Inter-company balances and
transactions, and unrealised profits or losses have been fully eliminated.
iii)
The results of subsidiaries acquired during the year, if any, are included in the Statement of Consolidated
Profit and Loss from the date of acquisition.
iv)
The consolidated financial statements include the interest in joint ventures which has been consolidated
on a line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of like items of assets, liabilities, incomes and
expenses on a proportionate basis to the extent of the Groups equity interest in each such entity as per
Accounting Standard 27-Financial Reporting of Interests in Joint Ventures. Unrealised profits and losses have
been eliminated to the extent of the Companys share in the joint ventures.
v)
The consolidated financial statements include the interest in associates which has been accounted for as per
Equity Accounting Method as per Accounting Standard 23 Accounting for investments in Associates in
Consolidated Financial Statements.
vi)
The excess of cost to the Company of its investment in a subsidiary company / joint venture over its share of
the equity of the subsidiary company / joint venture at the date on which the investment in the subsidiary
company / joint venture is made is recognised as Goodwill being an asset in the consolidated financial
statements. Goodwill on consolidation is not amortised but tested for the impairment. Where the share of
equity in the subsidiary companies / joint venture as on date of investment, is in excess of cost of investment
of the Company, it is recognised as Capital Reserve and shown under the head Reserves and Surplus, in the
consolidated financial statements.
115
COMMUNICATIONS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH, 2014 (Contd.)
vii) Minority interest in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries consists of the amount of equity attributable
to the minority shareholders at the dates on which investments are made by the Company in the subsidiary
companies and further movements in their share in the equity, subsequent to the dates of investments. Net
profit / loss for the year of the subsidiaries attributable to minority interest is identified and adjusted against
the profit after tax of the Group in order to arrive at the income attributable to shareholders of the Company.
viii) Losses applicable to the minority in excess of the minoritys interest in the subsidiaries equity are allocated
against the majority interest except to the extent that the minority has a binding obligation and is able to
make an additional investment to cover the losses.
c.
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires the management of the Group to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported balances of assets and liabilities and disclosures relating to the contingent liabilities as at
the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of income and expenses during the period. Examples
of such estimates include provisions for doubtful trade receivables and advances, employee benefit obligations,
provision for income taxes, provision for cable restoration, impairment of assets, asset retirement obligation and
useful lives of fixed assets.
The management believes that the estimates used in preparation of the financial statements are prudent and
reasonable. Future results could differ due to these estimates and the differences between the actual results and
the estimates are recognised in the periods in which the results are known / materialise.
d.
Cash and cash equivalents (for purposes of Cash Flow Statement)

Cash comprises cash on hand. Cash equivalents are short-term balances (with an original maturity of three months
or less from the date of acquisition), highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of
cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value.
e.
Cash Flow Statement

Cash flows are reported using the indirect method, whereby profit / (loss) before extraordinary items and tax is
adjusted for the effects of transactions of a non-cash nature and any deferrals or accruals of past or future cash
receipts or payments. The cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities of the Group are segregated
based on the available information.
f.
116
Fixed assets
i.
Tangible and intangible assets are stated at cost of acquisition or construction less accumulated depreciation
and impairment loss, if any. Cost includes freight, duties, taxes, salaries and employee benefits directly related
to the construction or development of the asset and all incidental expenses incurred on making the assets
ready for its intended use.
ii.
Indefeasible Rights of Use (IRUs) for international and domestic telecommunication circuits are classified
under plant and machinery under tangible assets. The IRU agreements substantially all the risks and rewards
of ownership.
iii.
Jointly owned assets are capitalised in proportion to the Companys ownership interest in such assets.
iv.
Costs of borrowing related to the acquisition or construction of fixed assets that are attributable to the
qualifying assets are capitalised as part of the cost of such asset. All other borrowing costs are recognised as
an expense in the periods in which they are incurred.
v.
Capital work-in-progress includes projects under which tangible fixed assets are not yet ready for their
intended use are carried at cost, comprising direct cost, directly attributable cost and attributable interest
vi.
Consideration for purchase of business in excess of the value of net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill.
vii.
Software and license fees have been classified as intangible assets.
viii. Assets acquired pursuant to an agreement for exchange of similar assets are recorded at the net book value
of the asset given up, with an adjustment for any balancing receipt or payment of cash or any other form of
consideration.
g.

Depreciation has been provided on the straight-line method as per the rates prescribed in Schedule XIV to the
Companies Act, 1956 or based on useful lives of respective assets as estimated by the Management, whichever is
higher, at the following rates or on the basis of depreciation rates prescribed under respective local laws:
I
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
II
a)
b)
Tangible Assets
Leasehold land
Leasehold improvements
Buildings
Plant and Machinery
(i) Indefeasible Rights of Use (IRUs)
(ii) Cables
(iii) Other plant and machinery (Refer Note 14)
Furniture and fixtures
Office equipment
Computers
Motor vehicles
Goodwill on purchase of business
Intangibles assets are amortised over their
estimated useful life as follows
Software (Refer Note 14)
License fees
Lease period
Lease period
1.64% to 6.67%
Life of IRU or period of agreement, whichever is lower
4.75% to 6.33%
4.75% to 33.33%
6.33% to 33.33%
4.75% to 33.33%
10.00% to 33.33%
9.50%
60/120 months
12.5% to 33.33%
4.00%
The estimated useful life of the intangible assets and the amortisation period are reviewed at the end of each
financial year and the amortisation is revised to reflect the changes in useful life.
h.
Leases
Assets leased by the Group in its capacity as a lessee, where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership
vest in the Group are classified as finance leases. Such leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the
lower of the fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments and a liability is created for an
equivalent amount.
Each lease rental paid is allocated between the liability and the interest cost so as to obtain a constant periodic rate
of interest on the outstanding liability for each year.
Lease arrangements where the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an asset substantially vest with the
lessor are recognised as operating leases. Lease rentals under operating leases are recognised in the Consolidated
Statement of Profit and Loss on a straight-line basis.
Rental income and rental expenses on assets given or obtained under operating lease arrangements are recognised
on a straight - line basis over the term of the relevant lease in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
The initial direct costs relating to operating leases are recorded as expenses as they are incurred.
i.
Impairment
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its fixed assets and goodwill included in
each cash generating unit to determine whether there is any indication that those assets suffered an impairment
loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent
117
COMMUNICATIONS
of the impairment loss. Recoverable amount is the higher of an assets net selling price and value in use. If the
recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit the impairment loss
is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other asset
of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying value of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for
goodwill is not reversed in the subsequent period unless there are changes in external events. When an impairment
loss exists such loss is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
j.
Asset Retirement Obligation (ARO)

The Groups ARO relate to the removal of cable systems and switches when they will be retired. Provision is
recognised based on managements best estimate of the eventual costs that relate to such obligation and is
adjusted to the cost of such assets. The estimated costs are based on historical cost information, industry factors
and technical estimates received from consortium members of the cable systems.
k.
Investments
Long-term investments are carried individually at cost less provision for diminution, other than temporary in value
of such investments. Current investments comprising investments in mutual funds are stated at the lower of cost
or fair value, determined on an individual investment basis.
l.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost includes all expenses incurred to bring the
inventory to its present location and condition. Cost is determined on a weighted average basis.
m.
Employee Benefits
Employee benefits include provident fund, employee state insurance scheme, gratuity fund, compensated
absences and post-employment medical and other benefits.
i)
Short-term employee benefits

The undiscounted amount of short term employee benefits expected to be paid in exchange for services
rendered by employees is recognised during the period when the employee renders the service. These
benefits include compensated absences such as paid annual leave and performance incentives payable
within twelve months.
ii)
Long-term employee benefits

Contributions to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are recognised as an expense when
employees have rendered services entitling them to the contributions.
For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit
Method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date. Actuarial gains and losses are
recognised in full in the Statement of Profit and Loss for the period in which they occur. Past service cost is
recognised immediately to the extent that the benefits are already vested, and otherwise is amortised on a
straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested.
The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the balance sheet represents the present value of the
defined benefit obligation as adjusted for unrecognised past service cost, and as reduced by the fair value of
scheme assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited to past service cost, plus the present value
of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the scheme.
n.
118
Revenue recognition
i)
Revenues from Global Voice Services (GVS) are recognised at the end of each month based upon minutes of
traffic completed in such month.
ii)
Revenues from Global Data Managed Services (GDMS) are recognised over the period of the respective
arrangements based on contracted fee schedules.
iii)
Revenues from right to use of fibre capacity provided based on IRU are recognised over the period of such
arrangements.
iv)
Certain transactions with providers of telecommunication services are accounted for as non-monetary
transactions depending on the terms of the agreements entered into with such telecommunication service
providers.
v)
Revenue from fixed fee based service contracts is recognised on achievement of performance milestones as
specified in Customer Contracts.
vi)
Revenue in respect of annual maintenance service charges is recognised over the period for which services
are provided.
vii) Revenues from providing infrastructure managed and incidental services to banking sector are recognised
on the basis of the contract with the customer at the end of each month based upon the following:
o.
a)
On the basis of number of transactions in such month.
b)
On the basis of fixed service charge for the number of days of usage in such month.
Export incentive
Export benefits are accounted for in the year of exports based on eligibility and when there is no uncertainty
in receiving the same and there is a reasonable assurance that the Company will comply with the conditions
attached to them. Export incentive is included in other operating income.
p.
Other Income
Interest income is accounted on accrual basis. Dividend income is accounted for when the right to receive it is
established and no significant uncertainty as to measurability or collectability exists.
q.
Taxation
Current income tax expense comprises taxes on income from operations in India and foreign tax jurisdictions.
Income tax payable in India is determined in accordance with the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961. Tax
expense relating to overseas operations is determined in accordance with tax laws applicable in countries where
such operations are domiciled.
Deferred tax expense or benefit is recognised on timing differences being the difference between taxable income
and accounting income that originate in one period and are capable of reversal in one or more subsequent
periods. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax assets in respect of unabsorbed depreciation and carry forward tax losses are recognised only to the
extent that there is virtual certainty that there will be sufficient future taxable income available to realise these
assets. All other deferred tax assets in respect of other timing differences are recognised if there is a reasonable
certainty that sufficient future taxable income will be available to realise such assets. Deferred tax assets are
reviewed at each balance sheet date for their realisability.
Advance taxes and provisions for current income taxes are presented in the balance sheet after off-setting income
tax provision and advance taxes paid in respect of the same tax jurisdiction on an assessment year basis and where
the Group intends to settle the asset and liability on a net basis.
The Group offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relating to taxes on income levied by the same
governing tax authorities.
r.
Foreign currency transactions and translations

i)
Transactions in foreign currencies entered into by the Group are accounted at the exchange rates prevailing
on the date of the transaction or at rates that closely approximate the rate at the date of the transaction.
119
COMMUNICATIONS
Foreign currency monetary items (other than derivative contracts) of the Group, outstanding at the Balance
Sheet date are restated at the year-end rates. Non-monetary items of the Group are carried at historical
cost. Exchange differences, on foreign currency transactions are recognised in the Statement of Profit and
Loss. Exchange difference arising on a monetary item that, in substance, forms part of an enterprises net
investments in a non-integral foreign operation are accumulated in a foreign currency translation reserve.
ii)
For the purpose of consolidation of foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures, income and expenses are
translated at average rates and the assets and liabilities are stated at closing rate. The net impact of such
change is disclosed under foreign exchange translation reserve.
iii)
Forward exchange contracts/Cross Currency Swaps (other than referred in (s)(ii) below):
Premium or discount on forward contracts/cross Currency Swaps is amortised over the life of such contracts
and is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss. Forward contracts/cross Currency Swaps outstanding
as at the balance sheet date are stated at the closing rate prevailing on the balance sheet date and any
gains or losses are recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss. Profit or loss arising on cancellation or
enforcement/exercise of a forward exchange is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the period
of such cancellation or enforcement/exercise.
s.
Derivative financial instruments

i)
The Group enters into forward contracts and interest rate swaps to manage its exposure on foreign exchange
rate risk and interest rate risk globally. Exposures to currency and interest rate risk are monitored on an ongoing basis and the Group endeavours to keep the net exposure at acceptable levels.
In respect of Interest rate swaps that are designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the fair
value of the interest rate swaps are carried to Hedge Fluctuation Reserve which will be recycled to the
Statement of Profit and Loss in the accounting period in which the interest expense is being recognised. The
fair value of interest rate swaps that are not designated under a hedging relationship would be recorded in
the Statement of Profit and Loss.
ii)
t.
Mark-to-market gains and losses on hedging instruments designated as hedges of the net investments in
non-integral foreign operations are recognised in foreign currency translation reserve to the extent that
the hedging relationship is effective. Gains and losses relating to hedge ineffectiveness are recognised
immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss. Gains and losses accumulated in the foreign currency
translation reserve are included in the income statement when the foreign operation is disposed of.
Earning Per Share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the year attributable to equity
shareholders (after deducting preference dividends and attributable taxes) by the weighted average number of
equity shares outstanding during the year. The weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the
year is adjusted for events of bonus issue if any, to existing shareholders and share split.
u.
120
Segment reporting
i)
The Group identifies primary segments based on the dominant source, nature of risks and returns and the
internal organisation and management structure. The operating segments are the segments for which
separate financial information is available and for which operating profit / loss amounts are evaluated
regularly by the executive Management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.
ii)
The accounting policies adopted for segment reporting are in line with the accounting policies of the Group.
Segment revenue and segment expenses have been identified to segments on the basis of their relationship
to the operating activities of the segment.
iii)
Revenue and expenses which relate to the Group as a whole and are not allocable to segments on reasonable
basis have been included under unallocated expenses (net).
v.
Contingent Liabilities and Provisions

A provision is recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of past events and it is probable
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation in respect of which a reliable estimate can be
made. Provisions (excluding retirement benefits) are not discounted to their present value and are determined
based on the best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date. These are
reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimates. Contingent liabilities are
disclosed when there is a possible obligation arising from past events, the existence of which will be confirmed
only by occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of
the Group or a present obligation that arises from past events where it is either not probable that an outflow of
resources will be required to settle or a reliable estimate of the amount cannot be made. Contingent liabilities are
disclosed in the notes. Contingent assets are not recognised in the financial statements.
3.
Particulars of subsidiaries, associate and jointly controlled entity considered in the preparation of the
consolidated financial statements:
Country of
Incorporation
Percentage of voting power

As at 31
March 2014
As at 31
March 2013
100.00
100.00
90.00
90.00

(formerly known as S&A Internet Services Private Limited) India
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications International Pte. Limited
Singapore
100.00
100.00
VSNL SNOSPV Pte. Limited.
Singapore
100.00
100.00
India
100.00
100.00
Bermuda
100.00
100.00
Netherlands
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
100.00
100.00
ITXC IP Holdings S.A.R.L.
Luxembourg
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications Services (International) Pte Limited Singapore
100.00
100.00
Canada
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Belgium) S.P.R.L.
Belgium
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Italy) SRL
Italy
100.00
100.00
Portugal
100.00
100.00
France
100.00
100.00
Norway
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Guam) L.L.C.
Guam
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
Subsidiaries (held directly)

India
Sri Lanka
Subsidiaries (held indirectly)

Tata Communications (Portugal) Instalacao E Manutencao

De Redes LDA
Portugal
121
COMMUNICATIONS
Country of
Incorporation
Percentage of voting power
Tata Communications (Australia) Pty Limited
Australia
As at 31
March 2014
100.00
As at 31
March 2013
100.00
Tata Communications Services (Bermuda) Limited
Bermuda
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Puerto Rico) Inc.

(Liquidated on 23 August, 2013)
Puerto Rico
100.00
Tata Communications (Poland) Sp.z.o.o
Poland
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Japan) KK.
Japan
100.00
100.00
United Kingdom
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications Deutschland GMBH
Germany
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Middle East) FZ-LLC
United Arab Emirates
100.00
100.00
Hungary
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Ireland) Limited
Ireland
100.00
100.00
Russia
99.90
99.90
Switzerland
100.00
100.00
Sweden
100.00
100.00
TCPoP Communication GmbH
Austria
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Taiwan) Limited
Taiwan
100.00
100.00
BitGravity Inc
99.99
99.99
Tata Communications (Thailand) Limited (Date of

incorporation: 11 July, 2013)
Thailand
100.00
Tata Communications (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (New Zealand) Limited
New Zealand
100.00
100.00
Tata Communications (Spain) S.L
Spain
100.00
100.00
NEOTEL (Pty) Ltd. (Neotel) (held through SEPCO and

SNOSPV)
South Africa
67.32*
67.32*
SEPCO Communications (Pty) Limited.
South Africa
73.17
73.17
Neotel Business Support Services (Pty) Ltd (NBSS). (held

through Neotel)
South Africa
100.00
100.00
TCNL1 B.V.
Netherlands
100.00
100.00
TCNL 2 B.V.
Netherlands
100.00
100.00
26.66
26.66
20
20
Joint Venture
Nepal
Associate
(Held through Neotel (Pty) Ltd.)
*Direct and indirect interest
122
South Africa
4.
Share capital
As at
31 March 2014
a.
Authorized:
400,000,000 (2013:400,000,000) Equity shares of ` 10 each
b.
400.00
400.00
285.00
285.00

285,000,000 (2013:285,000,000) Equity shares of ` 10 each, fully paid up
i)
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013

There was no movement in the issued, subscribed and paid up share capital of the Company during the year and
past five financial years.
ii)
Terms/ rights attached to equity shares:

The Company has only one class of equity shares with a face value of ` 10 per share. Each shareholder of equity
shares is entitled to one vote per share at any general meeting of shareholders. The Company declares and pays
dividends in Indian rupees. The dividend proposed by the Board of Directors is subject to the approval of the
shareholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting. In the event of liquidation, the equity shareholders are
eligible to receive the remaining assets of the Company, after distribution of all preferential amounts, in proportion
to their shareholding.
The Board of Directors have reommended a dividend of ` 4.50 (2013: ` 3.00) per share for the year ended 31 March 2014.
iii)
Number of shares held by each shareholder holding more than 5% of the issued share capital:
As at 31 March 2014
As at 31 March 2013
No of shares
Percentage
No of shares
Percentage
88,626,654
31.10%
88,626,654
31.10%
Government of India
74,446,885
26.12%
74,446,885
26.12%
Tata Sons Limited

Bank of New York Mellon as depository to
Companys ADR issue (Refer note)
37,237,639
13.07%
40,533,297
14.22%
14,167,950
4.97%
Note:
During the year, the Company delisted its American Depositary Shares (ADSs), from the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE) and terminated its ADR program with effect from 13 August 2013. This action enabled the
Company to increase its public shareholding to 25% as required by Securities and Exchange Board of India.
123
COMMUNICATIONS
5.
Reserve and surplus

As at
31 March 2014
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Capital Reserve (refer i)

Opening balance
Less: Depreciation on Gifted Assets, transferred to Statement of Profit and Loss
Closing balance
206.47
(0.41)
206.06
206.92
(0.45)
206.47
Securities Premium
Opening balance
Closing balance
725.01
725.01
725.01
725.01
4,827.27
61.89
4,889.16
4,174.59
600.00
52.68
4,827.27
Debenture Redemption Reserve

Opening balance
Add: Transferred from Statement of Profit and Loss
Less: Transferred to General Reserve on redemption of Debentures
Closing balance
350.13
87.81
437.94
730.74
219.39
(600.00)
350.13
Hedge Fluctuation Reserve

Opening balance
Add: Changes in fair value during the year
Closing balance
4.79
(10.04)
(5.25)
(0.06)
4.85
4.79
(650.33)
(513.54)
1.06
(563.41)
(1,212.68)
3.88
(140.67)
(650.33)
(4,323.47)
101.42
128.25
(3,326.36)
(623.31)
85.50
25.72
61.89
87.81
(4,525.72)
514.52
16.23
52.68
219.39
(4,323.47)
1,139.87
General Reserve
Opening balance
Add: Transferred from Debenture Redemption Reserve
Add: Transferred from Statement of Profit and Loss
Closing balance
Foreign Exchange Translation Reserve (net)

Opening balance
Add: Translation loss on net investment in non-integral foreign operations
(refer ii)
Add: Exchange translation adjustment
Closing balance
g)
Deficit in the Statement of Profit and Loss

Opening balance
Add: Profit / (loss) for the year
Less :- Proposed Dividend (refer note 4 (ii))
Tax on Dividend (net of dividend tax credit in respect of earlier year
` 9 crores (2013: ` 0.81 crores)
Transfer to General Reserve
Transfer to Debenture Redemption Reserve
Closing balance
TOTAL (a to g)
124
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
6.
i.
Capital Reserve includes ` 205.22 crores in respect of foreign exchange gains on unutilised proceeds from Global
Depository Receipts credited in earlier years.
ii.
During the year 2011-12, the Company has designated the loans given to VSNL SNOSPV Pte Ltd. and Neotel (Pty)
Ltd. as part of net investment in non-integral foreign operations. In respect of such loans, an amount of ` 1.06
crores (2013: ` 3.88 crores) net foreign exchange gain/(loss) (inclusive of forward cover loss of Nil (2013: ` 135.68
crores)) have been recorded to foreign exchange translation reserve during the year.
Long term borrowings

As at
31 March 2014
a)
DEBENTURES
I)
Taxable Rated Secured Non-Convertible Redeemable Debentures (refer i)
50, 11.25% Rated taxable debentures of face value ` 10 lakhs each
550, 11.20% Rated taxable debentures of face value ` 10 lakhs each
1,900, 11.00% Rated taxable debentures of face value ` 10 lakhs each
II)
b)
c)
Taxable Rated Unsecured Non-Convertible Redeemable

Debentures (refer ii)
UNSECURED NOTES
1,600 (2013: 1,000), 4.25% SGD Notes of face value of SGD 250,000
(refer iii)
TERM LOANS (refer iv)
From Banks
Secured
Unsecured
From Others
Unsecured
TOTAL
Less: Current maturities of long-term borrowings
Long-term Borrowings, net of current portion
i)
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
5.00
55.00
190.00
5.00
55.00
190.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
1,899.18
1,093.80
2,578.11
6,310.63
2,698.05
6,811.14
130.74
11,468.66
1718.11
9,750.55
129.04
11,282.03
2,087.45
9,194.58
Secured debentures
During the year 2008-09, the Company issued Taxable Rated Secured Non-convertible Redeemable
Debentures in demat form for cash at par on a private placement basis aggregating ` 1,250 crores, IDBI
Trusteeship Services Limited has been appointed as trustee to the debenture issue.
Nature of Security
` 250 crores, debentures (interest ranging from 11.00% to 11.25%, face value of ` 1,000,000 each) are secured
by a first legal mortgage and charge on the Companys free hold land at Perambur Barracks, Chennai and
Plant and machinery.
125
COMMUNICATIONS
Redemption Terms
50, 11.25%
Debentures
` in crores
550, 11.20% 1,900, 11.00%
Debentures
Debentures
23 January 2019
23 January 2016
55
23 July 2014
190
Total
55
190
For facilitating the above redemptions, and the Company has created a Debenture Redemption Reserve of
` 222.43 crores (2013: ` 179.60 crores) and an amount of ` 42.83 crores (2013: ` 174.41 crores) has been
During the previous year, 6,000, 11.70% debentures aggregating ` 600 crores were redeemed and
consequently debenture redemption reserve of ` 600 crores created to facilitate the redemption of above
debentures has been transferred to General reserve.
ii)
Unsecured debentures
During the year 2009-10, the Company has issued, Taxable Rated Unsecured, Non-convertible Redeemable
Debentures of face value ` 1,000,000 each, in demat form for cash at par on a private placement basis.
02 July 2019
08 June 2014
Total
1500, 9.85%
Debentures
` in crores
1500, 9.50%
Debentures
150
150
150
150
For facilitating the above redemptions, the Company has created a Debenture Redemption Reserve of
` 215.51 crores (2013: ` 170.53 crores) and an amount of ` 44.98 (2013: ` 44.98 crores) has been appropriated
during the current year.
iii)
Tata Comunications (Netherlands) B.V (TCN BV), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company issued Unsecured
Notes on the Singapore Stock Exchange (the Notes) which will mature in February 2016 and carry a fixed
interest of 4.25 per cent per annum. These notes are denominated in Singapore Dollars (SGD), the face value
of each bond is SGD 250,000. The Notes constitute senior unsecured obligations of the TCN BV and will rank at
all times pari passu without any preference among themselves and at least equally with all other present and
future outstanding unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the TCN BV but, in the event of insolvency,
only to the extent permitted by applicable laws relating to creditors rights. These notes are guaranteed by
the Company. Details are as below:
No. of notes
As on issue
date (` in
crores)
As on 31st
Mar13
(` in crores)
` in crores
As on 31st
Mar14
(` in crores)
Issue 1
1000
1,074.88
1,093.80
1,186.99
Issue 2
600
Date of redemption as per terms

of issue
126
659.36
712.19
1,734.24
1,093.80
1,899.18
iv)
Term Loans from Bank and Others

Loan from
Currency Amount
Rate of Interest
73.30 12.71% Fixed
Maturities
Bank
ZAR
Bank
ZAR 1,495.03 3M JIBAR + 4.75% December 2014 - March 2018
Refer note (a)
Bank
ZAR
112.84 3M JIBAR + 6.75% December 2014 - March 2020
Refer note (a)
Bank
ZAR
Refer note (a)
Bank
ZAR
Refer note (a)
Bank
ZAR
103.15 3M JIBAR + 4.75% June 2013 - September 2016
Refer note (a)
Bank
ZAR
100.11 3M JIBAR + 5.21%
Total Secured Loan
from Bank
2,578.11
LIBOR plus
Bank
USD
599.00 3.55%*
LIBOR plus 3.04
Bank
USD
599.00 %
LIBOR plus
Bank
USD 2,096.50 2.90%*
Quarterly until September 2020
(` in crores)
Nature of
Securities
Land and
Building
June 2013 - September 2016
Refer note (a)
December 2015 - December 2017 N.A.

January 2017 - December 2019
N.A.
December 2013 - December 2015 N.A.
Bank
USD 1,437.60 LIBOR plus 2.85% January 2017 - December 2019
Bank
USD
182.65 LIBOR plus 1.35% March 2012 - March 2020
N.A.
Bank
USD
489.47 LIBOR plus 0.65% March 2012 - September 2021
N.A.
Bank
INR
75.00 9.00% Fixed
June 2014
N.A.
Bank
INR
41.31 9.45% Fixed
October 2015
N.A.
25.69 10.00% Fixed
October 2015
N.A.
289.62 SIBOR plus 3.30% January 2016
N.A.
Bank
INR
Bank
SGD
Bank
USD
474.79 SIBOR plus 3 %
Total Unsecured Loan
from Bank
6,310.63
December 2016
N.A.
N.A.
Others
USD
130.74 3.95% Fixed
October 2012 - December 2017
N.A.
Total Unsecured Loan
from Others
130.74
LIBOR- London Interbank Offer Rate, JIBAR- Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate, SIBOR- Singapore Interbank
Borrowing Offer Rate
*
a.
The spread on above LIBOR is based on net debt of EBIDTA ratio of the Company and certain subsidiaries
of the Company.
The loan of ` 2,504.81 crores facility is from a consortium of banks, namely Nedbank Limited, The Development
Bank of Southern Africa (DBSA) Limited, Investec Bank Limited, Infrastructure Finance Corporation Limited
(INCA), Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa (IDC), State Bank Limited of India and Deutsche
Investitions - und Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH (DEG). Investec Bank Limited and Nedbank Limited act on
behalf of the consortium of lenders as joint mandated lead arrangers (MLAs). The financing was purely on
a Project recourse basis without any shareholder recourse or guarantees. The facility is made up of senior
debt, subordinated debt and an IDC Mezzanine facility. The details of securities are as follows:
127
COMMUNICATIONS
i.
Ceded rights of Neotel

All rights, claims, entitlements, benefits of other interest including without limitation to debts, insurance
proceeds, project revenues, receivables, ceded agreements, debts, incorporeal, equity guarantees,
amounts owing to the Group under any loan agreement, mortgage and notarial bonds excluding the
consumer deposit account and Neotels share in NBSS are ceded to the consortium of lenders.
ii.
Ceded rights of NBSS

All rights, claims, entitlements, benefits of other interest including without limitation to debts, insurance
proceeds, project revenues, receivables, ceded agreements, debts, incorporeal, equity guarantees,
amounts owing to the Group under any loan agreement, mortgage and notarial bonds are ceded to the
consortium of lenders.
7.
Deferred tax liabilities/(assets) (net):

A.
Major components of deferred tax asset and liability consist of the following:
As at
31 March 2014
(i)
Deferred tax liabilities (net)

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Deferred charges for retirement benefit
Forex Revaluation gain
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities
Deferred Tax Assets:
Deferred & Unearned revenue
Provision for Doubtful receivables, loans and advances
Employee benefits
Carry Forward net operating losses
Others
Total Deferred Tax Assets
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities (net)
(ii)

Deferred Tax Liabilities :
Forex Revaluation gain
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities
Deferred Tax Assets :
Deferred & Unearned revenue
Provision for Doubtful receivables, loans and advances
Expenditures disallowed u/s 40 (a) (ia)
Interest received on provisional income-tax assessment
128
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
(A)
368.25
30.14
18.60
416.99
319.13
41.81
9.42
370.36
(B)
237.37
75.55
23.79
36.05
8.50
381.26
228.89
66.29
31.39
9.56
5.53
341.66
(A-B)
35.73
28.70
(A)
300.44
0.17
300.61
296.01
296.01
8.81
39.36
74.41
135.80
27.83
20.49
65.88
131.01
19.64
Long term capital loss on anticipated transfer of shares

Employee benefits
Expenditure incurred on NLD licence fees
Revaluation loss on buyers credit
Carry Forward net operating losses
Others
Total Deferred Tax Assets
Total Deferred Tax Assets (net)
(B)
(B-A)
As at
31 March 2014
27.64
19.46
12.52
12.38
38.56
12.31
409.08
108.47
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
27.63
14.31
8.70
19.44
307.10
11.09
The Group has recognised deferred tax asset on unabsorbed depreciation and brought forward business losses to
the extent of the corresponding deferred tax liability.
B.
Statement of deferred tax charge for the year:
Opening Deferred Tax liability (net)

Add: Translation adjustments
Add/ (Less): Deferred tax expense/(benefit)
Closing Deferred tax (asset) / liability (net)
8.
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
45.26
2.13
(29.78)
17.61
As at
31 March 2014
3,928.75
58.42
171.94
4,159.11
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
3,767.24
36.80
128.93
3,932.97
As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
Other long term liabilities
a.
b.
c.
9.
As at
31 March 2014
17.61
2.76
(93.11)
(72.74)
Unearned Revenues
Trade Payable
Others
Total
Long term provisions
a.
b.
c.
Provisions for employees benefits (refer note 30)

Compensated absences
Pension
Gratuity
Post-employment medical benefit
Provision for contingencies (refer note 31)
Others
TOTAL
60.91
13.42
1.13
61.42
127.05
263.93
62.84
14.60
1.00
52.85
104.18
0.02
235.49
129
COMMUNICATIONS
10. Short term borrowings (unsecured)
As at
31 March 2014
LOANS
From Banks (rate of interest 0.92 % to 11.00% pa)
TOTAL
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
2,225.72
2,225.72
1,080.40
1,080.40
11. Trade payables
a.
b.
Payable for Network and transmission services

Accrued payroll
TOTAL
As at
31 March 2014
3,672.54
367.73
4,040.27
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
3,568.20
347.44
3,915.64
Note:
Trade payable includes amounts payable to related parties amounting to ` 21.07 crores (2013: ` 22.03 crores)
12. Other current liabilities
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
i.
Current maturities of long term borrowings

Creditors for Capital Goods
License fees payable
Interest accrued but not due
Unearned revenues and advances/deposits received from customers
Government of India current account
Unclaimed dividend (refer i)
Provision for gratuity (refer note 30)
Other Liabilities
TOTAL
As at
31 March 2014
1,718.11
336.80
67.34
68.96
827.86
20.57
0.38
4.05
147.32
3,191.39
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
2,087.45
380.12
66.55
60.62
755.44
20.57
0.39
7.50
306.58
3,685.22
There are no dividends due and outstanding for a period exceeding seven years.
13. Short term provisions
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
130
Provisions for employees benefits (refer note 30)

Compensated absences
Gratuity
Post-employment medical benefit
Proposed dividend
Provision for dividend tax
Provision for tax (net of advance tax of ` 925.27 crores (2013: ` 880.72 crores)
Others
TOTAL
As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
54.89
1.12
6.08
128.25
30.29
182.96
0.91
404.50
53.27
3.92
85.50
15.42
174.56
0.68
333.35
i)
25.64
2.84
0.48
28.96
2.88
0.80
32.64
191.08
189.19
92.75
98.57
103.53
258.46
72.92
14.34
4.20
91.46
26.32
7.81
125.59
140.52
46.46
8.01
194.99
171.85
17.21
384.05
673.31
650.17
155.94
26.74
(2.92)
(3.11)
176.65
26.26
(0.87)
2.44
204.48
866.17
4.82
(6.74)
(14.29)
849.96
2.41
(3.24)
5.52
854.65
Building
11,856.42
12,316.10
6,998.46
1,624.97
(21.01)
96.37
8,698.79
1,668.63
(24.75)
295.52
10,638.19
18,439.07
1,711.42
(102.80)
507.52
20,555.21
1,504.29
(36.25)
931.04
22,954.29
The difference between Depreciation as per schedule of tangible assets and intangible assets of ` 2,089.98 (2013: ` 2,025.70 crores) and net amount
charged to the statement of profit and loss is ` 2,091.37 crores (2013: ` 2,027.05 crores) is on account of goodwill amortisation of ` 1.80 crores (2013:
` 1.80 crores). Decrease on account of depreciation on gifted assets transferred to Capital Reserve of ` 0.41 crores (2013: ` 0.45 crores)
Finance cost capitalised during the year is ` 11.10 crores (2013: ` 14.74 crores) in respect of capital expenditure.
During the previous year, the Group has evaluated the economic useful life of undersea cables and has extended the useful life of undersea cables from
15 /18 years to 20 years and batteries from 8/12 years to 4 years. This has resulted in lower depreciation charge of ` 100.90 crores (net) for the last year.
Neotel (Pty) Limited (a subsidiary of the Company) had changed the useful lives of its network equipments from 12 years to 15 years and computer
software from 3 years to 8 years which has reduced the depreciation charge for the last year by ` 58.10 crores.
4.
5.
6.
13,291.51
13,854.96
7,890.26
1,788.08
(30.84)
100.45
9,747.95
1,833.18
(27.36)
324.90
11,878.67
20,783.41
1,860.99
(119.58)
514.64
23,039.46
1,743.44
(41.54)
992.27
25,733.63
Total
(` in crores)
Gross block of buildings includes ` 32.75 crores (2013: ` 32.75 crores) for flats at Mumbai in respect of which agreements have not been executed.
0.19
0.64
0.98
0.05
(0.01)
1.02
0.03
(0.13)
0.01
0.93
1.22
(0.01)
1.21
0.52
(0.17)
0.01
1.57
Motor
Vehicles
Gross block and accumulated depreciation of plant and machinery includes Indefeasible Rights of Use (IRUs) for domestic and international
telecommunication circuits of ` 2,837.20 crores (2013: ` 2,549.99 crores) and ` 1,264.38 crores (2013: ` 1,019.49 crores) respectively.
191.21
154.31
506.00
97.28
(5.59)
2.90
600.59
87.75
(1.53)
16.61
703.42
717.01
71.74
(6.87)
9.92
791.80
41.20
(1.75)
26.48
857.73
Computers
3.
87.43
90.21
33.84
7.09
(0.07)
0.61
41.47
8.24
(0.03)
1.18
50.86
115.63
12.13
(0.12)
1.26
128.90
9.74
(0.07)
2.50
141.07
Office
Equipment
2.
95.59
97.31
96.48
14.77
(1.25)
(0.99)
109.01
13.07
(0.05)
0.53
122.56
192.64
14.42
(2.01)
(0.45)
204.60
13.32
(0.06)
2.01
219.87
Plant and
Furniture
Machinery and Fixtures
Freehold Land includes ` 0.16 crores (2013: ` 0.16 crores) identified as Surplus land.
218.94
1.10
220.04
1.79
221.83
Leasehold
Leasehold
Land Improvements
92.21
(1.04)
1.58
92.75
0.11
5.71
98.57
Freehold
Land
1.
Notes:
Gross block
At 1 April, 2012
Additions
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March, 2013
Additions
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March, 2014
Accumulated Depreciation
At 1 April, 2012
Depreciation
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March, 2013
Depreciation
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March, 2014
Net Block
At 31 March, 2013
At 31 March, 2014
Tangible Assets
Tangible assets
14. Fixed assets
131
COMMUNICATIONS
ii)
Intangible assets
(` in crores)
Total
Software
License fees
Goodwill
885.84
227.83
(17.65)
12.00
1,108.02
114.44
(2.86)
52.53
1,272.13
16.90
1.53
0.04
18.47
0.03
(0.57)
17.93
739.46
42.07
781.53
68.39
849.92
1,642.20
229.36
(17.65)
54.11
1,908.02
114.47
(2.86)
120.35
2,139.98
Accumulated Amortisation
At 1 April, 2012
Amortisation Expense
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March, 2013
Amortisation Expense
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March, 2014
567.84
177.88
(17.65)
4.26
732.33
191.50
(1.79)
32.61
954.65
10.37
0.80
0.41
11.58
0.74
(0.39)
11.93
530.24
58.94
27.98
617.16
64.56
50.94
732.66
1,108.45
237.62
(17.65)
32.65
1,361.07
256.80
(1.79)
83.16
1,699.24
Net Block
At 31 March, 2013
At 31 March, 2014
375.69
317.48
6.89
6.00
164.37
117.26
546.95
440.74
Gross block (cost or valuation)

At 1 April, 2012
Additions
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March, 2013
Additions
Disposals
Adjustments
At 31 March, 2014
15. Non-Current Investments

As at
31 March 2014
Trade Investments - Long Term (At Cost) (Unquoted)
A. Fully Paid Equity Shares
(a) Tata Teleservices Limited.
(b) New ICO Global Communications (Holdings) Limited
(c) Wmode Inc.
(d) Green Infra Wind Generation Limited
(e) Green Infra Wind Farms Limited
(f ) ReNew Wind Energy (Karnataka) Private Limited
(g) Radhapura Wintech Private Limited
(h) Smart ICT Services Private Limited (GIFT)
132
748.03
0.01
3.36
0.10
0.08
0.32
0.02
0.01
751.93
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
748.03
0.01
3.05
0.10
0.08
0.24
751.51
As at
31 March 2014
Investment in Associates
Investment in Number Portability Company Pty. Ltd.
Opening balance
Translation adjustment
Dividends received
Add: Share in Profit (loss) for the year
Closing balance
TOTAL (A+B)
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
B.
1.70
(0.17)
(1.35)
1.69
1.87
753.80
1.64
(0.19)
0.25
1.70
753.21
As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
16. Long term loans and advances
A)
B)
Unsecured, considered good

i.
Deposits:
a.
with public bodies
b. with others
ii.
Capital advances
iii. Prepaid pension assets
iv. Prepaid expenses
v.
Advance payment of taxes (net of provisions of ` 4,955.08 crores
(2013: ` 4,595.01 crores))
vi. Amount paid under protest
vii. Others
Unsecured doubtful
Doubtful advances
Less - Provision for doubtful advances
TOTAL
0.62
95.94
42.04
112.40
295.65
1.22
82.74
5.01
151.20
249.27
1,546.36
25.58
163.88
1,589.31
25.58
186.43
9.14
(9.14)
8.57
(8.57)
2,282.47
2,290.76
17. Other non-current assets
a.
b.
c.
i.
(` in crores)
As at
As at
31 March 2014 31 March 2013
Pension contributions recoverable from Government of India (net) (Refer i)
7.44
7.44
NLD license fees reimbursement recoverable from Government of India
0.64
0.64
Others
4.24
12.32
8.08
TOTAL
As at 31 March, 2013 the proportionate share of pension obligations and payments of ` 61.15 crores (2013:
` 61.15 crores) to the erstwhile Overseas Communications Service (OCS) employees was recoverable from the
Government of India (the Government). Pursuant to discussions with the Government, the Company had made
a provision of ` 53.71 crores (2013: ` 53.71 crores) resulting in a net amount due from the Government towards its
share of pension obligations of ` 7.44 crores (2013: ` 7.44 crores).
133
COMMUNICATIONS
18. Current investments
Investments in mutual funds (Unquoted)

TOTAL
As at
31 March 2014
1,004.42
1,004.42
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
568.41
568.41
As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
19. Trade receivables
Trade receivables outstanding for a period exceeding six months from the
date they were due for payment
Doubtful
Less: Provision for Doubtful Debts
Other trade receivables
Considered good
Considered Doubtful
TOTAL
111.81
590.02
701.83
(590.02)
111.81
267.80
545.66
813.46
(545.66)
267.80
2,622.09
11.43
2,633.53
(11.43)
2,622.09
2,733.90
2,870.90
11.93
2,882.83
(11.93)
2,870.90
3,138.70
During the year, the Group has entered into a factoring arrangement to sell, without recourse, certain receivables to an
unrelated third party financial institution. The Group has sold receivables amounting to ` 185.16 crores which were due
after March 31, 2014.
20. Cash and bank balances
a.
Cash in Hand
b. Cheques in Hand
c.
Remittances in transit
d. Current accounts with banks
e.
Deposit accounts held with banks
Cash and cash equivalents
f.
Deposits with original maturity over three months
g. Deposit accounts held as margin money (refer note)
h. Earmarked Funds
TOTAL
As at
31 March 2014
0.15
10.13
59.31
626.54
475.52
1,171.65
30.95
449.50
17.37
1,669.47
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
0.11
7.13
0.87
276.63
286.14
570.88
27.37
314.20
10.85
923.30
Note:
Includes ` 439.23 crores (2013 ` 302.48 crores) held in the margin money with bank against short term loan drawn by
Neotel of ` 423.00 crores (2013 ` 296.41 crores).
134
21. Short term loans and advances
As at
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013

a.
Loans and advances to employees
16.66
12.34
b.
Sundry deposits
12.11
28.63
c.
Prepaid expenses
306.38
310.57
d.
Service tax recoverable
235.96
169.75
e.
Export incentive receivable
46.35
f.
Other advances
60.22
86.98
677.68
608.27
TOTAL
22. Other current assets
As at
31 March 2014
a.
Interest receivable
b.
c.
d.
Others
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
13.88
2.01
Unamortised premium on forward contracts
1.96
1.13
Gratuity
0.73
TOTAL
0.10
24.91
16.67
28.05
23. During the year, the Company has received duty credit scrips aggregating ` 46.35 crores (2013: Nil) in respect of foreign
exchange earnings to be utilised towards import duty. This is included in Other operating income.
24. Other income
Interest Income:
a) On Bank deposits
b) Refund of license fees (refer note)
c) On Other loans and advances
Profit on sale of fixed assets (net)
Rent
Exchange gain/(loss) (net)
Provisions / Liabilities no longer required written back
Other income
TOTAL
Year Ended
31 March 2014
Year Ended
31 March 2013
10.09
34.33
75.32
10.38
7.22
(45.62)
16.08
35.50
143.30
9.53
110.51
14.24
18.01
14.92
5.64
(14.48)
7.69
60.53
226.59
Note:
In January 2008, an amount of ` 290 crores was paid to the Department of Telecommunications, Government of India
(DoT) under protest, towards payment of license fees, interest and penalty demanded by DoT before issue of certain
licenses to the Company. Against this, the Company carried a provision of ` 174.15 crores for license fees and interest
135
COMMUNICATIONS
thereon which has been set off against the payment of ` 290 crores for the presentation in the financial statements.
The Company has filed a petition in the Supreme Court of India challenging the judgement of The Telecom Disputes
Settlement Appellate Tribunal (TDSAT) relating to the computation of license fee.
Additionally, the Company has also filed a petition with TDSAT challenging the applicability of penal provisions under
International Long Distance (ILD) and National Long Distance (NLD) license agreements, whereby DoT claimed penalty
and interest on penalty amounting to ` 115.73 crores (included in aforesaid ` 290 crores). Consequently, the amount of
`115.73 crores was reflected as an asset in the books since 31 March 2009.
During the year 2009-10, TDSAT accepted the Companys position and decided in favour of the Company. However,
DoT has filed an appeal in the Supreme Court of India challenging the judgement of TDSAT relating to the waiver of
penalty and interest on penalty. A claim of ` 115.73 crores along with interest was raised upon DoT in financial year
2009-10 based on this TDSAT order, which DoT has refused. The Company filed an appeal in TDSAT in financial year
2010-11 against DoT, which had been allowed in favour of the Company by TDSAT in financial year 2011-12. Pending
implementation of this order by DoT, the Company had further filed execution petition in TDSAT in financial year 201112. TDSAT, on 9 May 2012, decided the execution petition in favour of the Company and directed DoT to refund the `
115.72 crores being penalty and interest on penalty, along with interest till date of payment. Accordingly DoT, on 7 June
2012 refunded an amount of ` 226.23 crores to the Company, including interest of ` 110.51 crores which was included
in Other Income in financial year 2012-13. The Company based on legal opinion and position in law is confident that its
position will be upheld in the Supreme Court.
25. Network and transmission expenses
Charges for use of transmission facilities (net of expenses written back ` 33.71
crores (2013: Nil)
Royalty and license fees
Rent of satellite channels
Administrative lease charges
TOTAL
Year Ended
31 March 2014
10,364.26
225.67
75.75
80.04
10,745.72
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2014
9,405.52
257.42
66.78
50.86
9,780.58
26. Employee benefit
Salaries and related costs

Contribution to provident, gratuity and other funds
Staff welfare expenses
TOTAL
Year Ended
31 March 2014
2,218.77
176.99
101.85
2,497.61
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
2,124.52
190.20
96.74
2,411.46
Year Ended
31 March 2014
52.89
389.63
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
58.63
338.54
27. Operating and other expenses
Consumption of stores
Light and power
Repairs and Maintenance:
- Buildings
- Plant and Machinery
- Others
136
33.24
840.10
27.88
30.92
803.45
21.94
Bad Debts written off

Provision for trade receivables
Rent
Rates and taxes
Travelling
Telephone
Printing, postage and stationery
Advertising and publicity
Commissions
Services rendered by agencies
Insurance
Donations
Other expenses (refer note 32)
TOTAL
Year Ended
31 March 2014
38.84
16.84
0.57
184.35
116.44
147.14
56.58
12.68
210.80
195.80
63.01
346.32
24.55
1.68
575.27
3,334.61
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
46.74
48.34
0.93
156.75
81.41
120.56
56.21
20.26
174.65
169.00
48.52
236.16
25.01
0.48
522.70
2,961.20
Year Ended
31 March 2014
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
28. Finance cost
Interest on:
- Bank loans
623.75
588.27
- Debentures
56.65
112.63
92.40
107.98
Less: Interest expense capitalised
- Others
(11.10)
(14.74)
TOTAL
761.70
794.14
29. Exceptional items

Year Ended
31 March 2014
a.
Input credit against certain statutory obligations (refer i)
b.
Impairment of goodwill on consolidation (refer ii)
c.
Staff optimisation cost (refer iii)
d.
Profit on sale of fixed assets (net) (refer iv)

Exceptional gain (net)
i.
216.22
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
-
(150.00)
(85.44)
189.62
66.22
104.18
During the current year, the Company has recognised ` 216.22 crores towards input credits against certain
statutory obligations relating to earlier periods which have been accounted on crystallisation of the entitlements
to such credits.
137
COMMUNICATIONS
ii
During the current year, VSNL SNOSPV Pte Ltd (SNOSPV), a wholly owned subsidiary of Tata Communications
Limited, has entered into exclusive discussions with Vodacom Group Limited (Vodacom) to sell all of the issued
share capital of Neotel, held directly or indirectly by SNOSPV. Discussions with Vodacom are still in progress. The
Group has made a provision of ` 150.00 crores towards impairment of goodwill on consolidation.
iii
As part of its initiative to enhance the long-term efficiency of the business, during the previous year, the Group
undertook organisational changes to align to the Groups current and prospective business requirements. These
changes involved certain positions in the Group becoming redundant and the Group incurred one time charge of
` 72.90 crores which also includes related employment taxes and fringe benefits and further one time cost of
` 12.54 crores towards other related initiatives.
iv.
During the previous year, the Company sold land and building at Chennai for a consideration of ` 192.30 crores
resulting in a profit on sale of fixed assets of ` 189.62 crores.
30. Employee Benefits:

(A) Domestic
Retirement Benefits
(a)
Defined Contribution plan

Provident Fund
The Company and its Indian subsidiaries make contribution towards provident fund under a defined
contribution retirement benefit plan for qualifying employees. The provident fund is administered by the
Trustees of the Tata Communications Employees Provident Fund Trust. Under this scheme, each employer
is required to contribute a specified percentage of payroll cost to fund the benefits. For certain subsidiaries
contribution is paid to The Provident Fund Commissioner.
The rules of the Companys Provident Fund administered by the Trust require that if the Board of Trustees are
unable to pay interest at the rate declared for Employees Provident Fund by the Government under para 60
of the Employees Provident Fund Scheme, 1952 for the reason that the return on investment is less or for
any other reason, then the deficiency shall be made good by the Company. Having regard to the assets of
the Fund and the return on the investments, the Company does not expect any deficiency in the foreseeable
future. There has also been no such deficiency since the inception of the Fund.
Provident fund contributions amounting to ` 26.81 crores (2013: ` 25.12 crores) have been charged to the
Statement of Profit and Loss.
(b) Defined Benefit Plans

Gratuity
The Company and its Indian subsidiaries make annual contributions under the Employees Gratuity scheme
to a fund administered by trustees covering all eligible employees. The plan provides for lump sum payment
to vested employees at retirement, death while in employment or on termination of employment of an
amount equivalent to 15 days salary payable for each completed year of service or part thereof in excess of
six months. Vesting occurs upon completion of five years of service. For certain subsidiaries gratuity plan is
unfunded.
Medical Benefit
The Company reimburses domiciliary and hospitalisation expenses not exceeding specified limits incurred
by eligible and qualifying employees and their dependent family members under the Tata Communication
employees medical reimbursement scheme.
Pension Plan
The Companys pension obligation relate to certain employees transferred to the Company from the Overseas
138
Communications Service (OCS). The Company purchases life annuity policies from an insurance company to
settle such pension obligation. During the year the Company has incurred a charge of ` 10.53 crores (2013:
` 8.09 crores) to meet the additional pension obligation on account of increase in Dearness Allowance.
The details in respect of status of funding and the amounts recognised in the Companys financial statement
as at 31 March, 2014 and 2013 for these defined benefit schemes are as under:
i)
Change in the defined benefit obligation

Particulars

Interest cost
Liability transferred from / (to) other Companies
Benefits paid
Particulars

Interest cost
Liability transferred from / (to) other Companies
Benefits paid
ii)
(` in crores)
Gratuity
Gratuity Medical Benefits
(Funded)
(Unfunded)
(Unfunded)
As at 31 March As at 31 March As at 31 March
2014
2014
2014
63.80
1.00
56.77
5.58
0.38
0.65
4.87
0.16
4.26
2.03
1.03
(1.61)
(0.32)
12.90
(4.03)
(7.07)
70.64
2.25
67.51
(` in crores)
Gratuity
(Funded)
(Unfunded)
(Unfunded)
2013
2013
2013
61.64
0.37
52.01
5.23
0.15
0.63
4.81
0.03
4.03
(2.63)
0.30
4.81
0.15
9.40
(10.06)
(9.30)
63.80
1.00
56.77
Change in Fair Value of Assets

Particulars
Opening Fair Value of Plan Assets

Expected Return on Plan Assets
Employers contribution
Transfer (to) / from other company
Actuarial Gain / (Loss)
Benefits paid
Closing Fair Value of Plan Assets
(` in crores)
Gratuity (Funded)
As at
31 March 2014
56.30
4.65
7.68
1.60
1.12
(4.03)
67.32
As at
31 March 2013
54.26
4.28
8.59
(2.31)
1.54
(10.06)
56.30
139
COMMUNICATIONS
iii)
Amount recognised in the balance sheet

Particulars
Present value of funded obligations
(` in crores)
Gratuity
(Funded)
(Unfunded)
(Unfunded)
2014
2014
2014
70.64
-
Fair value of plan assets
(67.32)
Present value of Unfunded obligations
2.25
67.51
3.32
2.25
67.51
Other current liability (Refer note 12)
4.05
Other current assets(Refer note 22)
0.73
1.12
6.08
1.13
61.42
Present value of funded obligations

Present value of Unfunded obligations
Other current liability (Refer note 12)
(` in crores)
Gratuity
(Funded)
(Unfunded)
(Unfunded)
2013
2013
2013
63.80
(56.30)
1.00
56.77
7.50
1.00
56.77
7.50
3.92
1.00
52.85
Expenses recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss

Particulars

Interest cost
and Loss
140
Particulars
iv)
Gratuity
(Funded)
Year Ended
31 March
2014
5.58
4.87
(4.65)
(2.73)
3.07
(` in crores)
(Unfunded)
(Unfunded)
Year Ended
Year Ended
31 March
31 March
2014
2014
0.38
0.65
0.16
4.26
(0.32)
12.90
0.22
17.81
Particulars

Interest cost
and Loss
v)
Gratuity
(Funded)
Year Ended
31 March
2013
5.23
4.81
(4.28)
3.27
(` in crores)
(Unfunded)
(Unfunded)
Year Ended
Year Ended
31 March
31 March
2013
2013
0.15
0.63
0.03
4.03
0.15
9.40
9.03
0.33
14.06
Categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets

As at
31 March 2014
3.85%
25.64%
54.66%
15.85%
100.00%
Cash and bank

Government securities
Corporate bonds Debt
Equity
Total
As at
31 March 2013
3.13%
27.55%
52.29%
17.03%
100.00%
The Companys policy and objective for plan assets management is to maximise return on plan assets
to meet future benefit payment requirements while at the same time accepting a low level of risk. The
asset allocation for plan assets is determined based on the investment criteria approved under the
Income Tax Act, 1961 and is also subject to other exposure limitations.
vi)
Principal Actuarial assumptions

As at
31 March 2014
9.30%
8.00%
6.00% to 10.00%
3.00% to 15.00%
4.00%
Discount rate
Increase in compensation cost
Attrition Rate
Health care cost increase rate
As at
31 March 2013
8.00%
8.00%
6.00% to 10.00%
3.00% to 15.00%
2.00%
The estimates of future compensation cost considered in the actuarial valuation take account of
inflation, seniority, promotion and other relevant factors.
vii) Experience Adjustment
(` in crores)
Particulars
Defined Benefit Obligation
Plan assets
Surplus / (deficit)
Exp. Adj. on Plan Liabilities (loss)/ gain
Exp. Adj. on Plan Assets gain/ (loss)
Actuarial Gain/(Loss) due to change
on assumptions
Gratuity (Funded) As at 31 March

2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
70.64
67.32
(3.32)
(2.59)
1.12
63.80
56.30
(7.50)
(2.30)
1.54
61.64
54.26
(7.38)
6.73
(0.73)
52.45
48.86
(3.59)
(1.87)
2.32
45.95
34.09
(11.86)
1.39
0.60
4.20
(2.51)
(8.52)
141
COMMUNICATIONS
(` in crores)
Particulars
Defined Benefit Obligation
Surplus / (deficit)
Exp. Adj. on Plan Liabilities (loss)/ gain
Actuarial Gain/(Loss) due to change
on assumptions
2014
2.25
(2.25)
0.21
Gratuity (Unfunded) As at 31 March

2013
2012
2011
1.00
0.37
1.70
(1.00)
(0.37)
(1.70)
(0.10)
(0.11)
(0.23)
0.12
(0.05)
(0.04)
2010
2.95
(2.95)
(0.27)
-
viii) Effect of change in Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rate. A one percentage point change in assumed
health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
Particulars
Effect on post-employment benefit
obligation
As at 31 March 2014
Increase
Decrease
0.01
0.11
0.90
3.86
3.33
(` in crores)
As at 31 March 2013
Increase
Decrease
0.01
0.11
0.90
1.25
1.09
The Company and its Indian subsidiaries expects to contribute ` 3.32 crores (2013: ` 7.50 crores) towards
employers contribution for funded defined benefit plans in financial year 2014-15.
ix)
Leave Plan and Compensated absences

For executives
Leave unavailed of by eligible employees may be carried forward/ encashed by them/their nominees in
the event of death or permanent disablement or resignation, subject to a maximum leave of 120 days
in addition to leave balance available in accumulated quota.
For non executives
Leave unavailed of by eligible employees may be carried forward/ encashed by them/ their nominees in
the event of death or permanent disablement or resignation, subject to a maximum leave of 300 days
The liability for leave encashment and compensated absences as at the year end is ` 69.41 crores (2013:
` 70.34 crores).
The estimates of future compensation cost considered in the actuarial valuation take account of
inflation, seniority, promotion and other relevant factors.
(B) International
(a)
Defined Contribution plans

The Group makes contribution to defined contribution retirement benefit plans under the provisions
of section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for USA employees, a Registered Retirement Savings Plan
(RRSP) for Canadian employees and a Group Stakeholder Pension plan (GSPP) for UK employees and other
plan in other countries. An amount of ` 66.46 crores (2013: ` 64.55 crores) is charged to Statement of Profit
and Loss for the year ended 31 March, 2014.
(b) Defined Benefit Pension Plans

Pension
The Group has both a contributory and non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain of
its employees in Canada. The Group also has an unfunded Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (SERP)
142
covering certain senior executives in Canada, closed on 13 February, 2006.The plan provides for defined
benefit based on years of service and final average salary.
Health and Life insurance
The Group also assumed a post-retirement health care and life insurance plan.
The details in respect of status of funding and the amounts recognised in the Groups financial statement as
at 31 March, 2014 and 2013 for these defined benefit schemes are as under:
i)
Changes in the defined benefit obligation:

(` in crores)
Health care
and Life
insurance
Plans
Pension Plans
NonContributory
contributory
As at 31 March As at 31 March
2014
2014
Projected defined benefit
obligation, beginning of the year
Current Service cost
Interest cost
Benefits paid
Actuarial (gain)/loss
Effect of foreign exchange rate
changes*
Projected benefit obligation at the
end of the year
*
SERP
As at 31 March
2014
As at 31 March
2014
531.63
1.46
22.24
(33.52)
3.22
560.18
9.73
23.85
(30.51)
(6.43)
3.27
0.20
0.15
(0.48)
8.20
0.27
0.35
(0.74)
(0.43)
9.32
9.63
0.05
0.17
534.35
566.45
3.19
7.82
Translation adjustment gain includes ` 113.90 crores (2013: ` 68.41 crores)

(` in crores)
Health care and
Life insurance
Plans
Pension Plans
NonContributory
contributory
2013
2013
Projected defined benefit
obligation, beginning of the year
Current Service cost
Interest cost
Benefits paid
Actuarial (gain)/loss
Effect of foreign exchange rate
changes
Projected benefit obligation at
the end of the year
SERP
As at 31 March
2013
As at 31 March
2013
490.58
1.79
22.82
(32.57)
26.55
496.95
9.63
23.47
(32.83)
40.56
21.79
0.26
0.76
(25.97)
5.10
9.38
0.30
0.44
(0.56)
(1.82)
22.46
22.40
1.33
0.46
531.63
560.18
3.27
8.20
143
COMMUNICATIONS
ii)
Changes in the fair value of plan assets for pension plans

(` in crores)
Pension Plans
NonContributory
Contributory
As at
As at
31 March
31 March
2014
2014
671.38
571.63
28.19
24.28
16.09
(33.52)
(30.51)
(37.07)
(21.11)
13.60
10.24
642.58
570.62
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year

Actual return on plan assets
Contributions
Benefits paid
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes*
Fair value of plan assets, end of the year
*
Translation adjustment gain includes ` 128.63 crores (2013: ` 79.57 crores)

(` in crores)
Pension Plans
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year

Contributions
Benefits paid
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
Fair value of plan assets, end of the year
iii)
Contributory
As at
31 March
2013
NonContributory
As at
31 March
2013
647.43
26.89
(32.57)
(0.49)
30.12
671.38
530.60
22.43
25.79
(32.83)
1.30
24.34
571.63
The amounts recognised in the Balance sheet is as follows:

(` in crores)
Health care and
Life insurance
Plans
Pension Plans
Present value of funded

obligations
Present value of unfunded
obligations
Net (asset)/liability in
balance sheet
144
Contributory
As at 31 March
2014
Noncontributory
As at 31 March
2014
SERP
As at 31 March
2014
As at 31 March
2014
534.35
(642.58)
566.45
(570.62)
3.19
7.82
(108.23)
(4.17)
3.19
7.82
(` in crores)
Health care and
Life insurance
Plans
Pension Plans
Contributory
As at 31 March
2013
Noncontributory
As at 31 March
2013
SERP
As at 31 March
2013
As at 31 March
2013
531.63
(671.38)
560.18
(571.63)
3.27
8.20
(139.75)
(11.45)
3.27
8.20
Present value of funded

obligations
Present value of unfunded
obligations
Net (asset)/liability in
balance sheet
iv)
The components of pension expense recognised in the Statements of Profit and Loss for the year ended
31 March, 2014 and 2013:
Particulars
Interest cost
Net Actuarial loss/(gain) recognised
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes(Net)
Total
v)
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
11.98
47.49
(49.32)
69.58
3.35
83.08
Categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets:

Category of assets
Debt securities
Equity securities
Total
vi)
Year Ended
31 March 2014
11.66
46.59
(52.47)
54.06
10.06
69.90
2014
2014
Contributory Non-contributory
90.00%
80.00%
10.00%
20.00%
100.00%
100.00%
As at 31 March
As at 31 March
2013
2013
Contributory Non-contributory
90.00%
80.00%
10.00%
20.00%
100.00%
100.00%
The assumptions used for the pension plans and the other benefit plans on a weighted-average basis
are as follows:
Assumptions
As at
31 March 2014
As at
31 March 2013
Discount rate used for benefit costs
4.00 %
4.50%
Discount rate used for benefit obligations
4.35%
4.00%
Expected long-term return on plan assets
4.00%
4.00%
Inflation
2.00%
2.00%
Rate of compensation increase
3.00%
3.00%
Market Value
Market Value
Asset valuation method
145
COMMUNICATIONS
vii) The health care cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported. The assumed health
care trend rate used to determine the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation calculated as at
31 March, 2014 is 8.38 % (2013: 8.38%). A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost
trend rates would have the following effects:
(` in crores)
31 March 2013
31 March 2014
Increase
Decrease
Increase
Decrease
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
Effect on post-employment benefit

obligation
0.81
0.71
0.74
0.65
The Group expects to contribute ` 18.62 crores (2013: ` 15.77 crores) to its defined benefit plans in 2014-15.
The estimate salary future increases, considered in actuarial valuation, taken into account inflation,
seniority, promotion and other relevant factors.
viii) Leave Plan and Compensated absences
The liability for leave encashment and compensated absences as at the year end is ` 46.39 crores (2013:
` 45.77 crores)
31. Provision for contingencies:
Asset
Retirement
Obligation
(ARO)
(refer i)
Asset
Retirement
Obligation
(ARO)
(refer i)
(` in crores)
As at 31 March 2013
Others
Total
(refer ii)
Balance as at beginning of the year
95.18
9.00
104.18
80.26
9.00
89.26
Provision made during the year
13.52
13.52
9.83
9.83
9.35
9.35
5.34
5.34
Effect of change in foreign

exchange rate
Provisions no longer required
written back
Balance as at end of the year
146
As at 31 March 2014
Others
Total
(refer ii)
(0.25)
(0.25)
118.05
9.00
127.05
95.18
9.00
104.18
i.
The provision for ARO has been recorded in the books of the Group in respect of undersea cables, switches and
leased equipments.
ii.
Others include amounts provided towards claims made by creditors of the Group.
32. Auditors remuneration (excluding Service Tax)
(Included in other expenses under operating and other expenses refer note 27)
Auditors remuneration and expenses (excluding service tax)
A.
Year Ended
31 March 2014
To statutory auditor
i.
For audit fees
ii.
For taxation matters
iii. For other services
iv. For reimbursement of expenses
1.50
0.51
1.56
0.21
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
1.50
0.32
1.40
0.12
The above fees excludes ` Nil (2013: ` 0.71 crores) with respect of audit and related services rendered for FY 2011-12
of the Group. Auditors remuneration excludes fees of ` 3.90 crores (2013: ` 8.02 crores) payable / paid for professional
services to a firm of chartered accountants in which some partners of the firm of statutory auditors are partners.
Year Ended
31 March 2014
B.
To cost audit services
0.06
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
0.06
33. Financial Statements for the following companies considered in the consolidated financial statements are based on
management accounts and are therefore unaudited:
(` in crores)
Cash flows
included in
Consolidation
Total Assets
included in
Consolidation
Total Revenues
included in
Consolidation
0.02
28.54
5.55
Subsidiary:
SEPCO (Pty.) Ltd. (Standalone)
Joint Venture:
United Telecom Ltd.
@ represents transaction of amount less than ` 50,000/34. Earnings per share
Year ended 31
March 2014
Net Profit /(loss) after tax attributable to the equity shareholders
(A)
Number of equity shares outstanding at the end of the year

Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year
(B)
Basic and diluted earnings per share (` per equity share of ` 10 each)
(A/B)
(` in crores)
Year ended 31
March 2013
101.42
(623.31)
285,000,000
285,000,000
285,000,000
285,000,000
3.56
(21.87)
35. Segment reporting

Business segments
The Groups reportable business segments are Global Voice Solutions (GVS), Global Data and Managed Services (GDMS),
South Africa Operations (SAO) and Others.
The composition of the reportable segments is as follows:
147
COMMUNICATIONS
a.
GVS: includes International and National Long Distance Voice services.
b.
GDMS: includes corporate data transmission services data centers, virtual private network, signaling and roaming
services, television and other network and managed services
c.
SAO: are carried out by Neotel Pty ltd. and offer wholesale international voice and data transit, enterprise business
solution services for the wholesale and corporate market, telephony and data services for retail customers in
South Africa
d.
Others: primarily comprise of a joint venture business.

(` in crores)
Revenue from telecommunications

services
Segment Results
Finance Cost
Other Un-allocable Expenses (Net)
Profit before exceptional items and tax
Exceptional Item (loss)/gain
Profit before tax
Tax (expense)/benefits (Net)
Profit after tax before Minority interest
Minority interest
Share in profit of associates
Net Profit
Non-Cash Expenses/(benefits)
GVS
GDMS
SAO
Others
Total
9,571.59
1,585.27
7,925.62
4,931.65
2,163.14
435.57
5.55
(9.95)
(1.88)
2.87
2.15
19,665.90
6,942.54
(761.70)
(5,802.65)
378.19
66.22
444.41
(343.28)
101.13
(1.40)
1.69
101.42
3.14
(` in crores)

Revenue from telecommunications
services
Segment Results
Finance Cost
Other Un-allocable Expenses (Net)
Loss before exceptional items and tax
Exceptional Item (loss)/gain
Loss before tax
Tax (expense)/benefits (Net)
Loss after tax before Minority interest
Minority interest
Share in profit of associates
Net Loss
Non-Cash Expenses
i).
148
GVS
GDMS
SAO
Others
Total
8,564.69
1,403.59
6,753.43
4,205.81
1,885.48
51.48
9.35
(35.44)
0.02
26.15
0.59
17,212.95
5,625.44
(794.14)
(5,366.19)
(534.89)
104.18
(430.71)
(220.20)
(650.91)
27.35
0.25
(623.31)
26.76
Revenues and interconnect charges are directly attributable to the segments. Space segment utilisation
charges, rent of landlines and other network and transmission costs are allocated based on utilisation of
satellite and landlines. License fee for GVS and GDMS have been allocated based on net adjusted gross
revenues from these services. Segment result is segment revenues less segment expenses. Depreciation and
certain other costs that cannot be allocated to GVS, GDMS and others segments, are classified as unallocable
expenses.
ii).
Telecommunication services are provided utilising the Group assets which do not generally make a distinction
between the types of services. As a result, fixed assets are used interchangeably between segments. Fixed
assets and liabilities cannot be allocated to segments.
Geographical Segment:
The secondary reportable segments are Geographical and revenues have been allocated to countries based
on location of the customers as follows:
Year ended 31
March 2014
(` in crores)
Year ended 31
March 2013
India
4,439.44
4,135.34
2,650.87
2,218.49
United Kingdom
2,421.47
1,951.78
South Africa
2,095.18
1,846.49
Canada
740.64
614.33
Singapore
564.63
487.45
France
451.84
396.59
Saudi Arabia
413.13
451.74
Australia
317.21
246.82
Italy
308.63
319.13
Others
5,262.86
4,544.79
19,665.90
17,212.95
36. Related Party Disclosures

(a)
List of related parties and relationship:

No
i)
Investing party (Promoters)
Names
Tata Sons Limited
ii)
Key Managerial Personnel:
Mr. Vinod Kumar - Managing Director & Group CEO
iii)
Joint Ventures:
United Telecom Ltd.
iv)
Associates:
149
COMMUNICATIONS
(b)
Related party transactions

i.
Summary of transactions with related parties.

Investing
Key
Company Management
Personnel
Transactions
Dividend Paid
Tata Sons Limited
Total
Brand Equity Expenses
Tata Sons Limited
Total
Revenues from operations
Tata Sons Limited
Total
Network and transmission expenses
Total
Services received
Tata Sons Limited
Total
Managerial Remuneration
Vinod Kumar
Total
Balances
Receivables
Tata Sons Limited
Total
150
26.59
17.73
11.17
8.11
37.76
25.84
(` in crores)
Joint
Total
Ventures /
Associates
26.59
17.73
11.17
8.11
37.76
25.84
14.26
12.51
14.26
12.51
14.26
12.51
14.26
12.51
1.71
2.14
1.71
2.14
2.56
3.08
2.56
3.08
1.71
2.14
2.56
3.08
4.27
5.22
9.20
25.31
9.20
25.31
9.20
25.31
9.20
25.31
0.02
0.05
0.02
0.05
0.02
0.05
0.02
0.05
12.14
11.49
12.14
11.49
12.14
11.49
12.14
11.49
0.77
0.41
0.77
0.41
0.33
0.14
0.33
0.14
0.77
0.41
0.33
0.14
1.10
0.55
Investing
Key
Company Management
Personnel
Payables
Managerial Remuneration
Vinod Kumar
Tata Sons Limited
Total
14.24
12.41
14.24
12.41
(` in crores)
Joint
Total
Ventures /
Associates
6.05
5.78
6.05
5.78
0.78
3.84
0.78
3.84
6.05
5.78
0.78
3.84
14.24
12.41
21.07
22.03
i.
Figures in italic are in respect of the previous year
ii.
The un-eliminated portion of transactions and balances with joint ventures has been disclosed for
purpose of related party disclosures.
37. Operating lease arrangements:

(a)
As lessee:
Year Ended
31 March 2014
Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as expense in
the year
652.25
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
525.44
At the balance sheet date, minimum lease payments under non- cancellable operating leases fall due as follows:

Year Ended
31 March 2014
595.79
1,473.53
786.53
2,855.85
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
513.53
1,330.52
676.27
2,520.32
Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain buildings, satellite channels, office
equipments, computer equipments, Automatic Teller Machines (ATMs) and ATM related equipments and certain
circuit capacities.
The minimum future lease payments have not been reduced by minimum operating sublease rentals of ` 28.55
crores (2013: ` 33.31 crores) due in the future under non-cancellable subleases for certain buildings, which
primarily commenced in November, 2011 and extend until December, 2020. ` 4.66 crores (2013: ` 3.28 crores) was
recognised in the current year as minimum sublease rental against the same.
(b) As lessor:
The Company has leased under operating lease arrangements certain Indefeasible Right of Use (IRU) with gross
carrying amount and accumulated depreciation of ` 50.45 crores (2013: ` 50.45 crores) and ` 31.71 crores (2013:
` 28.35 crores) respectively as at 31 March, 2014. Depreciation expense of ` 3.36 crores (2013: ` 3.36 crores) in
respect of these assets has been charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31 March, 2014.
151
COMMUNICATIONS
In case of certain lease arrangements aggregating ` 530.70 crores (2013: ` 513.79 crores) as at 31 March, 2014,
the gross block, accumulated depreciation and depreciation expenses of the assets given on IRU basis cannot be
identified as these assets are not exclusively leased. The lease rentals associated with such IRU arrangements for
the year ended 31 March, 2014 amount to ` 47.10 crores (2013: ` 37.83 crores).
In respect of the above, rental income of ` 51.10 crores (2013: ` 41.83 crores) has been recognised in the Statement
of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31 March, 2014.
Future lease rental receipts will be recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss of subsequent years as follows:
Year Ended
31 March 2014
Not later than one year
(` in crores)
Year Ended
31 March 2013
50.25
40.97
Later than one year but not later than five years
170.40
143.20
206.64
197.82
427.29
381.99
38. Finance Lease arrangements:

As Lessee
As on 31 March, 2013, assets under finance leases with gross carrying amount and accumulated depreciation of ` 144.33
crores (2013: ` 131.35 crores) and ` 110.05 crores (2013: ` 96.13 crores) respectively, are included in the total fixed assets.
The net carrying amount of each class of asset under finance leases is as follows:
As at 31 March
2014
2013
Accumulated
Depreciation
As at 31 March
2014
2013
(` in crores)
Net carrying
amount
As at 31 March
2014
2013
Building
54.04
49.19
29.18
24.99
24.86
Plant and Machinery
85.32
77.65
76.84
67.94
8.48
9.71
Furniture and Fixtures
4.97
4.51
4.03
3.20
0.94
1.31
144.33
131.35
110.05
96.13
34.28
35.22
Gross carrying amount
24.20
39. Contingent Liabilities, Capital Commitments and Operating Commitments

A.
Contingent Liabilities:
As at
31 March 2014
1.
2.
3.
4.
152
Claims for taxes on income (refer i)

(a) Income tax disputes where the department is in appeal against
the Company
(b) Other disputes related to income tax
Claims for other taxes
Other claims (refer ii)
Others (refer iii & iv)
401.63
1,876.53
12.98
1,050.41
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
457.08
2,073.26
16.95
862.43
i)
Significant claims by the revenue authorities in respect of income tax matters relate to:
Significant claims by the revenue authorities in respect of income tax matters relate to disallowance of
deductions claimed section 80 IA of the Income Tax Act, 1961 from Assessment years 1996-97 onwards
and transfer pricing adjustments carried out by revenue authorities. The Company has contested the
disallowances/ adjustments and has preferred appeals which are pending.
ii)
Other Claims
a.
Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) reduced the Access Deficit Charge (ADC) rates effective
1 April 2007. All telecom services providers including National Long Distance (NLD) and International
Long Distance (ILD) operators in India are bound by the TRAI regulations; accordingly the Company
has recorded the cost relating to ADC at revised rates as directed by TRAI. However, BSNL continued
to bill at the ADC rate applicable prior to 1 April 2007. BSNL had filed an appeal against the TRAI IUC
regulation of reduction in ADC and currently this matter is pending with the Supreme Court. The
possible liability is ` 311.84 crores (2013: ` 311.84 crores).
b.
On 19 February 2013, DoT issued a license fee demand for financial year 2006-07 and 2007-08, based
on special audit reports of auditors appointed by DoT. The total demand is for ` 222.79 crores (2013: `
193.05 crores, being ` 92.86 crores for financial year 2006-07 and ` 100.19 crores for financial year 200708, including ` 102.06 crores, being interest as on 28 February 2013). The Company has challenged the
said demand notice in the Madras High Court which has vide its orders dated 1 March 2013, granted
a stay-order against the said demand. Further, the Company is also contesting a license fee claim of
` 121.38 crores (2013 : ` 101.24 crores) (including interest and penalty) for financial year 2005-06.
However, the said demand notice includes the items which are already the subject-matter of petitions/
appeals, pending for hearing in the Supreme Court of India, for the previous years.
c.
In April, 2010, the Group voluntarily disclosed to the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission the results of an internal investigation conducted by outside counsel for
the Group relating to the activities of a reseller of the Group. The internal investigation found evidence
that the reseller may have offered and made improper payments to officials of a government purchaser
in a Southeast Asian country in connection with the resale of the Groups products. The investigation
also found evidence that the Groups sales consultant in the country was aware of the resellers
potentially improper activities. Such activities may have violated the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.
The investigation did not reveal any prior involvement or knowledge regarding these activities by any
officer or director of the Company or its subsidiary. The Group has taken remedial action, including
terminating its relationship with the sales consultant and with the reseller. The Group cannot predict
the ultimate consequences of these matters at this time, nor can we reasonably estimate the potential
liability, if any, related to these matter However, based on the facts currently known, the Group does not
believe that these matters will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results
of operations or cash flow
d.
Other Claims of ` 394.40 crores (2013: ` 256.30 crores) pertains to the Company and its subsidiaries
in various geographies are routinely party to suits for collection, commercial disputes, claims from
customers and/or suppliers over reconciliation of payments for voice minutes, circuits, Internet
bandwidth and/or access to the public switched telephone network, leased equipment, and claims
from estates of bankrupt companies alleging that the Group received preferential payments from such
companies prior to their bankruptcy filings. While management currently believes that resolving such
suits and claims, individually or in aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on the Groups
financial position, the FCPA investigations noted above are subject to inherent uncertainties and
managements view of this matter may change in the future. Were an unfavourable final outcome to
occur, such an outcome could have a material adverse impact on the Groups financial position and
results of operations for the period in which the effect becomes reasonably estimable.
153
COMMUNICATIONS
iii)
Cumulative preference dividends amounting to ` 111.81 crores (2013: ` 76.19 crores) will be declared and
paid when Neotel has distributable cash available, in terms of the Shareholders Agreement
iv)
In terms of agreements entered into in 2008-09 between the Company and NTT Docomo Inc. the Company
sold to NTT Docomo Inc. of Japan (Strategic Partner SP), 36,542,378 equity shares of Tata Teleservices Ltd
(TTSL) at ` 116.09 per share which resulted in a profit of ` 362.08 crores in the same year.
Tata Sons Limited (TSL) is party to a Shareholders Agreement with NTT Docomo Inc. of Japan (Strategic
Partner SP) dated 25 March 2009 and amended on 21 May 2010.
Under the terms of the Shareholders Agreement if certain performance parameters and other conditions
are not met by TTSL by 31 March 2014 the SP has an option to divest its entire shareholdings in TTSL at a
price being the higher of fair value or ` 58.05 per share (i.e 50 percent of the subscription price) (Sale Price),
subject to compliance with applicable law and regulations (Sale Option).
The Company has an inter se agreement with Tata Sons Limited and other Tata Group companies.
Tata Sons Limited has informed the Company as follows:
i.
In the wake of recent regulatory developments in India, Tata Sons Limited has considered its position
relating to the possible exercise of the Sale Option under the Shareholders Agreement.
ii.
The Shareholders Agreement obliges Tata Sons Limited to find a buyer for the shares at the Sale Price.
iii.
If there is no buyer at the Sale Price, then Tata Sons Limited is obliged to acquire or procure the acquisition
of such shares. These obligations are subject to compliance with applicable law and regulations.
iv.
No notice of exercise of the Sale Option has been received although the SP has communicated its board
decision to exercise the Sale Option.
v.
Under the terms of the inter se agreement, the Company may be obligated to acquire the shareholding
of the SP in proportion of the number of shares sold by the company to the aggregate of the secondary
shares sold to the SP.
vi.
Pending receipt of a notice exercising the Sale Option and in view of applicable law and regulations, the
exposure of the Company (if any) cannot be ascertained.
The Agreements are governed by Indian Law.
B.
v)
The Group has taken appropriate professional advice in respect of the claims / appeals and has taken all
necessary steps to protect its interest. Based on expert opinion, no provision is required in respect of these
claims / appeals.
vi)
Future cash flows in respect of the above matters are determinable only on receipt of judgements/ decisions
pending at various forum/ authorities.
Capital commitments
Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account and not provided for ` 768.99 crores
(2013: ` 593.09 crores) (net of capital advances).
40. United Telecom Limited (UTL) is a joint venture between the Company, Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited,
Telecommunications Consultant India Limited and Nepal Ventures Private Limited. The Company has a 26.66 per cent
equity ownership in UTL. UTL operates basic telephony services in Nepal based on wireless-in-local loop technology.
The Groups share in income, expenses, assets and liabilities based on the uniform accounting policy adopted by the
Group and after inter-company eliminations and adjustments based on management accounts for the year ended 31
March, 2014 and 31 March, 2013 is as follows:
154
As at
31 March 2014
I
Liabilities
(1)
Non-current liabilities
-
1.12
6.01
3.64
31.70
32.52
0.56
0.58
Total Current liabilities
38.27
36.74
Total
38.27
37.86
17.55
21.95
(ii) Intangible Asset
1.31
1.66
0.48
0.34
(a)
(2)
Deferred tax liabilities (Net)
Current liabilities
(a)
II
Short-term borrowings
(b)
Trade payables
(c)
Other current liabilities
Assets
(1)
Non-current assets
(a)
Fixed assets
(i) Tangible assets
Total Fixed assets
19.34
23.95
(b)
0.34
(c)
0.04
0.06
19.72
24.01
Inventories - Stores and Spares
0.91
1.07
(b)
Trade receivables
1.51
4.33
(c)
Cash and Bank Balances
(d)
Short-term loans and advances
Total Non-current assets

(2)
Current assets
(a)
Total Current assets

Total
6.40
4.75
8.82
10.15
28.54
34.16
As at
31 March 2014
1
2
3
4
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
INCOME
Traffic Revenue
Other Income
Total Income
EXPENDITURE:
Network Cost
Other expenses
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
5.55
(0.48)
5.07
9.35
0.21
9.56
5.24
4.77
34.46
4.09
155
COMMUNICATIONS
5
6
7
As at
31 March 2014
0.02
0.65
5.48
16.16
Employee benefits expense

Finance Costs
Depreciation and amortisation expense
Total Expenditure
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
(i) Claims for other Taxes
(` in crores)
As at
31 March 2013
0.03
0.61
6.21
45.40
2.92
2.90
41. Derivative transactions

The Group uses forward exchange contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge its exposure in foreign currency and
interest rates. The information on derivative instruments outstanding as at 31 March, 2014 is as follows;
(a)
i.
Outstanding forward contracts and options as on 31 March, 2014
Forward Exchange Contracts (Net)

AUD/USD
EUR/USD
EUR/ZAR
GBP/INR
GBP/USD
USD/INR
USD/SGD
USD/ZAR
ii.
Deal
Currency
Amount (Deal
Currency in
millions)
AUD
EUR
EUR
GBP
GBP
USD
USD
USD
1.00
13.00
0.05
0.72
9.00
0.92
2.50
1.11
Buy / Sell Amount

(` in
crores)
Sell
Sell
Buy
Sell
Sell
Sell
Sell
Buy
5.35
106.61
0.46
7.30
89.09
5.58
11.75
7.05
Outstanding forward contracts and options as on 31 March, 2013
Forward Exchange Contracts (Net)

USD/ INR
USD/CAD
USD/ SGD
GBP/ USD
Euro/ USD
USD/ZAR
Deal
Currency
Amount (Deal
Currency in
millions)
USD
CAD
SGD
GBP
EUR
USD
6.00
3.00
2.50
19.00
9.00
1.93
Buy / Sell Amount

(` in
crores)
Sell
Sell
Sell
Sell
Sell
Buy
32.60
16.04
10.94
156.49
62.53
10.50
(b) Interest Rate Swaps (IRS) to hedge against fluctuations in interest rate changes as at 31 March, 2014
The Group uses interest rate swaps to manage the market risks associated to interest rate movements relating to
its variable-rate long-term debt. As of 31 March, 2014 the Group had interest rate swaps amounting to ` 1,702.60
crores (USD 284.24 million) (2013: ` 2,579.64 crores (USD 474.72 million)) and Nil (2013: ` 2,797.41 crores (ZAR
4,212.96 million)) to convert the variable interest rate of its long term debt to fixed rate.
IRS of ` 1,702.60 crores (USD 284.24 million) ((2013: ` 2,579.64 crores (USD 474.72 million)) are designated as cash
flow hedges. These hedges are highly effective as on 31 March, 2014 and changes in its fair values are recorded in
the hedge fluctuation reserve.
156
(c)
Cross Currency Swap

The Group uses cross currency swaps/contracts to manage the exchange risks associated with movements in non
US$ currencies associated with long term loan liabilities, primarily SGD loan liabilities. Although these contracts
are effective as hedges from an economic perspective they do not qualify for hedge accounting.
As at 31 March, 2014 the Group had open cross currency swap contracts of SGD 561 million (2013: SGD 250 million)
equivalent to ` 2,699.36 crores (2013: ` 1,091.17 crores).
Deal
Currency
SGD/USD
SGD
SGD/USD
SGD
SGD/USD
SGD
Amount (Deal Buy/Sell Amount

Currency in
(` in
millions)
crores)
400
Interest
rate in Deal
Currency
Interest rate in
United States
Dollars
Buy 1,929.00 4.25%
4.5210% to 4.5375%
61
Buy
293.61 SOR Plus 3.3%
LIBOR Plus 3.5%
100
Buy
476.76 SOR Plus 3.0%
LIBOR Plus 3.22%
561
2,699.36
42. Previous year figures have been regrouped/ rearranged as necessary to make them comparable with those of the
current year.

SUBODH BHARGAVA
Chairman
VINOD KUMAR
SANJAY BAWEJA
SATISH RANADE
Company Secretary
MUMBAI
DATED: 13 May, 2014
157
158
Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March, 2014 (Contd.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

VSNL SNOSPV Pte ltd
Neotel Business Support Services (Pty) Limited
SEPCO Communications (Pty) Limited
Neotel Pty Limited
Tata Communications (Bermuda) Ltd.
Tata Communications Services (Bermuda) Ltd.
Tata Communications Deutschland GmbH
Tata Communications Spain SL
Tata Communications (HongKong) Limited
Tata Communications (Poland) SPZ OO
Tata Communications (International) Pte. Ltd.
Tata Communications Services (International) Pte. Ltd.
ITXC IP Holdings SARL
Tata Communications (Portugal) Instalacao E Manutencao De Redes LDA
Tata Communications (Belgium) SPRL
Tata Communications (Guam) LLC
Tata Communications (Canada) LTD
Tata Communications (Italy) srl
Tata Communications (Australia) Pty. Ltd.
Tata Communications (Middile East) FZ-LLC
Tata Communications (Ireland) Ltd.
TCPoP Communications GmbH
Tata Communications (Taiwan) Ltd.
Tata Communications (Japan) KK
Bit Gravity INC
Tata communications(Puerto Rico)INC (Till 23 August 2013)
TCNL 1 B.V.
TCNL 2.B.V
Tata Comunications (New Zealand) Limited
Tata Comunications (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd
Tata Communications (Thailand) Limited
Sl. Name of the subsidiary company

No.
INR
INR
INR
USD
USD
ZAR
ZAR
ZAR
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
362.71
0.50
0.05
152.44
7.17
0.00
1,112.20
1,767.31
1,077.01
152.45
0.07
63.56
122.14
1,355.34
0.20
0.10
114.63
48.05
2.83
849.17
2.07
0.10
0.09
363.68
8.35
20.94
1.30
398.45
36.04
2.14
0.08
0.00
2.84
0.00
0.27
0.05
21.73
84.01
0.00
0.15
0.15
0.00
0.00
0.57
Reporting Share
currency Capital
(229.63)
67.01
55.70
(2,641.47)
70.61
18.55
(617.17)
(2,548.16)
(539.52)
(627.25)
(1,957.73)
160.41
(87.46)
(786.76)
12.29
0.27
(51.86)
(36.39)
1.41
(1,757.36)
6.60
111.42
(0.14)
(380.92)
(5.21)
(4.04)
57.04
(0.52)
(1,154.05)
(10.54)
9.54
(33.94)
21.17
(0.52)
(0.29)
0.83
(0.53)
6.46
(51.89)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.04
(0.08)
(0.01)
Reserves
and
surplus
683.68
226.00
463.69
975.62
120.81
52.34
495.16
3,402.69
7,279.49
884.73
4,775.73
232.32
282.21
2,033.59
117.11
2.53
112.68
163.61
9.86
3,213.15
17.92
123.32
3.87
76.18
3.17
25.37
92.37
0.86
1,053.38
111.96
39.56
27.95
25.54
5.37
2.55
2.45
2.95
517.77
40.67
0.15
0.15
1.17
3.30
0.57
Total
Assets
(` in crores)
550.60
158.49
407.94
3,464.65
43.03
33.79
0.13
4,183.54
6,742.00
1,359.53
6,733.39
8.35
247.53
1,465.01
104.62
2.16
49.91
151.95
5.62
4,121.34
9.25
11.80
3.92
93.42
0.03
8.47
35.33
0.08
1,808.98
86.46
27.88
61.81
4.37
3.05
2.84
1.35
3.43
489.58
8.55
1.13
3.38
0.01
15.00
55.11
3.39
-
473.70
401.51
375.64
188.70
91.98
2,214.32
2,340.73
2,900.32
424.19
455.13
344.09
3,596.04
497.32
5.65
191.33
279.35
27.40
761.65
19.34
0.28
3.65
28.17
9.66
32.58
0.62
3,869.05
328.19
120.78
22.78
14.70
2.85
2.84
3.51
3.24
151.43
66.66
1.14
3.85
-
(136.06)
115.80
39.09
(2,360.42)
15.56
12.26
(907.78)
36.92
(26.78)
(23.21)
(389.33)
401.70
(17.87)
(10.82)
2.91
0.13
8.92
(13.11)
(0.07)
(2,169.07)
2.86
7.43
(0.10)
3.37
0.10
(0.34)
10.85
0.02
(135.62)
(0.77)
3.64
1.77
0.57
(0.11)
(0.05)
1.35
(0.10)
16.21
3.96
1.11
0.00
0.00
0.11
0.01
(0.01)
39.36
15.77
1.64
1.85
0.00
5.33
3.53
2.58
0.17
0.00
8.48
0.73
(0.15)
(0.27)
0.87
(1.29)
0.02
(7.75)
2.24
1.00
0.29
(0.09)
0.25
0.01
10.57
0.04
0.08
-
(136.06)
76.44
23.32
(2,360.42)
13.92
10.41
(907.78)
38.51
(26.78)
(23.21)
(389.33)
401.70
(17.87)
(16.15)
(0.62)
0.13
6.34
(13.28)
(0.07)
(2,177.55)
2.13
7.58
0.17
2.50
0.10
(0.34)
12.14
0.00
(135.62)
6.98
1.40
1.77
(0.43)
(0.40)
0.04
1.10
(0.11)
5.64
3.96
1.11
0.07
(0.07)
(0.01)
Total
Profit
Provision Profit
Proposed
Total
Investment
Liabilities Details (except Turnover before
for
after
Dividend
Taxation Taxation Taxation
in case of
investment in
the subsidiaries)
Statement pursuant to Sec.212(8) of the Companies Act, 1956 relating to subsidiary companies
COMMUNICATIONS
MR. SUBODH BHARGAVA

CHAIRMAN
Mr. Subodh Bhargava is a Mechanical Engineer from IIT (Roorkee). He has been the Group Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of Eicher Group of Companies. He is a former President of the Confederation of Indian Industries (CII), President of the
Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers and Vice President of the Tractor Manufacturers Association. He has been
associated with various Central and State Government bodies and committees including as a member of the Technology
Development Board, Insurance Tariff Advisory Committee and the Economic Development Board of the State of Rajasthan,
Himachal Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh. He has been closely associated with various IIMs, IITs and other Management and
Technical Institutions as also with a number of NGOs was Member Board of Directors of IIT (Roorkee), IIM, Indore, IIM
Lucknow, Entrepreneurship Development Institute, Ahmedabad, Foreign Trade Institute, Delhi, State Bank of India, Power
Finance Corporation etc. Presently, Member of the Board of Governors of IIM, Kashipur & XLRI Jamshedpur.
He is currently the Chairman of Tata Communications Limited, TRF Limited, GlaxoSmithKline Healthcare Limited and Director
on the Boards of several companies including Tata Motors Ltd , Tata Steel Ltd., Larsen &Tubro Ltd, Tata Communications
International Pte. Ltd., SunBorne Energy LLC. Mr. Bhargava, is the recipient of the 1st Distinguished Alumnus Award in 2005
by IIT, Roorkee; the Gaurav Shri Award from Agra University in 2011; Best Independent Director 2011 by Asian Center
for Corporate Governance & Sustainability & Global India Business Leader of the Year2013 by Horasis (The Global Visions
Community) for excellence in entrepreneurship, innovation and leadership.
MR. VINOD KUMAR
MANAGING DIRECTOR & GROUP CEO
Mr. Vinod Kumar is Managing Director of Tata Communications Limited and CEO of Tata Communications Group, part of the
USD $96.79 billion Tata group of companies.
Mr. Vinod Kumar joined Tata Communications in April 2004, just when the company was embarking on its international
growth. He was closely associated with the acquisitions of TGN and Teleglobe and assumed responsibility as Managing
Director of the Companys international operations. Subsequently, he was promoted to Chief Operating Officer, whilst
managing the Global Data Business Unit as well as the Engineering and Operations functions. Mr. Vinod Kumar was also
appointed as a non-executive director on the Board of Tata Communications Limited in February 2007. In February 2011, Mr.
Vinod Kumar was appointed as the Managing Director and Group CEO of Tata Communications Limited.
Mr. Vinod Kumar has been at the forefront of Tata Communications transformation from a traditional connectivity services
provider, largely in India, to a truly global services provider offering a broad range of managed communication and
collaboration services as well as IT infrastructure services, successfully transforming Tata Communications into a truly global
organisation that delivers a new world of communications to its customers.
With over 20 years of experience in the global telecom industry, Mr. Vinod Kumar has an impressive track record in developing
business strategies and creating fast growth organisations across the world.
Prior to Tata Communications, he was Senior Vice President of Asia Netcom, responsible for generating top-line growth
including strategy formulation, product marketing and sales. He was actively involved in the financial restructuring and
eventual asset sale of Asia Global Crossing to China Netcom, resulting in the formation of Asia Netcom.
In 1999, Mr. Vinod Kumar joined World Com Japan as Chief Executive Officer. Prior to this, he held various senior positions in
Global One in the United States and Asia where he has had major responsibilities in market management, sales, marketing
product management, multinational account management and operations.
159
COMMUNICATIONS
Mr. Vinod Kumar is Director of the Singapore Economic Development Board (EDB), the lead government agency responsible
for planning and executing strategies to enhance Singapores position as a global business centre and grow the Singapore
economy. He is also the Chairman of its Finance Committee. Mr. Vinod Kumar is a member of the Singapore Ministry of
Communications and Information Steering Committee and Chairman of the Ministry of Communications and Information
Working Committee; Director of Human Capital Leadership Institute (HCLI) in Singapore and the National Arts Council (NAC)
as well as a member of the NAC Human Resource Committee and Strategic Review Committee.
Mr. Vinod Kumar was born in 1965 and graduated with honours in Electrical and Electronic Engineering from the Birla Institute
of Technology and Science in India.
MR. SRINATH NARASIMHAN
DIRECTOR
Mr. N. Srinath, born in 1962, has a degree in Mechanical Engineering from IIT (Chennai) and a Management Degree from IIM
(Kolkata), specialising in Marketing and Systems.
Since joining the Tata Administrative Services in 1986, Mr. Srinath has held positions in Project Management, Sales &
Marketing, and Management in different Tata companies in the ICT sector over the last 28 years.
On completing his probation with the TAS in 1987, Mr. Srinath joined Tata Honeywell, a start-up in the business of process
control systems, as Project Executive working till late 1988 on securing various statutory approvals and funding necessary for
the project. He then moved to Tata Industries as Executive Assistant to the Chairman, an assignment he handled till March
1992. In that period, he was also part of the team that set up Tata Information Systems (later Tata IBM). From June 1992 to
February 1998 he handled a number of assignments in Tata Information Systems Limited in Sales & Marketing to enterprise
customers in the banking, retail, petroleum and process manufacturing sectors.
In March 1998, Mr. Srinath returned to Tata Industries as General Manager (Projects) responsible for overseeing the project
implementation of Tata Teleservices fixed line telecom service in the state of Andhra Pradesh. In April 1999, he took over as the
Chief Operating Officer of Tata Teleservices responsible for Sales, Customer Service, Networks and Information Technology.
From late 2000 till February 2002, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Tata Internet Services, a start-up Internet services
business serving retail and enterprise customers.
Mr. Srinath joined Tata Communications (then known as VSNL) in 2002 as Director (Operations) when the Tata Group was
selected as the strategic partner at the company. He was appointed as the Managing Director of Tata Communications Limited
& CEO of the Tata Communications global group of companies in February 2007. Under his leadership, Tata Communications
has transformed from a monopoly, public sector undertaking into a global communications services provider offering
advanced network, managed and cloud services to customers worldwide.
Mr. Srinath has received several recognitions in the telecom industry. He was named the Telecom CEO of the Year in Asia
by the leading publishing group Telecom Asia in the 2006 edition of their awards. The Institute of Economic Studies (IES),a
research oriented organisation, conferred its Udyog Rattan Award on Mr. Srinath in November 2006. In 2008 and 2009,
Mr. Srinath was named as the worlds eighth most influential telecom personality by the Global Telecoms Business magazine
as well as the Telecom Person of the Year by the India-based Voice and Data magazine in 2008.
Since 1 February 2011 he has been appointed as the Managing Director of Tata Teleservices Limited one of Indias leading
mobile service providers.
160
MR. KISHOR A. CHAUKAR

DIRECTOR
Mr. Kishor A. Chaukar (67) retired in August 2012, from being the Managing Director of Tata Industries Limited (TIL). TIL is the
smaller of the two principal holding companies of the Tata Group, Indias largest and the best-known conglomerate. TIL acts
as the new projects-promotion arm of the Group, and spearheads the entry of the Group in the emerging, high-tech and
sunrise sectors of the economy.
While at TIL, Mr. Chaukar was also a member of the Group Corporate Centre, which is engaged in strategy formation at the
House of Tata.Mr. Chaukar chaired for several years the Tata Council for Community Initiatives (TCCI) the nodal forum of the
Group on matters related to Corporate Sustainability, and was a member of the Board and Advisory Board of some national
and international organisations in the Corporate Sustainability and Human Rights space.
Mr. Chaukar is a Member of the Boards of several Tata Companies and the Chairman of Tata Teleservices (Maharashtra) Ltd.
and Tata Business Support Services. Mr. Chaukar is a Trustee of BAIF Development Research Foundation.
Prior to joining Tatas, Mr. Chaukar was the Managing Director of ICICI Securities & Finance Company Limited (July 1993 to
October 1998), and a member of the Board of Directors of ICICI Limited from February 9, 1995 to October 15, 1998). During
1975-85, he served as Executive Secretary of Bharatiya Agro Industries Foundation, an NGO engaged in extending relevant
technology into rural India for generating economically remunerative employment.
He holds a BA degree in Economics from Karnataka University and a Post-Graduate Diploma in Management from the Indian
Institute of Management, Ahmedabad. He also holds a DEA in Rural Economics from the University of Dijon, France.
MR. AMAL GANGULI
DIRECTOR
Mr. Amal Ganguli is a fellow member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and the Institute of Chartered
Accountants in England and Wales and a member of the New Delhi Chapter of The Institute of Internal Auditors, Florida, USA.
He spent his working career in Price Waterhouse/PricewaterhouseCoopers India and was the Chairman and Senior Partner
of the Firm for seven years till his retirement in 2003. Besides his qualifications in the area of accounting and auditing, Mr.
Ganguli is an alumnus of IMI, Geneva.
Mr. Ganguli, trained in the UK to become a Chartered Accountant. He was seconded as a Partner to PWC, UK/USA for a year
in 1972-73. During his career spanning over 40 years, Mr. Gangulis range of work included International Tax advice and
planning, cross border investments, Corporate mergers and re-organizations, financial evaluation of projects management,
operational and statutory audit and consulting projects funded by International funding agencies. In the course of his
professional career, he has dealt with a variety of clients including US AID, World Bank, ADB, NTPC, Alcatel, GE, Hindustan
Lever, STC, Hewlett Packard and IBM.
Mr. Ganguli is a member of the Board of Directors of several companies such as Hughes Communications India Limited, HCL
Technologies Limited, New Delhi Television Limited, Century Textiles and Industries Limited, Aricent Technologies (Holdings)
Ltd, AVTEC Ltd, ICRA Ltd, Maruti Suzuki India Ltd and Triveni Turbine Ltd.
Mr. Ganguli is a member of Audit Committees of Century Textiles and Industries Limited, Triveni Turbine Ltd and ICRA Ltd.
He is chairman of the Audit Committee of HCL Technologies Ltd, New Delhi Television Ltd, Tata Communications Ltd and
Maruti Suzuki India Ltd.
161
COMMUNICATIONS
MR. S. RAMADORAI
DIRECTOR
Mr. Ramadorai has been in public service since February 2011. Currently he is Chairman of National Skill Development Agency
(NSDA) in the rank of a Cabinet Minister. The NSDA is a newly formed autonomous body which will coordinate and harmonize
the skill development efforts of the Government and the private sector to achieve the skilling targets of the nation. He is also
Chairman of the National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC), a Public Private Partnership arm of the Government of India
for creating large, for-profit vocational institutions. In February 2011, the Government had appointed him as the Adviser to
the Prime Minister in the National Council on Skill Development, in the rank of a Cabinet Minister, however in June 2013 the
Council was subsumed into the NSDA.
Mr. Ramadorai continues as the Vice - Chairman of Tata Consultancy Services Ltd, a company he has been associated with, for
the past 41 years. He took over as CEO in 1996 when the companys revenues were at $ 155 million and has since then led the
company through some of its most exciting phases, including its going public in 2004. In October 2009, he stepped down as
CEO, leaving a $ 6 billion global IT services company to his successor, while he took over the mantle of Vice Chairmanship of
the company. Today, the companys revenues stand at US $ 13.4 billion for year ended 31 March, 2014, with an employee base
of over 300,000 of the worlds best trained IT consultants in 46 countries.
Mr. Ramadorai is also the Chairman of other Tata companies - Tata Elxsi Ltd, Tata Technologies Ltd and CMC Ltd. He is on the
Boards of a number of non Tata companies and educational institutions - Hindustan Unilever Limited, BSE Limited and the
MIT Sloan School of Management (EMSAB).
In recognition of Mr. Ramadorais commitment and dedication to the IT industry he was awarded the Padma Bhushan (Indias
third highest civilian honour) in January 2006. In April 2009, he was awarded the CBE (Commander of the Order of the British
Empire) by Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II for his contribution to the Indo-British economic relations.
His academic credentials include a Bachelors degree in Physics from Delhi University (India), a Bachelor of Engineering
degree in Electronics and Telecommunications from the Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore (India) and a Masters degree
in Computer Science from the University of California UCLA (USA). In 1993, Mr. Ramadorai attended the Sloan School of
Managements highly acclaimed Senior Executive Development Program.
Mr. Ramadorai is a well recognized global leader and technocrat who has participated in the Indian IT journey from a mere
idea in 1960s to a mature industry today. Mr. Ramadorai captured this exciting journey in a wonderfully personalized book
titled The TCS Story...and beyond which was published in 2011 and remained on top of the charts for several months.
Among his many interests, Mr. Ramadorai is also passionate about photography and Indian classical music.
DR. ASHOK JHUNJHUNWALA
DIRECTOR
Dr. Ashok Jhunjhunwala, born in 1953, received his B.Tech degree from IIT, Kanpur, and his MS and Ph. D degrees from the
University of Maine. From 1979 to 1981, he was a faculty at Washington State University and since 1981, he has been teaching
at IIT, Madras, where he leads the Telecommunications and Computer Networks group (TeNeT). This group works with
industry in the development of technologies relevant in India. It has incubated several technology companies and helped
them to develop Telecom, Banking and Energy products for Indian Urban and Rural Markets. He is faculty incharge of IITM
Research Park and IITs Incubation Cell.
162
Dr. Jhunjhunwala has been awarded the Padma Shri in the year 2002. He has been awarded Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar
Award in 1998, Dr. Vikram Sarabhai Research Award for the year 1997, Millennium Medal in Indian Science Congress in the
year 2000 and H.K. Firodia for Excellence in Science and Technology for the year 2002, Shri Om Prakash Bhasin Foundation
Award for Science & Technology for the year 2004, Awarded Jawaharlal Nehru Birth Centenary Lecture Award by INSA for the
year 2006, IBM Innovation and Leadership Forum Award by IBM for the year 2006, recently awarded Honorary Doctorate by
the Blekinge Institute of Technology, Sweden and Excellence in Science and Technology Award.
He is a Fellow of World Wireless Research Forum, IEEE and Indian academies including INAE, IAS, INSA and NAS.
Dr. Jhunjhunwala is a Director on the Board of many other companies such as TTML, Polaris, 3i Infotech, Sasken, Tejas, Exicom
and others.
DR. UDAY B. DESAI
DIRECTOR
Dr. Uday B. Desai received the B. Tech. degree from Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur, India, in 1974, the M.S. degree from
the State University of New York, Buffalo, in 1976, and the Ph.D. degree from The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, U.S.A.,
in 1979, all in Electrical Engineering.
Since June 2009 he is the Director of IIT Hyderabad. From 1979 to 1984 he was an Assistant Professor in the School of Electrical
Engineering and Computer Science Department at Washington State University, Pullman, WA, U.S.A., and an Associate
Professor at the same place from 1984 to 1987. From 1987 to May 2009 he was a Professor in the Electrical Engineering
Department at the Indian Institute of Technology - Bombay. He was Dean of Students at IIT-Bombay from August 2000 to
July 2002. He has held Visiting Associate Professors position at Arizona State University, Purdue University, and Stanford
University. He was a visiting Professor at EPFL, Lausanne during the summer of 2002. From July 2002 to June 2004 he was the
Director of HP-IITM R and D Lab. at IIT-Madras.
His research interest is in wireless communication, cyber physical systems, IoT, and statistical signal processing. He is also
interested in multimedia, image and video processing, artificial neural networks, computer vision, and wavelet analysis.
He is the Editor of the book Modeling and Applications of Stochastic Processes (Kluwer Academic Press, Boston, U.S.A. 1986)
and co-editor of Second Asian Applied Computing Conference, Springer Verlag (2004). He is also a co-author of four research
monographs.
Dr. Desai is a senior member of IEEE, a Fellow of INSA (Indian National Science Academy), Fellow of Indian National Academy
of Engineering (INAE), and a Fellow of The Institution of Electronic & Telecommunication Engineers (IETE). He is the recipient
of J C Bose Fellowship. He is also the recipient of the Excellence in Teaching Award from IIT-Bombay for 2007. He is chair
of the working group on Convergence Communication and Broadband Technologies of Department of Electronics and
Information Technology, Ministry of Communication and Information Technology. He is on the governing council and boards
of several academic institutions. . He is one of the founding members of COMSNETS and also Society for Cancer Research and
Communication. He was the Chair for IEEE Bombay Section 2006-2008. He was also on the Visitation Panel for University of
Ghana.
MR. AJAY KUMAR MITTAL
DIRECTOR
Mr. A. K. Mittal did his Graduation in Engineering in Electronics and Communications in 1976 from the University of Roorkee
(now one of the Indian Institutes of Technology). He also holds a Diploma in Management. After working in the R&D wing
163
COMMUNICATIONS
of Indian Telephone Industries Ltd. for about two and a half years, he joined Indian Telecom Service in the erstwhile Posts &
Telegraphs Department (now Department of Telecommunications) in February 1979, and was posted as Assistant Divisional
Engineer- Telecom. In 1981, he was given charge of setting up the ground segment of New Delhi Satellite Earth Station
located at Sikandrabad (U.P) for INSAT 1 series of satellites where he commissioned and then operated SCPC, FDM-FDMA
Systems for voice communication as well as TV up linking, Radio up linking, meteorological data up linking and reception
systems etc. He also set up the Network Operations Control Centre (NOCC) for INSAT. Later he was involved in setting up
earth stations in remote and hilly areas of some states. As Assistant Director General(Satellite Planning) in the Department
of Telecommunication Headquarter in 1987, he was involved in planning of satellite communication systems. Thereafter,
as Director Telecommunications, he was responsible for operations and maintenance of a large Optical Fiber, Microwave,
Coaxial and Satellite Communication Network in the State of U.P.
In 1991, as Director in the Headquarter of Department of Telecom, he handled regulation and tariffing of telecommunications
services. He was responsible for activities relating to opening up of telecom sector for competition 1991 onwards. This
included invitation of bids for basic services, mobile services, radio paging services etc. He remained in this position for over
6 years. Subsequently, from 1998 onwards, as General Manager in U.P. (West) Circle of Department of Telecommunications,
he headed the Operations and Maintenance Wing, responsible for making policies in respect of operations of all types of
services and ensuring that services are maintained as per desired Q.o.S.
He was deputed to the Headquarters of BSNL, a public sector unit under Ministry of Communications, as Deputy Director
General (Network Management) in the year 2000 where for a period of about 7 years; he was in-charge of management of
BSNLs international and national long distance switching and transmission network. During this period, he set up Network
Management Systems, overlay managed signaling network, KU Band VSAT Network and country-wide Managed Leased Line
Network. He was also a member of the core team responsible for planning and implementation of Indo-Srilanka Submarine
Cable System. Later, for a period of over two years, while on deputation to BSNL, he worked as General Manager (Mobile
Network Planning and Operations) in J&K State.
He worked as Senior Deputy Director General in DoT headquarters where he looked after policy on licensing of Access
Services and related matters as well as implementation of telecom security related policies.
Currently, he is posted as Senior Deputy Director General and Head of Telecom Engineering Centre New Delhi, which is an
arm of DoT responsible for setting national standards in telecom and certification of telecom equipment. He is also the Head
of National Telecom Institute of Policy Research, Innovation and Training.
MR. SAURABH KUMAR TIWARI
DIRECTOR
Mr. Saurabh K Tiwari, born in 1967, holds a Masters degree in Political Science with a Certificate of Merit from the University
of Allahabad. He completed his MBA with specialisation in Finance from National Institute of Financial Management, an
autonomous body under Ministry of Finance, Govt. of India. He has recently completed LLB from the Delhi University. Besides
being a Fellow of the University Grants Commission, he has taught Political Philosophy in the Post Graduate Classes of the
University of Allahabad for two years.
After clearing the Civil Services Examination in 1993, he joined the Indian P&T Accounts and Finance Service. He has wide
ranging work experience in the Government of India and PSUs. He has handled the Central Area of MTNL, Delhi which
provides service to the elite of India including the President, Prime Minister, Union Council of Ministers, Embassies, High
Commissions and the Central Business District. He has also served as the Financial Advisor to various units of the Indian Air
164
Force including the Central Air Command, Bamrauli. Financial Management, Human Resource Management and General
Management are the areas of his functional expertise.
He was instrumental in designing and implementing the software for the revision of pension of more than two million
Defence Pensioners, spread throughout the country, in accordance with the recommendations of the Sixth Pay Commission.
His three year tenure as Deputy Director General (Licensing Finance), Department of Telecom, Govt. of India involved
assessment of revenue to the tune of Rupees Two Lakh crore annually resulting in collection of Rs. 12,300/- crores (approx.)
in the form of licence fee the single largest contributor to the non-tax revenue of the Union. Mr Tiwaris current assignment
is as Deputy Director General (FEB), Department of Telecom, Govt. of India wherein he is responsible for Human Resource
Management and Financial Management in the Department of Telecom. He is also a Technical Advisor to Government
Accounting Standards Advisory Board. Besides, he is also the Chairman cum Managing Director (CMD) of M/s Hemisphere
Properties India Limited, a PSU of Government of India. He was also selected for various prestigious assignments like Member
(Finance), Land Ports Authority of India and Director, Delhi State Industrial and Infrastructure Development Corporation.
He has attended various trainings and seminars in India and abroad. Besides, he has been a regular faculty in various Training
Institutes. Mr. Tiwari has exemplary leadership qualities. He was the General Secretary of the Indian P&T Accounts and Finance
Service Officers Association for almost a decade. An avid sportsperson, he has won various awards in games like Athletics,
Volleyball, Football, Badminton, Cricket and Tennis.
MR. BHARAT VASANI
DIRECTOR
Mr. Bharat Vasani (55) is a renowned corporate lawyer in India with international reputation. Presently, he is the General
Counsel of the Tata Group, a position he has held since December 2000.
Mr. Vasani has over 3 decades of experience at a senior management level in successfully managing the in house legal
departments of large corporations with international operations. He is reputed for having the most diverse corporate legal
experience, ranging from complex Mergers and Acquisitions to handling high profile litigations, both civil and criminal.
Mr. Vasani has won several national and international awards for his contribution to the legal profession.
165
COMMUNICATIONS
NOTES
166

Corporate Identification No.(CIN) L64200MH1986PLC039266

Registered Office: VSB, Mahatma Gandhi Road, Fort, Mumbai - 400 001.
Tel : +91 22 6657 8765, Fax : +91 22 6639 5162, Email : [email protected], Website : www.tatacommunications.com
ATTENDANCE SLIP
(To be presented at the entrance)
28TH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING ON MONDAY, AUGUST 4, 2014 AT 11.00 A.M.
at NSE Auditorium, Ground Floor, The National Stock Exchange of India Ltd., Exchange Plaza, Plot no. C/1, G Block, Bandra-Kurla Complex, Bandra (E), Mumbai - 400 051
Folio No. ________________________________
DP ID No. ______________________________
Client ID No. _______________________________
Name of the Member_______________________________________________________________
Signature __________________________________
Name of the Proxyholder____________________________________________________________
Signature___________________________________
1. Only Member/Proxyholder can attend the Meeting.

2. Member/Proxyholder should bring his/her copy of the Annual Report for reference at the Meeting.

Corporate Identification No.(CIN) L64200MH1986PLC039266
Registered Office: VSB, Mahatma Gandhi Road, Fort, Mumbai - 400 001.
Tel : +91 22 6657 8765, Fax : +91 22 6639 5162, Email : [email protected], Website : www.tatacommunications.com
PROXY FORM
(Pursuant to Section 105(6) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 19(3) of the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014)
Name of the Member(s)
Registered address
E-mail ID
Folio No./Client ID No.
I/We, being the member(s) holding

1.
Name :
DP ID No.
Shares of Tata Communications Limited, hereby appoint
E-mail ID :
Address :
Signature :
or failing him
2.
Name :
E-mail ID :
Address :
Signature :
or failing him
3.
Name :
E-mail ID :
Address :
Signature :
as my/our proxy to attend and vote (on a poll) for me/us and on my/our behalf at the Twenty Eighth Annual General Meeting of the Company to be
held on Monday, August 4, 2014 at 11.00 a.m. at NSE Auditorium, Ground Floor, The National Stock Exchange of India Ltd., Exchange Plaza, Plot no. C/1,
G Block, Bandra-Kurla Complex, Bandra (E), Mumbai - 400 051 and at any adjournment thereof in respect of such resolutions as are indicated below:
1.
Adoption of Audited Statement of Profit and Loss, Balance Sheet, Report of Board of Directors and Auditors for the year ended March 31, 2014.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Declaration of Dividend for the financial year 2013-14.

Re-appointment of Mr. Saurabh Tiwari as a Director.
Re-appointment of Mr. S. Ramadorai as a Director.
Appointment of Auditors for a term of three years (subject to ratification of their appointment at every AGM).
Appointment of Mr. Bharat Vasani as a Director.
Appointment of Mr. Subodh Bhargava as an Independent Director.
Appointment of Dr. Uday B. Desai as an Independent Director.
Ratification of Cost Auditors Remuneration
Signed this .......... day of ............... 2014

Signature of shareholder......................................................
Affix
Revenue
Stamp
Signature of Proxyholder(s).....................................................
Notes : 1. This Form in order to be effective should be duly completed and deposited at the Registered Office of the Company at VSB, Mahatma Gandhi Road, Fort,
Mumbai 400 001, not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the Meeting
2. Those Members who have multiple folios with different jointholders may use copies of this Attendance slip/Proxy.
India
United Kingdom
France

Plots C21 and C36
Block G, Bandra Kurla Complex
Bandra (East)
Mumbai 400 098
Tata Communications
(UK) Limited
1st Floor, 20 Old Bailey
London EC4M 7AN
Registered in England and Wales
Registered number: 052 72 339
Tata Communications
(France) SAS
131 Avenue Charles de Gaulle
92200 Neuilly sur Seine
France
Singapore
Tata Communications
International Pte. Ltd.
Tata Communications Exchange
35 Tai Seng Street, #06-01
Singapore 534103
Registration Number: 20040025G
Hong Kong
Tata Communications
(Hong Kong) Limited
2402 Bank of America Tower
12 Harcourt Road
Central Hong Kong
Germany
Tata Communications
Deutschland GmbH
Bettinastrae 30
60325 Frankfurt
Tata Communications
Deutschland GmbH
Domicile: Frankfurt am Main
Registry Court:
AG Frankfurt am Main
Commercial
Register number: HRB 54483
Bettinastr. 30, 60325
Frankfurt am Main
Canada
Tata Communications
(Canada) Limited
1555 Rue Carrie-Derick
Montreal, Quebec H3C 6W2
United States
Tata Communications
(America) Inc.
2355 Dulles Corner Boulevard,
Suite 700
Herndon, VA 20171
A New World of
Communications
www.tatacommunications.com
@tata_comm

VSB, Mahatma Gandhi Road,
Fort Mumbai, 400 001
India
About Tata Communications

Tata Communications is a leading global provider of A New World of Communications.
With a leadership position in emerging markets, Tata Communications leverages its
advanced solutions capabilities and domain expertise across its global and pan-India
network to deliver managed solutions to multi-national enterprises, service providers
and Indian consumers. The Tata Global Network includes one of the most advanced
and largest submarine cable networks, a Tier-1 IP network, with connectivity to more
than 200 countries and territories across 400 PoPs, and nearly 1 million square feet
of data centre and colocation space worldwide.
Tata Communications depth and breadth of reach in emerging markets includes

leadership in Indian enterprise data services, leadership in global international voice
and strategic investments in operators in South Africa (Neotel), Sri Lanka
(Tata Communications Lanka Limited) and Nepal (United Telecom Limited).
Tata Communications Limited is listed on the Bombay Stock Exchange and the
National Stock Exchange of India.
@tata_comm

Tata Communications Annual Report 2014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tata Communications Annual Report 2014

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tata Communications Annual Report 2014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A New World of

Being part of Tata Communications

#1 Wholesale connectivity globally

Tata Communications Limited

TWENTY EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 2013-14

Directors Report .....................................................................................................................................................................................

Report on Corporate Governance ....................................................................................................................................................

Secretary Responsibility Statement .................................................................................................................................................

Auditors Certificate ...............................................................................................................................................................................

Business Responsibility Statement ..................................................................................................................................................

Sustained profitable growth over the years .................................................................................................................................

Corporate Structure as at 31 March 2014 ......................................................................................................................................

Auditors Report ......................................................................................................................................................................................

Balance Sheet ..........................................................................................................................................................................................

Profit & Loss Account ............................................................................................................................................................................

Cash Flow Statement ............................................................................................................................................................................

Notes to the Financial Statements ...................................................................................................................................................

Consolidated Balance Sheet ...............................................................................................................................................................

Consolidated Profit & Loss Account .................................................................................................................................................

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement .................................................................................................................................................

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .......................................................................................................................

Board of Directors ..................................................................................................................................................................................

Company Secretary & Legal Advisor

VSB, Mahatma Gandhi Road, Fort,Mumbai 400 001,

Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC)

ANS Law Associates, Mumbai

S.B. Billimoria & Co., Chartered Accountants

Sharepro Services (India) Pvt. Ltd.

To declare dividend for the financial year 2013-2014.

By Order of the Board of Directors

Dividend for the year

In case of shares held in demat form to their depositary participants (DPs).

The instructions for e-voting are as under:

Click on Shareholder Login.

Upon confirmation, the message Vote cast successfully will be displayed.

Annexure to the Notice dated 4 July 2014

Expertise in Specific Functional Area

Directorships held in other Companies

B.Com., LL.B. A.C.S. B.E. (Mech)

Mr. Bharat Vasani Mr. Subodh

Dr. Uday B Desai

Tata Communications Limited

Consolidated profit/(loss) after exceptional items

Consolidated Profit/(loss) after tax

Standalone Profit before tax

Standalone Profit after tax

Standalone total income

The consolidated profit after tax of `101.42 crores for the

The directors are pleased to recommend a dividend

Data continues to present substantial opportunities for

SEGMENTWISE REVENUE GROWTH

Neotel, a subsidiary of the Company in South Africa,

Customer Satisfaction and Business Excellence

Providing an excellent customer experience remains an

functions. This approach provides adequate assurance to

all requisite corporate and regulatory approvals, the

The Company became compliant with MPS requirement

sometime in 2005-06 to hold the surplus land as and when

As reported earlier, the GoI had allowed other players

debentures issued by the Company were rated AA+ by